UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20182021

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from           to           

Commission File Number 0-23245

 

CAREERPERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

36-3932190

(State of or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

231 N. Martingale Road

Schaumburg, Illinois

 

60173

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(zip code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (847) 781-3600

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

PRDO

Nasdaq Global Select Market

(Title of Class)

(Name of Exchange on which Registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.YesNo

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.     Yes  No

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).Yes     No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

 

 

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

 

 

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes  No

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the $16.17$12.27 per share closing sale price of the Registrant’s common stock on June 29, 201830, 2021 (the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter), was approximately $955,000,000.$720,000,000. For purposes of this calculation, the Registrant’s directors, executive officers and 10% or greater stockholders have been assumed to be affiliates. This assumption of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. As of February 15, 2019,18, 2022, the number of outstanding shares of Registrant’s common stock was 69,772,910.68,748,662.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 20192022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.

 

 


 


CAREERPERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

PART I

 

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

 

1

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

 

2623

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

3832

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

 

3832

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

3833

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

3833

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

3934

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATARESERVED

 

4135

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

4336

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

6049

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

6049

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

6149

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

6149

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

 

6150

ITEM 9C.

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

51

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

6252

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

6252

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

6253

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

6353

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

6353

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

6454

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

 

6454

 

 

 

SIGNATURESINDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

6855

SIGNATURES

58

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

59

 

 

 

 


PART I

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements,” as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that reflect our current expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, cash flows, performance and business prospects and opportunities, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. We have tried to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “should,“seek,“estimate,” “trend,“should,” ”will,” “continue to,” “outlook,” “focused on” and similar expressions, but these words are not the exclusive means of identifying forward-looking statements. These statements are based on information currently available to us and are subject to various risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those matters discussed herein under the caption “Risk Factors” that could cause our actual growth, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, performance, business prospects and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements. Except as expressly required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update such factors or to publicly announce the results of any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events, developments, or changed circumstances or for any other reason.

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

Career Education Corporation (“CEC”) was incorporated in Delaware in 1994. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company” and “CEC” refer to Career Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The terms “institution” and “university” refer to an individual, branded, for-profit educational institution owned by us and includes its campus locations. The term “campus” refers to an individual main or branch campus operated by one of our institutions.

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Career Education’sPerdoceo’s academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education primarily online to a diverse student population, in a variety of disciplines through online,along with campus-based and blended learning programs. Our two regionally-accredited universitiesaccredited institutions – Colorado Technical University (“CTU”) and the American InterContinental University (“AIU”System (“AIUS” or “AIU System”) – provide degree programs from associate through the master’s or doctoral level as well as associatenon-degree professional development and bachelor’s levels. Bothcontinuing education offerings. Our universities predominantly serveoffer students online withindustry-relevant and career-focused degreeacademic programs that are designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy adults. CTU and AIUAIUS continue to show innovation in higher education, advancing new personalized learning technologies like their intellipath® learning platform. Career Educationplatform and using data analytics and technology to support students and enhance learning. Perdoceo is committed to providing quality education that closes the gap between learners who seek to advance their careers and employers needing a qualified workforce.

When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Perdoceo” and “PEC” refer to Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Our reporting segments correspond to our accredited institutions.

CTU

CTU placesis committed to providing quality and industry-relevant higher education to a strong focusdiverse student population through innovative technology and experienced faculty, enabling the pursuit of personal and professional goals. CTU is focused on providing industry-relevant degree programs to meet the needs of ourserving adult, non-traditional students forseeking career advancement, and of employersas well as addressing employer’s needs for a well-educated workforce andworkforce. CTU offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies,and management, nursing, healthcare management, computer science, engineering, information systems and technology, project management, cybersecurity and criminal justicejustice.

CTU recently expanded its offerings in the areas of non-degree professional development and healthcare management. Students pursue their degreescontinuing education programs through fully-onlinethe acquisition of Hippo Education, LLC (“Hippo” and the “Hippo Acquisition”) on September 10, 2021. Hippo provides continuing medical education and exam preparation for medical professionals with a quality technology platform and strong course content. Hippo’s operations were brought within the CTU segment, preserving the ‘Hippo Education’ name and programs local campusesas part of CTU’s operations. Results of operations related to the Hippo acquisition are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. See Note 3 “Business Acquisitions” in our consolidated financial statements for further information.

Discussion of business operations, trends and blended formats,key drivers of operating results will focus on CTU’s degree programs, which combine campus-basedrepresent a majority of CTU’s operations and online education.the CTU segment. Specific references will be made to Hippo when material to the disclosure or necessary to understand the overall discussion.

AIU focusesAIUS

AIUS is committed to providing quality and accessible higher education opportunities for a diverse student population, including adult and other non-traditional learners and the military community. AIUS places emphasis on helping busy non-traditional students get the degree they need to move forward in their career as efficiently as possibleeducational, professional andpersonal growth of each student. AIUS offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies, information technologies, education, health sciences and criminal justice. Students pursue their degrees through fully-online

On March 2, 2020, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Trident University International (“Trident University”), an accredited university offering online undergraduate, master’s and doctoral programs local campuses and blended formats, which combine campus-based and online education.

We refer to CTU and AIU collectively as our University Group.

Additionally, in 2018 CEC completed the multi-year process of teaching out all campuseswith a strong focus on graduate programs. Trident University’s operations were brought within the All Other CampusesAIUS segment, preserving the “Trident” name and programs as part of the strategic decision to pursue a transformation strategy aimed at reducing the complexityAmerican InterContinental University’s (“AIU”) operations. Results of operations and focusing our attention on our University Group institutions. Students enrolled at these campuses were provided a reasonable opportunity to complete their program of study priorrelated to the final teach-out date. Our All Other Campuses segment previously offered educational programs in career-oriented disciplines complemented by business studies and information technology as well as culinary arts. The Company announcedacquisition of substantially all

1


of the complete teach-outassets of all campuses in this segment in 2015, at which time they had 44 campus locations. The teach-out process of these campuses ended at varying dates since 2015 with the final campus closureTrident University (the “Trident acquisition”) are included in the fourth quarterconsolidated financial statements from the date of 2018.acquisition.

A listingFollowing the Trident acquisition, AIUS implemented a university system model effective November 5, 2020. The American InterContinental University System is comprised of individual campus locationstwo universities: AIU and Trident University International (“Trident” or “TUI”). The system structure provides a framework for AIU and Trident to continue to serve their unique student populations while benefitting from one university system. Although both universities operate under a shared governance structure and have a common mission, the system structure allows each to retain its name and customize its programs and instructional and student service models to the needs of its unique student populations.

AIUS recently expanded its non-degree professional development and continuing education offerings by acquiring substantially all of the assets of DigitalCrafts (the “DigitalCrafts acquisition”) on August 2, 2021. DigitalCrafts helps provide individuals an opportunity in the technology area through reskilling and upskilling courses within the areas of web linksdevelopment, web design and cybersecurity. DigitalCrafts operations were brought within the AIUS segment, preserving the ‘DigitalCrafts’ name and programs as part of AIUS’ operations. Results of operations related to Career Education’s University Group institutions canthe DigitalCrafts acquisition are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. See Note 3 “Business Acquisitions” in our consolidated financial statements for further information.  

Discussion of business operations, trends and key drivers of operating results will focus on AIU, which represents a majority of the AIU System and AIUS reporting segment. Specific references will be found at www.careered.com.made to Trident or DigitalCrafts when material to the disclosure or necessary to understand the overall discussion.

Student Enrollments Statistics

Total student enrollments as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were approximately 40,400 students and 42,700 students, respectively, with approximately 96% enrolled in our institutions’ fully-online academic programs for each year. Substantially all of the students attending our institutions reside within the United States of America.

1


Campus Locations

Our University Group campus locations, Total student enrollments and student enrollment statistics presented below do not include learners participating in non-degree professional development and continuing education offerings. Additional student enrollment demographic information for our institutions as of February 20, 2019 are summarized in the table below. Campuses from the All Other Campuses segment, which ceased operations by December 31, 2018, are not included.2021 and 2020 was as follows:

Student Enrollments by Age Group

 

Universities and Campus Locations

Website

AMERICAN INTERCONTINENTAL UNIVERSITY ("AIU"):

www.aiuniv.edu

AIU Atlanta, Atlanta, GA (includes Georgia online programs)

AIU Houston, Houston, TX

AIU Online, Schaumburg, IL

COLORADO TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY ("CTU"):

www.coloradotech.edu

CTU Colorado Springs, Colorado Springs, CO

CTU Denver, Aurora, CO

CTU Online, Colorado Springs, CO

 

 

As a Percentage of Total

 

 

 

Student Enrollments as of

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Over 30

 

 

65

%

 

 

62

%

21 to 30

 

 

32

%

 

 

34

%

Under 21

 

 

3

%

 

 

4

%

 

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND AND COMPETITIONStudent Enrollments by Core Curricula

The domestic postsecondary education industry is highly fragmented and competitive, with no one provider having a significant market share. The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended and reauthorized (“Higher Education Act”), and the related regulations govern all higher education institutions participating in federal student aid and loan programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act (“Title IV Programs”). According to the National Center for Education Statistics (“NCES”), there were approximately 6,700 Title IV eligible postsecondary education institutions in the United States for the academic year 2017-18, including approximately 2,800 for-profit schools; approximately 2,000 public, non-profit schools; and approximately 1,900 private, non-profit schools. According to the U.S. Department of Education (“ED” or the “Department”), over the 12-month period July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017 approximately 26.7 million students were attending institutions that participate in the various Title IV Programs.

 

 

As a Percentage of Total

 

 

 

Student Enrollments as of

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Business Studies

 

 

76

%

 

 

76

%

Information Technology

 

 

11

%

 

 

11

%

Health Education

 

 

13

%

 

 

13

%

The domestic postsecondary degree-granting education industry was an approximately $564 billion industry for academic year 2015-16, according to a report published in 2018Student Enrollments by the Department. We compete in this industry primarily with other degree-granting regionally accredited colleges and universities, both for-profit and non-profit. In particular, there is growing competition from online programs at these institutions as they increase their online offerings in response to growing demand.Degree Granting Program

Most postsecondary institutions, regardless of how they are organized, face significant challenges, including:

a continued focus on the cost and availability of a college education;

concerns over the high level of college student indebtedness;

questions about the quality of academic programs and the ability to translate the value of a postsecondary education into economic mobility;

competition from lower cost alternatives and from non-traditional competitors or new alternative educational paths; and

the importance of preparing students with relevant skills to manage new and rapidly changing technologies and supporting employers in their efforts to optimize and advance their workforce.

 

 

As a Percentage of Total

 

 

 

Student Enrollments as of

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Doctoral and Master's Degree

 

 

12

%

 

 

13

%

Bachelor's Degree

 

 

66

%

 

 

66

%

Associate Degree

 

 

22

%

 

 

21

%

Postsecondary institutions are also subject to significant regulations which provide for a regulatory triad by mandating specific regulatory responsibilities for each of the following:

The accrediting agencies recognized by ED;

the federal government through ED; and

state higher education regulatory bodies.

Extensive and increasingly complex ED regulations governing postsecondary institutions have been enacted, including regulations applicable only to for-profit institutions. These regulations, coupled with the increased focus by the U.S. Congress on the role that for-profit educational institutions play in higher education, as well as the evolving needs and objectives of students and employers, economic constraints affecting educational institutions and increased focus on affordability and value may cause increased competition across the industry as well as contribute to continued changes in business operating strategies.

2


We believe that the competitive factors in the online postsecondary degree-granting education industry include:

quality of the academic programs offered;

affordability;

breadth of degree offerings;

convenient and flexible delivery of instruction;

technological advancements and capability;

experienced faculty members engaged in the practice of their fields;

effectiveness of student support and outreach strategies; and

reputation among prospective students and employers.

The majority of our degree-seeking students today have one or more non-traditional characteristics (e.g., did not enroll immediately after high school graduation, work full-time, are financially independent for purposes of financial aid eligibility, have dependents other than a spouse or are single parents). These non-traditional students typically are looking to improve their skills and enhance their earning potential within the context of their careers or in pursuit of new careers. As the industry has shifted to more students with non-traditional characteristics, an increasing proportion of colleges and universities are addressing the needs of working students. This includes colleges with well-established brand names that were historically focused on traditional students.

Although competition exists, for-profit educators serve a segment of the market for postsecondary education that we believe has not been fully addressed by traditional public and private universities. Non-profit public and private institutions can face limited financial resources to expand their offerings in response to growth or changes in the demand for education, due to a combination of state funding challenges, significant expenditures required for research and the professor tenure system. Certain private institutions also may control enrollments to preserve the perceived prestige and exclusivity of their degree offerings. For-profit providers of postsecondary education offer potential students the greater flexibility and convenience of their institutions' programmatic offerings and learning structure and an emphasis on applied content and the use of technology in the delivery of the education. At the same time, the share of the postsecondary education market that has been captured by for-profit providers remains relatively small. As a result, we believe that in spite of regulatory and other challenges facing the industry, for-profit postsecondary education providers continue to have significant opportunities to address the demand for postsecondary education.

We believe that the online postsecondary education market continues to grow and gain acceptance across employers seeking qualified candidates for employment. Growth in the postsecondary education industry is being driven by online enrollment for a variety of reasons, including:

a growing demographic of adult learners;

a current gap in attainment of higher education for adult learners; and

continued increased economic benefit for employees who hold a bachelor’s degree as compared to those with lower-level degrees.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following strengths differentiate our business:

Strong level of support for student retention and academic outcomes. The successful execution of our transformation strategy has enabled us to continue investing in student-serving processes and initiatives which we believe will contribute to improved student experiences, retention and academic outcomes. Our universities have also continued to focus on refining and executing operational changes with the same goal. We believe our admissions and advising operating models have improved accountability and coordination between the functions, ultimately helping our students. There is accountability at the advisor and manager levels to promote and enhance student engagement. As an education company, academic outcomes are the most relevant and critical measure of our success. Our institutions are dedicated to recruiting and retaining quality faculty and instructors with relevant industry experience and appropriate academic credentials. We continue to invest and leverage technology to further enhance student learning and promote faculty engagement. This is evidenced by our advancements in mobile technology for our students and faculty that has made overall classroom activities easier to complete. We have also redesigned the academic calendar within AIU, which better aligns with student lives. We seek to identify emerging industry trends in order to understand the evolving educational needs of our students and graduates and we continue to work with our university regulators to expand our program offerings to provide students with increased choices.

Flexibility in delivery models. Development of a virtual campus that engages online students with their instructor, their peers and the content is critical to the achievement of improved student learning outcomes. CEC’s online instructional delivery is accomplished utilizing an innovative, student-focused proprietary learning management system. While online content delivery is very common today, CEC’s course content delivery system, M.U.S.E. (My Unique Student Experience), has several features that make it

3


distinctive in the education marketplace. Designed around the students, M.U.S.E. is a rich, engaging student experience that represents an innovative online method of delivering content that includes the following capabilities:

supports multiple learning styles, allowing students to choose their preferred method of engaging with the content;

enables students to choose the order of topics to study within a predetermined framework of learning objectives; and

provides search capability that allows students to interact with the content more efficiently and effectively.

In addition, CTU and AIU each have a student mobile application which was created to complement students’ mobile-centric lives. The mobile applications offer users the ability to connect with their university, track grades and degree progress in real-time and participate in courses from the palm of their hand. The student benefits of the mobile applications include motivating students and helping them connect with the university and remain on track with their course of study. CTU and AIU also have a faculty mobile application which provides informative dashboards, ability to complete tasks on the go and enhanced outreach and communication capabilities that we believe will make teacher-student interactions easier and more effective.

Both CTU and AIU have also fully implemented a two-way messaging platform within the mobile application to support effective and efficient student outreach and communication with advising, admissions and financial aid personnel. Our students and staff are increasingly using the messenger due to its ease and simplicity.

Innovative personalized learning technology. Through our equity investment in CCKF, a Dublin-based educational technology company that provides intelligent, adaptive systems to power the delivery of personalized learning, we have strengthened our leadership position as a technology innovator in higher education and as a company dedicated to student success. Our personalized learning content was developed by teams of our own instructors and has been integrated across many of our curricula. We have a perpetual license to this technology, which, when integrated with our proprietary learning management system, we refer to as intellipath.® This academic and technological breakthrough continues to advance our understanding of the learning process and support improved student academic outcomes. Personalized learning, supported by intellipath technology, allows us to visualize how each student learns through their interaction with the material.

Intellipath serves as a powerful platform to help our students learn. It identifies and gives more time in areas where students need more help, while moving past areas they already know. In many respects, personalized learning serves as an excellent way to facilitate and demonstrate mastery in a competency-based learning environment. Personalized learning is changing the nature of higher education by measuring real-time knowledge growth minute-by-minute and understanding of the material on a student-by-student basis.

The success of this personalized learning platform lies in the abundance of data it collects, which in turn helps our instructors determine how to structure courses, deliver material to students, predict and mitigate individual student challenges and identify teaching practices that yield the strongest results. A major difference between our platform and others is that it focuses on student learning achievements rather than solely on student satisfaction or how fast it facilitates a student to complete assignments.

Strong student outreach strategies. We have invested significant resources in developing processes and implementing technologies that allow us to effectively recruit and retain qualified students. We develop and participate in various marketing activities which build awareness of the CTU and AIU brands among prospective students. Our marketing programs are designed to differentiate our brands in the marketplace and maximize each institution’s opportunity to serve a targeted section of the potential student population.

Over the past two years we have invested in two new admissions and advising centers in Chandler and Tempe, Arizona and increased our investments within the student advising, admissions and academic functions. These investments have enabled us to support the increased demand we experienced during 2018.

Additionally, we have invested in technologies that allow us to customize outreach strategies based on student interest before contacting students. This technology consolidates data into a single prospective student contact center platform and provides us with flexible outreach strategies and improves time utilization. Some other key benefits include work force scheduling and improved call and call recording analytics. We have seen improvement in the number of students we are able to connect with and we believe students have an improved overall experience in communications with our staff.

Seasonality

Our quarterly net revenues and income may fluctuate primarily as a result of the pattern of student enrollments. For CTU, the seasonality of our business has decreased over the last several years due to an increased percentage of students enrolling in online programs, which generally experience less seasonal fluctuations than campus-based programs. Within AIU, a calendar redesign was implemented during 2017 which impacts quarterly comparability in the foreseeable future as each quarter may have non-comparable revenue-earnings days. While operating costs for our institutions generally do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis, we do traditionally increase our marketing investments during the first and third fiscal quarters in relation to the back to school seasons.

4


Revenues, operating income (loss) and net income (loss) by quarter for each of the past two fiscal years are included in Note 19 “Quarterly Financial Summary” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

BUSINESSGUIDING PRINCIPLES AND OPERATING STRATEGYSTRATEGIC PRIORITIES

To compete successfully in today’s demanding economy, people benefit from higher education that provides a foundation of knowledge and skills they can use in the workplace and to build meaningful careers. We aim to provide effective, industry-relevantbecome a leading provider of online postsecondary education to non-traditional students, including adult learners. The core guiding principles we focus on in our pursuit of this goal are:

enhancing academic outcomes;

improving academic quality and integrity; and

complying with regulations.

Our strategic priorities that we believe will support our goal to become a diverse population, providing our students the opportunity to use theirleading provider of online postsecondary education to advance personallynon-traditional students and professionally.

Our strategy is aimed at leveraging near-term demandsposition the company for higher education with a career focus, while continuing to build the capabilities necessary to deliverlong-term sustainable and responsible long-term growth are:

enhance enrollment processes;

enhance student experiences and retention;

use technology as a differentiator;

leverage efficient and effective scalable shared services to support organic growth at our universities and as a key enabler for inorganic growth strategies; and

invest in high value projects that support our operations.

OUR BUSINESS

Through our organizationaccredited academic institutions, we offer a quality postsecondary education primarily online to a diverse student population, along with campus-based and its institutions. Withinblended learning programs. We pursue a student-first mindset in our University Group, we are focused on increasingefforts to provide student support throughout the efficacy of our programs while seeking operational efficiencies in an effortacademic life cycle, from enrollment and orientation through ongoing coaching and learning leading up to improve the student experience across the student lifecycle - for our campus-based students as well as our online students.

The importance of quality education at our institutions cannot be overstated. The quality of the education we provide and the manner ingraduation, which we provide it can directly lead to betterbelieve enhances overall student outcomes. We will strive to offer new programs at institutions and particular campuses as there is both student demand for the education, as well as workplace demand for graduates in that field of study. As we continue to innovate in our delivery of online education, we will continue to build upon that history and continue developing new education technologies that enhance the learning experience for students. We believe our intellipath® personalized learning platform provides our organization and its institutions a strategic advantage by providing a more customized student experience and we will continue to expand its use as a key differentiator.

Growing the academic and economic value of our university platforms by enhancing student retentionexperiences and academic outcomes also aligns with the interest of creating stockholder value. Our successful execution and completion of our transformation efforts has given us the ability to focus our resources and attention on our university institutions.outcomes. We are committed to investing in our university brands,academic institutions and student support technology, and faculty, all of which contributewe believe enables our student support teams to provide customized service that contributes to positive student experiences, retentionexperiences. Technology is a key enabler and differentiator for us and we are continuing to expand the use of artificial intelligence and machine learning to additional areas of the academic outcomes.life cycle. We believe that our technology innovations provide students with tools that enable them to focus on educational content in a manner that is best suited to their personal learning style.

Our business and operating strategy is built upon core guiding principles, including:

sustainable and responsible growth;

student retention and academic outcomes;

academic quality and integrity;

compliance with regulations; and

innovation and collaboration.

In addition to the Company’s core business and operating strategy, the Company has been focused on building a strong balance sheet while prudently investing in organic growth projects. As we further build our cash balances, we will continue to evaluate diverse strategies to enhance shareholder value, including acquisitions of quality educational institutions and programs, while emphasizing organic student-serving investments at our universities and maintaining liquidity.

Sustainable and Responsible Growth

Marketing, Student Recruitment and Marketingthe Student Enrollment Process

Our institutionsuniversities seek highly motivated students with both the desire and ability to complete their academic programs of choice. To promote interest among potential students, eachour universities develop and engage in a variety of marketing activities which build awareness of our universities engages in a wide variety of marketing activities.among prospective students. Our marketing programs are designed to differentiate our brands in the marketplace and maximizeenhance each institution’suniversity’s opportunity to serve a targeted section of the potential student population.

WithinPerdoceo serves a diverse student population. Our students have a broad range of educational and employment experiences which contributes to their college-level readiness. Each of our University Group,universities has an admissions function responsible for interacting with prospective students interested in applying to an institution after they have expressed interest in learning more about our academic institutions and programs. Generally, to be qualified for admission to one of our universities, an applicant must have received a high school diploma or a recognized equivalent, such as a General Education Development certificate. Some of our programs may also require applicants to meet other program admissions requirements.

We use data analytics to help us identify and focus on prospective students who are more likely to succeed at one of our universities. Our prospective student outreach process uses technology to provide a more customized approach to enable us to more effectively provide prospective students with relevant information to help them make more informed academic decisions.

One of our technology initiatives over the last few years to expand the use of artificial intelligence (“AI”) and machine learning throughout the academic life cycle is AIU’s AI-based virtual assistant “chatbot” that we named Lucy. Lucy has streamlined the process for prospective students who want to learn about our institution and can address approximately 92% of their questions while continuing to learn from her interactions. If Lucy is unable to address a question, the prospective student is referred to our admissions personnel for additional assistance. Throughout 2021, we continued to expand the use of chatbots across different aspects of the academic life cycle at both CTU and AIU.

Our technology enhancements enable our admissions staff to customize their prospective student outreach and engagement strategies based on students’ prior educational experience, degree and areas of program interest, thus providing a more meaningful and relevant interaction with the prospective student. We believe prospective students have an improved overall experience in communications with our admissions personnel due to these enhancements.

3


Admissions advisors serve as one of the prospective students’ primary contacts, providing information to help them make informed enrollment decisions and assisting them with the completion of the enrollment process. The admissions advisors also have a responsibility to provide guidance and support through the enrollment application process and student orientation as well as assist each student as they transition into their first class.

Once a decision has been made to enroll at one of our academic institutions, the financial aid team works with the prospective student, providing them with information about various loans and grants available to finance their education. The focus is on getting these students financially prepared for school in a timely manner so that they can focus on their academic activities.

Every enrolled student is offered an orientation that is designed to prepare them to begin classes at our institutions. This orientation process also provides the opportunity for students to understand our academic and support services. We believe completion of these activities better prepares a student to make an informed decision about pursuing their education as well as to be more successful as it simulates their classroom experience both online and in a campus-based environment. Completion of orientation does not financially obligate students, nor does it require students to continue their education with the university.

Additionally, new students who attend online programs at our focusuniversities and do not want to continue have 21 days after the start of their program to notify the university of their intention to withdraw. Students who notify and withdraw from the university within 21 days will not be responsible for any tuition-related expenses and are refunded any amounts they have paid in tuition and other institutional fees.

Corporate Partnerships

Our universities have focused on expanding strategic relationships with corporate partners. During 2021, CTU increased the size of its corporate partnership team during the first half of the year to further engage prospective employers to leverage their tuition assistance programs and provide a debt-free education to their employees. We expect these relationships to result in new student interest through increased awareness of our brandsinstitutions for the employees of our corporate partners. Corporate partnerships provide us with an opportunity to connect with and educate a population of students that arewe would otherwise not as easily accessible through our standard marketing.likely have access to. Students who attend our institutions through corporate partnerships are awarded grants from the applicable university to partially offset their tuition costs, the amount of which depends on the agreement with each respective corporate partner. The lower tuition billed toIn addition, they typically receive some funding from their employer towards their tuition. Although the amount paid by these students results in lower revenue per student on a daily basis, yetdue to the grants awarded from the applicable university, the recruiting, marketing and support costs associated with these students are lower.lower as well. Further, these students are more likely to start class and tend to be more persistent in their pursuit of long-term learning, which we believe will result in higher life-time value per student. We continue to see student enrollments from corporate partnerships increase as we continue to expand the program to new corporate partners. Approximately 16.7% and 6.4% of CTU and AIU’s total student population asAs of December 31, 2018,2021, approximately 19.1% and 4.8% of total student enrollments at CTU and AIUS, respectively, are a result of corporate partnership agreements.

5


Admissions

CEC serves a diverse student population. Our students represent a broad range of educational and employment experiences, contributing to their college-level readiness. Each of our University Group institutions has an admissions department that is responsible for interacting with individuals interested in applying to an institution. Admissions advisors serve as prospective students’ primary contacts, providing information to help them make informed enrollment decisions and assisting them with the completion of the enrollment process. The admission advisors also have a responsibility to provide guidance and support through the application process and orientation as well as assist each student as they transition to their first class.

CEC has invested in multiple admissions center locations in order to better assist students through the admissions process. CEC has made additional investments in its Illinois admissions and advising centers along with opening two new admissions and advising centers in Chandler and Tempe, Arizona. These investments have been made over the past two years and have enabled us to better meet student demand.

The admissions and entrance processes for our institutions are intended to identify students who are interested in meeting the requirements of their chosen program of study. We believe that a success-oriented student body ultimately results in higher student retention, increased student and employer satisfaction, and lower default rates on government loans utilized by a student. Generally, to be qualified for admission to one of our institutions, an applicant must have received a high school diploma or a recognized equivalent, such as a General Education Development certificate. Some of our programs may also require applicants to meet other program admissions requirements.

Our student financial aid team works with students so that they are able to start their education with the knowledge of what loans and grants are available to them and complete the financial aid application process in a timely manner, thus providing them with the capability of funding their education. Our staff assists students so they can determine an appropriate funding solution for their educational needs as well as provides information regarding the transfer of credit into the institution.

Our online orientation process encourages students to engage actively in preparatory activities which can include a personalized learning module, a discussion board assignment and an individual project. This orientation program also provides the opportunity for students to understand our academic and support services. We believe completion of these activities will better prepare a student to make an informed decision about pursuing their education as well as to be more successful as it simulates their classroom experience both online and in a campus-based environment. Campus-based students have the opportunity to engage with faculty, staff and current students during orientation which builds confidence and a comfort level in their new learning environment. Orientation is offered to all students; completion of orientation does not financially obligate students nor does it require students to continue their education with the university.

Student Retention and Academic Outcomes

We emphasize the importance ofOur institutions focus on improving student retention at eachand enhancing academic outcomes. Investments in student serving processes, including the use of technology, is a key focus to support these efforts. Our faculty and student advisors provide frequent assistance and feedback to students during their course of academic study. We support increased communication between our institutions.faculty and students by providing faculty with various technology enablers such as a two-way messaging platform and enhanced data reporting and analytics to help them provide meaningful academic support and information. As is the case at any postsecondary educational institution, a portion of our students fail to completewithdraw from their academic programs for a variety of academic, financial or personal reasons. We employ student advisors that provide feedbackreasons, and assistance to students during their course of study. We seek to improve retention rates by building a strong connection between our faculty and students and promoting instructional innovation, such as our M.U.S.E. instructional platform and our student and faculty mobile applications. Thesethese efforts as well as our intellipath personalized learning technology, are designed to assisthelp our students to remain in school and succeed.succeed in their academic program.

Our student advising model promotes specific and deliberate collaboration between faculty and student advisors, which we believe elevates accountabilityenhances effectiveness and effectiveness between these two areas, which in turn, provides students with consistent support and communication. Student advisors continue to work with students throughout their academic program to provide relevant and specific feedback and guidance as they progress through their classes. Additionally, a team of staff members from advising, admissions and financial aid work directly with each new student creating a student-service atmosphere and encouraging quality interactions.

Coupled with the student advising model, CTUour academic institutions continually review course content, pairing and AIU have made changes to course sequencing to buildensure workload levels slowlybuild gradually as students develop skills and acclimate to course expectations.expectations which we believe improves academic outcomes. Courses have been redesigned to accommodate skill development holistically, in the first eight courses, which we believe will support incremental and progressive learning.

AIU has fully transitioned to a graduate team model operating structure. The graduate team model structure personalizesAIU’s student-centric framework focuses on having students interact with their admissions advisor from enrollment through the end of their first academic session and be subsequently supported by faculty and student facing services in financial aid, admissions and advising and weadvisors. We believe this structure helps increase accountability and ultimately improves overall student experiences and retention. This cross-functional strategy is aimed at improving student engagement prior to beginning school and continuing through theirthroughout the student’s academic program,life cycle, with particular emphasis on the important onboarding phase and first academic term as the students adjust to their academic program. These teams also facilitate completion of the financial aid process and continue

Trident’s flexible learning approach provides for more time between assignment due dates, which helps students balance full-time academic progression with other priorities.

4


CTU leverages data analytics to provide support as students work towards graduating in their field of study.

We have also implemented a newproactive outreach and personalized advising to improve student engagementretention and retention analytics tool at CTU during the fourth quarter of 2018.academic outcomes. This toolapproach is intended to better help us reach the right student at the right time with the right support, which we expect will increase rates of overalllearning and course completion by our students.

6


Preparing students We continue to find employmentrefine our data analytics process to enable our student advisors to be more effective in their field of study is also an important element of our educational mission. To this end, each of our institutions provides career services assistance to help prepare students to conduct a successful job search and to help identify job opportunities with employers.

Student Enrollments Statistics

Our total University Group student enrollments as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was approximately 34,400 students and 34,700 students, respectively. Included in total student enrollments were approximately 32,100 students and 32,300 students, respectively, enrolled in our University Group fully-online academic programs. Related student enrollment demographic information for our University Group as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was as follows:

University Group Student Enrollments by Age Group

 

 

As a Percentage of Total University Group

 

 

 

Student Enrollments as of

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Over 30

 

 

61

%

 

 

61

%

21 to 30

 

 

35

%

 

 

36

%

Under 21

 

 

4

%

 

 

3

%

University Group Student Enrollments by Core Curricula

 

 

As a Percentage of Total University Group

 

 

 

Student Enrollments as of

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Business Studies

 

 

74

%

 

 

74

%

Information Technology

 

 

14

%

 

 

15

%

Health Education

 

 

12

%

 

 

11

%

University Group Student Enrollments by Degree Granting Program

 

 

As a Percentage of Total University Group

 

 

 

Student Enrollments as of

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Doctoral and Master's Degree

 

 

13

%

 

 

12

%

Bachelor's Degree

 

 

71

%

 

 

72

%

Associate Degree

 

 

16

%

 

 

16

%

Academic Quality and Integrity

We believe academic outcomes and career readiness are attained by our students as a result of the quality learning experience they are provided. Those learning experiences are facilitated by career-oriented program development, engaging instructional delivery and qualified faculty.engagement efforts.

Program Development

Our universities develop and deliver a variety of programs primarily resulting in the award of credentials ranging from certificates to master’s and doctoral degrees in career-oriented programs of study in core curricula areas of business studies, information technology and health education.

CEC’sOur curricula, instructional delivery tools, and experienced faculty comprise the learning experience that appeals toprovides our student population and provides them with a unique opportunity to develop the knowledge, skills and competencies required for specific careers. The curriculum development process focuses on desired career needs, while considering relative competencies necessary to achieve these career needs, as well as any applicable recommendations set forth by advisory boards, programmatic accrediting agencies

7


and industry standards. Subsequently, learning objectives are identified and courses are developed which foster student engagement in activities and optimally result in the attainment of program learning outcomes.

During 2021, our institutions expanded their offerings with both the acquisition of and internal development of non-degree professional development and continuing education programs. These online courses offer learning opportunities where one can develop skills and knowledge in a specific endeavor or area of interest. Our non-degree professional development and continuing education programs are designed to assist adult learners in maintaining existing credentials and obtaining additional job-focused credentials and can help workers increase skills and prepare for changes in the workplace.

Instructional Delivery

CEC’sOur instructional delivery for our degree programs is based uponon the belief that learning is dependent upondepends on instructional methodologies that facilitate student engagement with the instructor, with other students, and with the course content. This engagement is fundamental to student learning outcomes, regardless of whether instruction occurs within a physical or virtual classroom. We continue to focus on innovation in our delivery of online education to enhance the learning experience for students.

During 2021, we began a multi-year project to enhance and upgrade our student technology infrastructure. This includes several upgrades to our mobile platform and virtual campus and a redesign of our digital toolsets and technology that our faculty and student support teams utilize to serve and educate students throughout their academic life cycle. These upgrades are expected to further enhance student experiences, especially for our non-traditional adult learners, while driving efficiencies within the business.

Learning Management System

Construction of, and ongoing enhancement to, a virtual campus that engages online students with their instructor, their peers and the content is critical to the achievement of student learning outcomes. CEC’sCTU and AIU’s online instructional delivery is accomplished utilizingusing an innovative, student-focused learning management system. While online content delivery is very common today, CEC’sour course content delivery system M.U.S.E. (My Unique Student Experience), has several features that make it distinctive in the education marketplace.distinctive. Designed around the students, M.U.S.E.our course content delivery system is a rich, engaging student experience that represents an innovative online method of delivering content.

CEC continues to invest in its methods for delivering online education. CECPersonalized Learning Technology

Perdoceo has implemented the use of sophisticated personalized learning technologies referredthrough our virtual campus. Through our equity investment in and license of technology from CCKF, a Dublin-based educational technology company that provides intelligent, adaptive systems to power the delivery of personalized learning, we have strengthened our leadership position as a technology innovator in higher education and as a company dedicated to student success. Our personalized learning content was developed by teams of our own instructors and has been integrated across many of our curricula. We have a perpetual license to this technology, which, when integrated with our proprietary learning management system, we refer to as intellipath.®

Intellipath, within serves as a powerful platform to help our university institutions. students learn. It identifies and gives more time in areas where students need more help, while moving past areas they already know, thereby giving students more control of their academic progress. Students report feeling a stronger sense of confidence as they proactively address learning gaps and engage in the learning process at a deeper level. In many respects, personalized learning serves as an excellent way to facilitate and demonstrate mastery in a competency-based learning environment. Personalized learning is changing the nature of higher education by measuring real-time knowledge growth minute-by-minute and understanding of the material on a student-by-student basis.

Our roll-outimplementation of these technological toolsintellipath is coupled with extensive faculty training. The success of this personalized learning platform lies in the abundance of data it collects, which in turn helps our instructors determine how to structure courses, deliver material to students, predict and mitigate individual student challenges and identify teaching practices that yield the strongest results. Continuous assessment facilitates the development of individualized, dynamic learning maps that both illustrate where student mastery has been achieved and where additional work is needed. Both the student and the instructor can see in real time where learning has taken place

5


and where effort still needs to be applied. Additionally, students A major difference between our platform and others is that it focuses on student learning achievements rather than solely on student satisfaction or how fast it facilitates a student to complete assignments.

This academic and technological breakthrough continues to advance our understanding of the learning process and supports improved student academic outcomes. We believe our intellipath personalized learning platform provides our institutions a strategic advantage by providing a more customized student experience.

Mobile Applications

Students atCTU and AIUhave access to a mobile application and two-way messaging platform which were created to complement students’ mobile-centric lives. Approximately 95% of our students within these universities have opted in for the mobile application and to receive mobile notifications. Our students and staff are using the messenger due to its ease and simplicity. The student benefits of these enhancementstechnology innovations include motivating students and helping themthe ability to connect with their university in a different way, communicate efficiently with faculty, upload required documentation, track grades and degree progress in real-time and participate in courses from the universitypalm of their hand, all of which contribute to increased student engagement. CTU and remainAIU also have a faculty mobile application which provides informative dashboards, ability to complete tasks on track with their course of study.the go and enhanced outreach and communication capabilities that we believe make teacher-student interactions easier and more effective.

Faculty

CECOur institutions employ approximately 1,9002,300 credentialed, geographically disbursed,dispersed, full-time and adjunct (i.e., part-time) faculty who facilitate learning in our classrooms and virtual classrooms. Our faculty are hired, assigned, developed and evaluated in accordance with current accepted higher education practices and in accordance with state, institutional accreditation and programmatic accreditation standards. Generally, our institutions require the instructor for any degree program courses to have a degree at least one level higher than the level of the course being taught (with the exception of faculty in our doctoral programs) plus teaching and/or industry experience. General education faculty members must possess at least a master’s degree. The average tenure of a CECPerdoceo faculty member is greater thanapproximately six years. We believe the longevity of our instructors is a testament to the focus we place on student learning and the consistent quality we strive for in our classrooms.

Faculty Competencies

With the input of faculty and academic leadership at our institutions,universities, we have developed a set of instructor competencies that we believe are critical to student success and institutional effectiveness. These competencies provide the basis for faculty recruitment, hiring, orientation, evaluation and development. The competencies apply to all instructors, regardless of content area, instructional platform (campus-based or online) and employment status (full-time or part-time). Faculty hired by any CEC institution must demonstrateour academic institutions are evaluated for proficiency in each of the following competencies:

communication;

communication;

assessment of student learning;

instructional methodology (pedagogy);

subject matter expertise;

utilization of technology to enhance teaching and learning;

acknowledgement and accommodation of diversity in learners;

student engagement;

promotion of active student learning;

compliance with academic institution policy; and

demonstration of scholarship.

assessmentSeasonality and Fluctuations in Results

Our quarterly net revenues and income may fluctuate primarily as a result of the pattern of student learning;enrollments. As a result, changes in the academic calendar may have an impact on quarterly comparability as each quarter may have non-comparable revenue-earning days because the academic calendar may align differently with each calendar year and the quarters therein. While operating costs for our institutions generally do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis, we do traditionally increase our marketing investments during the first and third quarters in relation to the traditional back to school seasons.

instructional methodology (pedagogy);Human Capital

subject matter expertise;

utilizationAs of December 31, 2021, we had approximately 4,300 employees, of which approximately 1,900 work for CTU and approximately 1,700 work for AIUS, with the remainder being corporate-level employees in areas such as marketing, information technology, to enhance teachingfinancial aid, accounting, human resources, legal and learning;

acknowledgementcompliance. Our employees include approximately 2,000 part-time adjunct faculty members and accommodationapproximately 120 full-time faculty members. Other than our part-time adjunct faculty members, we have less than 60 part-time employees, some of diversity in learners;

which are student engagement;employees under the federal work study program.

promotion of active student learning;

compliance with academic and institution policy; and

demonstration of scholarship.

86


ComplianceAt the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in March of 2020, we transitioned our workforce to a remote work environment. The transition to a remote work environment was supported by our scalable and innovative technology infrastructure which enabled us to make these changes with Regulationsminimal disruptions to our business operations. As a result of the success of this transition, the Company made the decision during 2021 to allow its employees to continue in a hybrid work environment, which provides employees with the flexibility of working remotely or working from the corporate or campus locations when needed. This hybrid work environment gives employees and their managers the ability to determine what works best for their role in supporting students and business operations.  

The human capital objectives that we focus on reflect the nature of our business, our regulated industry and our guiding principles and strategic priorities discussed above under the heading “Guiding Principles and Strategic Priorities.”  

We focus on operating and achieving results in a compliant and ethical manner. Specialized staffNew employees in student-serving functions such as admissions and financial aid participate in multi-week training programs and our compliance monitoring programs and other ongoing compliance efforts in these and other areas are robust. The Compliance and Risk Committee of our Board of Directors regularly reviews the results of our compliance monitoring programs and matters reported through the Company’s internal system for reporting compliance concerns in order to monitor the effectiveness of these programs.

We use technology to support students and enhance learning. Therefore, it is imperative that our employees in student-serving functions are trained to use our technology and systems for the benefit of our students. This includes our faculty members who must be proficient in using our online learning management system, personalized learning technology and mobile applications. We also focus significant human capital resources on protecting our technology infrastructure and the personal information maintained therein regarding applicants, our students, their families and our alumni. The Compliance and Risk Committee and the full Board of Directors regularly review interpretinformation security matters given their importance to the Company.

Our goal is to deploy resources in the most effective and establish proceduresefficient manner that we believe will lead to increased stockholder value while supporting and enhancing the academic quality of our institutions. This philosophy applies to our human capital resources as well. Significant management attention is focused on where to add human capital and other resources to grow responsibly, while at the same time monitoring human capital costs and promoting operating efficiencies. Employee turnover impacts human capital costs and operating efficiencies and as a result we have in the past seen improved operating results associated with improved tenure within student-serving functions. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors regularly reviews information about employee turnover within the Company.

We are committed to a policy of equal employment opportunity. We value diversity and strive to create an atmosphere that supports the students and communities that we serve. Inclusivity is important in our approach to achieving a dynamic culture. We are committed to fostering an environment where differences are respected and valued and where employees feel empowered to share their experiences and ideas.The self-identified ethnicity or race of our full-time employees, including full-time faculty members, is approximately 51% White, 30% Black or African American, 11% Hispanic, Latinx or Spanish origin, 7% Asian, 0.7% American Indian or Alaskan Native and 0.3% Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, and our full-time employees are approximately 38% male and 62% female. The self-identified ethnicity or race of our part-time non-student employees, who are primarily part-time adjunct faculty members, is approximately 67% White, 23% Black or African American, 5% Hispanic, Latinx or Spanish origin, 4% Asian, 0.8% American Indian or Alaskan Native and less than 1% Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, and our part-time employees are approximately 50% male and 50% female.  

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND AND COMPETITION

The domestic postsecondary education industry is highly fragmented and competitive, with no one provider having a significant market share. The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended and reauthorized (“Higher Education Act”), and the related regulations govern all higher education institutions participating in federal student aid and loan programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act (“Title IV Programs”). According to the National Center for complianceEducation Statistics (“NCES”), there were approximately 5,900 postsecondary education institutions eligible for federal student aid in the United States for the academic year 2020-21, including approximately 2,300 for-profit schools; approximately 1,900 public schools which include state universities and community colleges; and approximately 1,700 private non-profit schools. According to the U.S. Department of Education (“ED” or the “Department”), over the 12-month period for academic year 2019-20, approximately 26.1 million students were enrolled in postsecondary institutions.

The domestic postsecondary degree-granting education industry was an approximately $672 billion industry for academic year 2018-19, according to a report published in 2021 by the Department. We compete in this industry primarily with other degree-granting regionally-accredited colleges and universities, both for-profit institutions like ours and public and private non-profit institutions. In particular, there is growing competition from online programs at these institutions as they increase their online offerings in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and growing prospective student interest.

Most postsecondary institutions, regardless of how they are organized, face significant challenges, including:

a continued focus on the cost and availability of a college education;

concerns over the high level of college student indebtedness;

7


questions about the quality of academic programs and the ability to translate the value of a postsecondary education into economic mobility;

competition from lower cost alternatives and from non-traditional competitors or new alternative educational paths; and

the importance of preparing students with relevant skills to manage new and rapidly changing technologies and supporting employers in their efforts to optimize and advance their workforce.

Postsecondary institutions are also subject to significant regulations which provide for a regulatory triad by mandating specific regulatory responsibilities for the accrediting agencies recognized by the Department, the federal government through the Department, and state higher education regulatory bodies.

Extensive and increasingly complex Department regulations governing financial assistance programs and processing financial aid applications. Because Title IV Programs are requiredpostsecondary institutions have been enacted, including regulations applicable only to be administered in accordancefor-profit institutions. These regulations, coupled with the standard of care and diligence of a fiduciary, any regulatory violation can beincreased focus by the basis for disciplinary action, including suspension of participationU.S. Congress on the role that for-profit educational institutions play in Title IV Programs,higher education, as well as a limitation or termination proceeding against one or boththe evolving needs and objectives of our institutions.

Ourstudents and employers, economic constraints affecting educational institutions undergo an annual independent compliance audit for all Title IV Programsand increased focus on affordability and value, may cause increased competition across the industry as well as contribute to continued changes in business operating strategies.

Although competition exists, for-profit educators serve a varietysegment of the market for postsecondary education that we believe has not been fully addressed by traditional public and private universities. Public and private non-profit institutions can face limited financial resources to expand their offerings in response to growth or changes in the demand for education, due to a combination of state funding challenges, significant expenditures required for research and the professor tenure system. Institutions may also control student enrollments to preserve the perceived prestige and exclusivity of their degree offerings. For-profit providers of postsecondary education offer prospective students the greater flexibility and convenience of their institutions' programmatic offerings and learning structure and an emphasis on applied content and the use of technology in the delivery of the education. At the same time, the share of the postsecondary education market that has been captured by for-profit providers remains relatively small. As a result, we believe that in spite of regulatory and other compliance submissionschallenges facing the industry, for-profit postsecondary education providers continue to have significant opportunities to address the demand for postsecondary education.

The majority of our degree-seeking students today have one or more non-traditional characteristics (e.g., did not enroll immediately after high school graduation, work full-time, are financially independent for purposes of financial aid eligibility, have dependents other than a spouse or are single parents). These non-traditional students typically are looking to improve their skills and reviews from ED,enhance their earning potential within the Departmentcontext of Veteran’s Affairs, various state licensing agenciestheir careers or in pursuit of new careers. As the industry has shifted to more students with non-traditional characteristics, an increasing proportion of colleges and institutional accreditors. CEC’s efforts to maintain complianceuniversities are addressing the needs of working students. This includes colleges and universities with all of these regulatory requirements are extensive and include:

corporate and institutional resource teamswell-established brand names that respond to student concerns;

robust institutional effectiveness programs at each institutionwere historically focused on continuous improvement;

a centralized corporate financial aid quality assurance team that continuously audits financial aid packaging, awarding, disbursements and returns to ensure compliance with ED, Department of Veterans Affairs or other requirements;

a centralized data and reporting team responsible for consistency in methodologies for calculating and supporting the various reports to regulators or the public;

an internal audit function reporting directly to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors that audits and regularly monitors our operations, including compliance with regulations;

a legal and regulatory group that assists with the development and implementation of procedures and process controls and monitors execution to maintain compliance with federal and state regulations, as well as monitoring of federal and state regulatory developments;

a compliance team that is responsible for the review and approval of student and public communications and media including advertising materials, web content and maintaining internal and external advertising standards;

regular monitoring of recorded phone calls in order to support efforts to maintain quality student interactions;

use of compliance-approved materials when speaking to potential and current students; and

required annual ethics training for all employees and quarterly compliance certifications for staff engaged in student marketing, recruitment, financial aid counseling and processing, career services and campus leadership.

Innovation and Collaboration

We focus on driving a culture of innovation and collaboration. This is evidenced by our technology innovations in recent years, including our personalized learning platform, student and faculty mobile applications with the addition of two-way messaging and a student engagement and retention analytics tool, all of which are discussed further above. We believe that these innovations continue to provide students with tools that enable them to focus on educational content in a manner that is best suited to their personal learning style. Our focus on collaboration is evidenced by the successful implementation of these technology initiatives as well as how these innovations are designed to promote more effective and efficient collaboration between faculty, advisors andtraditional students. AIU’s implementation of the graduate team model is another example of this focus on collaboration which drives a student-service atmosphere and encourages quality interactions. Our teams have also collaborated to implement operational efficiencies in an effort to improve the student experience across the student lifecycle. We will continue our focus on innovation and collaboration to improve student experiences, retention and academic outcomes.

9


Employees

As of December 31, 2018, we had a total of 4,244 employees, including 137 students employed on a part-time basis at certain of our institutions, as follows:

 

 

Full-time Non-student Employees

 

 

Part-time Non-student Employees

 

 

Part-time Student Employees

 

 

Full-time Faculty

 

 

Part-time Faculty (adjunct)

 

 

Total

 

CTU

 

 

736

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

1,177

 

 

 

2,040

 

AIU

 

 

674

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

582

 

 

 

1,395

 

Total University Group

 

 

1,410

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

1,759

 

 

 

3,435

 

Corporate and Other

 

 

787

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

800

 

Subtotal

 

 

2,197

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

1,759

 

 

 

4,235

 

All Other Campuses

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

9

 

Total employees

 

 

2,200

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

1,764

 

 

 

4,244

 

ACCREDITATION, STATE REGULATION AND JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORIZATIONSOTHER COMPLIANCE MATTERS

Institutional Accreditation

In the United States, accreditation is a process through which an institution subjects itself to qualitative review by an organization of peer institutions. Accrediting agencies primarily examine the academic quality of the instructional programs of an institution, and a grant of accreditation is generally viewed as confirmation that an institution’s programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting agencies also review the administrative and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that each institution has the resources to meet its educational mission.

Pursuant to provisions of the Higher Education Act, EDthe Department relies on accrediting agencies to determine whether institutions’ educational programs qualify the institutions to participate in Title IV Programs. The Higher Education Act and its implementing regulations specify certain standards that all recognized accrediting agencies must adopt in connection with their review of postsecondary institutions.

Both CTU and AIUAIUS are accredited by Thethe Higher Learning Commission (“HLC”) (www.hlcommission.org), one of six regional accreditation agenciesan institutional accrediting agency that is recognized by ED. AIU’s next re-affirmation of accreditation is scheduled for 2023-24. AIU had a comprehensive evaluation in 2018, during which HLC found that AIU continued to meet HLC’s criteria for accreditation.the Department. CTU’s next re-affirmation of accreditation is scheduled for 2022-23.2023. CTU had a comprehensive evaluation in 2017, during which HLC found that CTU continued to meet HLC’s criteria for accreditation, while requesting that CTU complete some interim reporting prior to its next re-affirmation of accreditation review. CTU has submitted all requested interim reports. AIUS’ next re-affirmation of accreditation is scheduled for 2024. AIUS had a comprehensive evaluation in 2018, during which HLC found that AIUS continued to meet HLC’s criteria for accreditation.

Programmatic Accreditation

In addition to the institutional accreditation described above, CTU and AIUAIUS have specialized programmatic accreditation for particular educational programs. Many states and professional associations require professional programs to be accredited at a program level, and require individuals who must passsit for professional license exams to have graduated from accredited programs. Programmatic accreditation does not satisfy EDthe Department requirements to confer Title IV Program eligibility; however, it does provide additional academic quality review by peers in a given field and may enable or assist graduates to practice, sit for licensing or

8


certification exams (in some cases) or otherwise secure appropriate employment in their chosen field. In addition to programmatic accreditation, some states have licensing boards which regulate who in a state is licensed to practice in a given profession.

Our schoolsuniversities pursue programmatic accreditation if that accreditation is required by employers or licensing bodies in order for a graduate to practice the profession or if it is required in order for a graduate to sit for a licensing or certification exam in order to practice or advance in the profession. In somemost cases, programmatic accreditation is sought because it is desired by employers and may enhance the ability of our graduates to compete for employment in their field.

Programmatic accreditation has been granted by the following accrediting agencies for the following individual programsdegree program areas offered by our University Group institutions.

10


Programmatic Accreditation Table (1)

 

Accreditor

 

Campus

 

Program Area Accredited(2)

 

 

 

 

 

ABET

 

Colorado Technical University, Colorado Springs

 

Electrical engineering and computer engineering

 

 

 

 

 

Association for Advancing Quality in Education Preparation

American InterContinental University, Chandler

Education

Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs

 

American InterContinental University: Atlanta, Houston and Schaumburg;Chandler; Colorado Technical University: Colorado Springs and Denver South

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education

 

Colorado Technical University, Colorado Springs

 

Nursing

 

 

 

 

 

Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation

American InterContinental University, Schaumburg

Education

Project Management Institute Global Accreditation Center

 

Colorado Technical University: Colorado Springs and Denver South

 

Project management and business

_____________________

(1)

Status as of February 15, 2019.24, 2022.

(2)

See the institutional website for a list of programs included in the approval.

State AuthorizationRegulation

State licensingapproval agencies are responsible for the oversight of educational institutions, and continued approval by such agencies is necessary for an institution to operate and grant degrees or certificates to its students. State laws establish standards for, among other things, student instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities, and financial policies. State laws and regulations may limit our campuses’ ability to operate or to award degrees or certificates or offer new programs. Moreover, under the Higher Education Act and Department regulations, approval by such agencies is necessary to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. As a result, we are subject to regulation in the states where our physical campuses or administrative offices are located. Currently, each of our ground-based campuses is authorized by the state in which it is located. Additionally, our online institutions have sought separate state approval or recognition from the relevant state agency via participation in a consortia program called the State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement (“SARA”) in the states in which they enroll and/or recruit students. California is the only state which is not a part of SARA; however, CTU and AIUS hold the appropriate approval in that state.

SARA is an agreement among member states, districts and U.S. territories that establishes comparable national standards for interstate offering of postsecondary distance education courses and programs. States, districts and territories apply to become members of SARA (which, in many cases, requires action by state legislators) and if accepted, institutions approved in their “home” state may apply to become participants in the SARA compact and the “home” state authorization is deemed acceptable to operate an online program in other states that also participate in SARA as long as they do not establish a “physical presence” in those other states (as defined by SARA). As of January 1, 2019, 49Forty-nine states plus the District of Columbia are SARA participants (www.nc-sara.org). AIUCTU and CTUAIUS are approved to participate in SARA by their home states (Illinois(Colorado and Colorado,Arizona, respectively). California is

In addition to state education regulations, there are other state agencies that oversee regulations related to student financing, payment servicing and general consumer protection. In some cases, state laws and regulations require us to register the only state which is not a partvolume of SARA; CTU and AIU hold the appropriate approval in that state.

          ED had published new regulations, to be effective July 1, 2018, that condition Title IV Program eligibility on confirmation that an institution has the appropriate state approvals from any state which requirespayment plans our students enter into and/or require licenses for our institutions to obtain its approval. These new regulations recognize SARA participation as a means to qualify in a state through reciprocity. However,collect student payments for the implementation of these regulations was delayed until July 1, 2020, based on concerns raised by regulated parties and ED is currently considering potential modifications to the regulations through a negotiated rulemaking process focused on accreditation and innovation.educational services they deliver.

Additional State RegulatoryOther Compliance Matters

In recent years, states and federal agencies have increased their focus on the private,for-profit, postsecondary education sector. This includes increased activity by state attorneys general and the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) in their review of the sector.

9


In this regard, on January 3, 2019, the Company entered into agreements with attorneys general from 48 states and the District of Columbia to bring closure to multi-state inquiries ongoing since January 2014. As part of the agreements, the Company expressly deniesdenied any allegations of wrongdoing but agreed to, among other things, work with a third-party administrator that will report annually for three years on the Company’s compliance with various obligations the Company committed to in the agreements. Operationally, the Company committed to:

provide students with additional communication of important policies, academic program information and financial aid information during the enrollment process, including a single page program disclosure as well as disclosure of applicable refund policies;

provide newly enrolling students an online financial aid interactive tool that can assist them in understanding their financial commitments;

11


 

provide students with additional communication of important policies, academic program information and financial aid information during the enrollment process, including a single page program disclosure as well as disclosure of applicable refund policies;

provide newly enrolling students an online financial aid interactive tool that can assist them in understanding their financial commitments;

continue its existing practice of offering a no cost orientation and/or an introductory course with materials designed to support new college students (if they have less than 24 college credits); and

permit undergraduate students to withdraw with no monetary obligation up to seven days after their first class at on-campus schools and up to 21 days after the start of the term at online programs (if they have less than 24 online college credits).

permit undergraduate students to withdraw with no monetary obligation up to seven days after their first class at on-campus schools and up to 21 days after the start of the term at online programs (if they have less than 24 online college credits).

From a compliance standpoint, the Company committed to:

continue many of its existing compliance programs that it uses to monitor for accurate communication with prospective students;

continue many of its existing compliance programs that it uses to monitor for accurate communication with prospective students;

continue its monitoring of third-party marketing vendors and agreed on a process to continue to hold them accountable for complying with the Company’s advertising guidelines;

continue its monitoring of third-party marketing vendors and agreed on a process to continue to hold them accountable for complying with the Company’s advertising guidelines;

continue to monitor and review conversations that its admissions and financial aid staff have with prospective students during the student recruitment process; and

continue to monitor and review conversations that its admissions and financial aid staff have with prospective students during the student recruitment process; and

enhance current training to staff working with students regarding the additional information and tools that are part of the commitments in the agreements.

enhance current training to staff working with students regarding the additional information and tools that are part of the commitments in the agreements.

Generally, the operational aspects we agreed to as part of the agreements with the attorneys general are for a six-year period. See Note 12 “Contingencies”With respect to working with a third-party administrator, the Company voluntarily agreed to extend the engagement for an additional year beyond the initial three year period to enable the administrator to continue its review of the Company’s compliance program enhancements adopted over the initial period. Further, on July 26, 2019, the Company executed a settlement agreement with the FTC to resolve an inquiry commenced by the FTC in 2015. While not admitting any wrongdoing, the Company chose to settle the FTC inquiry after almost four years of legal expenses and cooperating with the FTC’s investigation. Under the terms of the agreement with the FTC, the Company agreed to continue its compliance with the Federal Trade Commission Act and the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act, including compliance with the national do not call registry. The Company agreed to enhance its current operational and compliance processes with respect to prospective student expressions of interest, or “leads,” purchased from third party lead aggregators and generators and implement other agreed-upon compliance measures. Specifically, the agreement with the FTC requires the operation of a system to monitor third party lead aggregators and generators involving a compliance review by, or on behalf of, the Company of the various sources a prospective student interacts with prior to the Company’s purchase and use of the prospective student lead. In addition, the FTC Agreement contains requirements regarding employee and lead aggregator acknowledgements of the agreement, compliance certifications and record creation and maintenance. The principal provisions of the agreement with the FTC will remain in effect for twenty years. 

These agreements and an earlier agreement with the New York Attorney General have led to periodic requests for information to demonstrate continued compliance with the agreements and applicable regulations. Compiling data and other information in response to these and other requests from various state and federal agencies is costly and time consuming and any resulting claim of noncompliance may harm our consolidated financial statementsreputation and business.  

See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – AnyOur agreements with multiple state attorneys general and the FTC may lead to unexpected impacts on our student enrollments or higher than anticipated expenses, a failure to comply with state lawsmay lead to additional enforcement actions and regulatory requirements,continued scrutiny may result in additional costs or new state legislative or regulatory initiatives affecting our institutions, could have a material adverse effect on our total student enrollments, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows,enforcement actions,for more information about these agreements.

          Additionally, on August 19, 2013, the Company entered into an Assurance of Discontinuance with the New York Attorney General. Under the terms of this agreement, without admitting or denying any findings by the New York Attorney General, the Company agreed to, among other things: calculate and disclose placement rates according to agreed upon procedures and retain an independent consultant or audit firm to independently verify and report on such placement rates and to teach out programs going forward that do not achieve a 47.5% minimum placement rate. CTU Online and AIU Online have each reported and published this additional agreed upon placement rate which only includes New York resident graduates. For the 2018 reporting year, none of the rates required to be calculated for CTU Online and AIU Online were below the minimum threshold required by the Assurance of Discontinuance. The Company’s remaining campus in New York closed in 2018 and therefore no further action should be necessary with respect to programs which report rates below the minimum threshold. The Company has now completed all material terms of this agreement.

STUDENT FINANCIAL AID AND RELATED FEDERAL REGULATION

ManyA majority of our students require assistance in financing their education. Our institutions are approved to participate in the U.S. Department of Education’s Title IV federal aid programs. Our institutions also participate in a number of state financial aid programs, tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces and education benefits administered by the Department of Veterans Affairs.Affairs (“VA”). Our institutions that participate in federal and state financial aid programs are subject to extensive and frequently changing regulatory requirements imposed by federal and state government agencies, and other standards imposed by educational accrediting bodies.

10


Nature of Federal Support for Postsecondary Education in the United States

The U.S. government provides a substantial portion of its support for postsecondary education in the form of Title IV Program grants, loans and work-study programs to students who can use those funds to finance certain education related expenses at any institution that has been approved to participate by ED.the Department. These federal programs are authorized by the Higher Education Act. While most students are eligible for a Title IV loan, typically, financial aid administered under Title IV is awarded on the basis of financial need, which is generally defined under the Higher Education Act as the difference between the costs associated with attending an institution and the amount a student’s family can reasonably be expected to contribute based on a federally determined formula. Among other things, recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain a satisfactory grade point average and progress in a timely manner toward completion of their program of study.

Students at our institutions may receive grants, loans and work-study opportunities to fund their education under the Title IV Programs described in the sections below. In addition, some students at our institutions receive education related benefits pursuant to certain programs for veterans and military personnel, the most significant of which are described further below.

Federal Student and Parent Loans

ED’sThe Department’s major form of aid includes loans to students and parents through the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan (“Direct Loan”) Program. Direct Loans are loans made directly by the U.S. Government to students or their parents. The Direct Loan program offers Federal Direct Stafford, Federal Direct PLUS (which provides loans to parents of dependent students and to graduate or professional students, known as Parent PLUS and Grad PLUS)PLUS) and Federal Direct Consolidation Loans.

12


Undergraduate students who have demonstrated financial need may be eligible to receive a Direct Subsidized Loan, with EDthe Department paying the interest on this loan while the student is enrolled at least half-time in school. Graduate and undergraduate students who do not demonstrate financial need may be eligible to receive a Direct Unsubsidized Loan. Graduate/professional students may only receive Direct Unsubsidized Loans. With Direct Unsubsidized Loans the student is responsible for the interest while in school and after leaving school, although actual interest payments generally may be deferred by the student until after he or she has left school. Students who are eligible for a Direct Subsidized Loan may also be eligible to receive a Direct Unsubsidized Loan.

A student is not required to meet any specific credit scoring criteria to receive a Direct Loan, but any student with a default on a prior loan made under any Title IV Program or who has been convicted under federal or state law of selling or possessing drugs while receiving federal aid may not be eligible. EDThe Department has established maximum annual and aggregate borrowing limits for Direct Loans.

The Direct PLUS Loan Program provides loans to either the parents of dependent students (Direct Parent PLUS) or to graduate students (Direct Grad PLUS).students. Parents and graduate students who have an acceptable credit history may borrow a Direct PLUS Loan to pay the education related expenses of a child who is a dependent (Direct Parent PLUS) or a graduate student (Direct Grad PLUS) enrolled at least half-time at our eligible institutions. The amount of a Direct PLUS Loan cannot exceed the student’s cost of attendance less all other financial aid received.

Federal Pell Grant and Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant

Title IV Program grants are generally made to our students under the Federal Pell Grant (“(“Pell Grant”) program and the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (“FSEOG”) program. The 2018-192021-22 maximum annual Pell Grant is $6,095,$6,495, excluding any additional amount awarded pursuant to a year-round Pell Grant. Beginning with the 2017-18 award year, eligible students may receive year-round Pell Grant funds. A year-round Pell Grant program allows students to receive up to 150% of the student’s regular grant award, over the course of the academic year, allowing students to maintain their enrollment status and receive Pell Grant funds for the entire calendarup to two additional academic terms during an award year so that they can continue taking classes and work toward graduating more quickly. To be eligible for the additional Pell Grant funds, the student must be enrolled at least half-time in the payment period(s) for which the student receives the additional Pell Grant funds in excess of 100% of the student’s regular Pell Grant award.

The FSEOG program awards are designed to supplement Pell Grants up to a maximum amount of $4,000 per academic year for the neediest students. Our institutions are required to provide matching funding for FSEOG awards that represent not less than 25% of the total FSEOG award to be received by eligible students. The matching may be accomplished through institutional, private and/or state funds.

Federal Work-Study Program

Generally, under the federal work-study program, federal funds are used to pay 75% of the cost of part-time employment of eligible students to perform work for the institution or certain off-campus organizations. The remaining 25% is paid by the institution or the student’s employer. In select cases, these federal funds under the federal work-study program are used to pay up to 100% of the cost of part-time employment of eligible students.

Veterans Benefits Programs

Some of our students who are veterans use their benefits under the Montgomery GI Bill or the Post-9/11 Veterans Educational Assistance Act of 2008, as amended (“Post-9/11 GI Bill”), to cover their tuition. A certain number of our students are also eligible to receive funds from other education assistance programs administered by the Department of Veterans Affairs.VA.

11


The Yellow Ribbon program under the Post-9/11 GI Bill expanded education benefits for veterans who have served on active duty on or after September 11, 2001, including reservists and members of the National Guard. As originally passed, the Post-9/11 GI Bill provided that eligible veterans could receive benefits for tuition purposes up to the cost of in-state tuition at the most expensive public institution of higher education in the state where the veteran was enrolled. In addition, veterans who were enrolled in classroom-based programs or “blended programs” (programs that combine classroom learning and distance learning) could receive monthly housing stipends, while veterans enrolled in wholly distance-based programs were not entitled to a monthly housing stipend. The provisions regarding education benefits for post-9/11 veterans took effect August 1, 2009. The Post-9/11 GI Bill also increased the amount of education benefits available to eligible veterans under the pre-existing Montgomery GI Bill. The legislation also authorized expansion of service members’ ability to transfer veterans’ education benefits to family members.

On January 4, 2011, the Post-9/11 Veterans Educational Assistance Improvements Act of 2010 (“Improvements Act”) was adopted, which amends the Post-9/11 GI Bill in several respects. The Improvements Act alters the way benefits related to tuition and fees are calculated. For nonpublic U.S. institutions, the Improvements Act bases the benefits related to tuition and fees on the net cost to the student (after accounting for state and federal aid, scholarships, institutional aid, fee waivers, and similar assistance paid directly to the institution for the sole purpose of defraying tuition cost) rather than the charges established by the institution. The Improvements Act also replaced the state-dependent benefit cap with a single national cap which is adjusted annually and as of August 1, 20182021 is $23,672.$26,042. In addition, veterans pursuing a program of education solely through distance learning on a more than half-time basis are eligible to receive up to 50% of the national average of the basic housing allowance available to service members who are at

13


military pay grade E-5 and have dependents. Most “Improvements Act” changes took effect on August 1 or October 1, 2011, though changes to rules regarding eligibility for benefits were effective immediately or retroactively to the effective date of the Post-9/11 GI Bill. The Improvements Act did not change the Post-9/11 GI Bill’s provision that allows veterans to receive up to $1,000 per academic year for books, supplies, equipment and other education costs.

U.S. Military Tuition Assistance

Service members of the United States Armed Forces are eligible to receive tuition assistance from their branch of service through the Uniform Tuition Assistance Program of the Department of Defense (“DoD”). Service members may use this tuition assistance to pursue postsecondary degrees at postsecondary institutions that are accredited by accrediting agencies that are recognized by ED.the Department. Each branch of the armed forces has established its own rules for the tuition assistance programs of DoD.

In 2010, both the U.S. Congress and DoD increased their focus on DoD tuition assistance that is used for distance education and programs at for-profit institutions. The DoD Voluntary Education Partnership Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) was established as part of the revised DoD Instruction 1322.25, Voluntary Education Programs dated March 15, 2011. The DoD updated the MOU increases oversight of educational programs offeredin 2014 and 2019, in each case with enhanced requirements for institutions. The MOU requires that participating institutions provide meaningful information to active dutystudents about the financial cost and attendance at an institution so military students can make informed decisions on where to attend school, will not use unfair, deceptive, and abusive recruiting practices and will provide academic and student support services to service members and their families. It contains requirements regarding the disclosures of costs and amounts covered by federal educational benefits, marketing standards, state authorization, accreditation approvals, standard institutional refund policies, educational plans and academic and financial advising. The MOU also incorporates the development and implementation of the “VA Shopping Sheet,” a standardized cost form with federal aid information which has evolved into what is now referred to by ED as the “College Financing Plan”. The MOU conveys the commitments and agreements between the educational institution and DoD prior to accepting funds under the tuition assistance program. For example, the MOU requires an institution to agree to support DoD regulatory guidance, adhere to a bill of rights that is specified in the regulations, and participate in the proposed Military Voluntary Education Review program. Under the MOU, institutions must also agree to adhere to the principles and criteria established by the Service Members Opportunity Colleges Degree Network System regarding the transferability of credit and the awarding of credit for military training and experience. Both CTU and AIUAIUS have signed this earlier versioneach of the DoD’s standard MOU.

InMOUs, including the most recent in August 2013, DoD began incorporating the Principles of Excellence outlined in the President’s 2012 Executive Order into their current MOU. Refer to the section below for more information on the Principles of Excellence.

In May 2014, DoD released a final version of its revised MOU and its changes include efforts to enhance departmental oversight of voluntary education programs as well as incorporate the remaining requirements as stated in the President's 2012 Executive Order. The new provisions apply to all educational institutions providing education programs2019 which is effective through the DoD tuition assistance program. Among other things, the MOU requests that participating institutions provide meaningful information to students about the financial cost and attendance at an institution so military students can make informed decisions on where to attend school, will not use unfair, deceptive, and abusive recruiting practices and will provide academic and student support services to service members and their families. The revised MOU also implemented rules to strengthen existing procedures for access to DoD installations by educational institutions, a DoD postsecondary education complaint system for service members, spouses, and adult family members to register student complaints and established authorization for the military departments to establish service-specific tuition assistance eligibility criteria and management controls. In September 2014, both CTU and AIU signed DoD’s revised MOU.

2012 Executive Order Regarding Military and Veterans Education Benefits

On April 27, 2012, the President issued an executive order regarding the establishment of Principles of Excellence for educational institutions receiving funding from federal military and veterans educational benefits programs, including those provided by the Post-9/11 GI Bill and Uniform Tuition Assistance Program of the DoD. The executive order requires DoD, the Department of Veterans Affairs and ED to establish and implement “Principles of Excellence” to apply to educational institutions receiving such funding. The goals of the Principles are broadly stated in the order and relate to disclosures of costs and amounts of costs covered by federal educational benefits, marketing standards, state authorization, accreditation approvals, standard institutional refund policies, educational plans and academic and financial advising. Various implementation mechanisms are included, along with the development and implementation of the “VA Shopping Sheet,” a standardized cost form with federal aid information. While additional administrative support has been required to comply with the executive order, the overall impact to the Company has not been material.2024.

Institutional Payment Plans

Some of our students will enter into institutional payment plans with our institutions to pay a portion, or occasionally all, of their institutional charges directly to the school. This is more commonmay occur for students who have a gap between their Title IV financial aid funding and other third party aid available to them and the institutional charges.charges or for students who are enrolled in programs or courses for which Title IV or other financial aid is not offered. We offer these payment plans over the in-school period, and up to 12 months beyond graduation. The payment plans do not include any interest or fees.charge interest.

Eligibility and Certification by EDthe Department

Under the provisions of the Higher Education Act, an institution must apply to EDthe Department for continued certification to participate in Title IV Programs at least every six years or when it undergoes a change of control. In addition, an institution must obtain EDthe Department approval for certain substantial changes in its operations, including changes in an institution’s accrediting agency or state authorizing agency or changes to an institution’s structure or certain basic educational features.

1412


Institutions approved to participate in Title IV Programs sign a program participation agreement provided by EDthe Department that describes the terms of participation and includes a number of certifications and assurances made by the chief executive officerhead of the institutions. As long as an institution has submitted an application for re-certification prior to the expiration of its current program participation agreement, the institution’s eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs continues on a month-to-month basis until EDthe Department completes its review. EDThe Department may issue full certification to an institution, it may deny certification or it may elect to issue provisional certification, in which case the program participation agreement outlines additional requirements that the institution must meet.

EDThe Department may place an institution on provisional certification status if it finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all required eligibility and certification standards. Provisional certification does not generally limit an institution’s access to Title IV Program funds. ED may withdraw an institution’s provisional certification without advance notice if ED determines that the institution is not fulfilling all material requirements.

Our institutions are currently operating on provisional program participation agreements. CTU and AIU each have a program participation agreement that expired on September 30, 2018 and as a result are operating on a month-to-month approval pending ED’s review and processing of their pending applications for recertification. During the period of provisional certification, our institutionsan institution must obtain prior EDDepartment approval to add an educational program, open a new location or make any other significant change. Provisional certification does not generally limit an institution’s access to Title IV Program funds. The Department may withdraw an institution’s provisional certification without advance notice if the Department determines that the institution is not fulfilling all material requirements.

In May 2019, both CTU and AIUS (then known as AIU)received renewals of their program participation agreements through March 31, 2021. CTU was removed from provisional certification, while AIUS remains on provisional certification due to open regulatory review processes with the Department at the time of the renewal. Following the Trident acquisition and AIU’s implementation of a university system model, institutional accreditation and approval by the Department continues at the system level.

CTU and AIUS each submitted its application for recertification to continue participation in Title IV Programs on December 21, 2020 and await completion of the Department’s review.  

In connection with its administration of Title IV Programs, the Department has broad powers to request information and review records of a participating institution. The Company is in the process of responding to an extensive request for information received from the Department in December 2021 relating to CTU and AIUS. Significant resources are required to respond to this request and the Department’s review of the information provided could lead to additional requests for information or claims of noncompliance with the extensive regulatory requirements relating to the administration of Title IV Programs.

See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – Compliance with the extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business can be costly and time consuming, and failure to comply could result in financial penalties, restrictions on our operations, loss of federal and state financial aid funding for our students, or loss of our authorization to operate our institutions” andIf EDthe Department denies, or significantly conditions, recertification of anyeither of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs, that institution could not conduct its business as it is currently conducted,” and other risk factors in Item 1A for additional information about the risks surrounding continued participation in Title IV Programs.

Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector

In recent years, Congress, ED,the Department, states, accrediting agencies, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”),FTC, state attorneys general and the media have scrutinized the for-profit postsecondary education sector. Congressional hearings and roundtable discussions were held regarding various aspects of the education industry, including issues surrounding student debt as well as publicly reported student outcomes that may be used as part of an institution’s recruiting and admissions practices, and reports were issued that are highly critical of for-profit colleges and universities. A group of influential U.S. senators, consumer advocacy groups and some media outlets have strongly and repeatedly encouraged ED, the Department, of DefenseDoD and the Department of Veterans AffairsVA and its state approving agencies to take action to limit or terminate the participation of institutions such as ours in existing tuition assistance programs. In addition, targeted loan relief to student borrowers is a stated priority for the Department, and consumer advocacy groups and others are focusing their lobbying and other efforts relating to student debt forgiveness on for-profit colleges and universities, encouraging loan discharge applications and complaints by former students.

The current Presidential and Department administrations, as well as Congress, are pursuing significant legislative, regulatory and administrative actions that will affect our business. For example, as discussed below, new legislation changing the 90-10 Rule passed in 2021, and numerous existing or former regulations are being modified or reproposed for future adoption by the Department. Any actions that limit our participation in Title IV Programs or the amount of student financial aid for which our students are eligible would negativelymaterially impact our business.student enrollments and profitability and could impact the continued viability of our business as currently conducted. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate.

Legislative Action and Recent EDDepartment Regulatory Initiatives

The U.S. Congress must periodically reauthorize the Higher Education Act and other laws governing Title IV Programs and annually determines the funding level for each Title IV Program.

The Higher Education Opportunity Act (“HEOA”) was the most recent reauthorization of the Higher Education Act and was signed into law on August 14, 2008. It was immediately effective for many items with others effective in subsequent years. The HEOA authorized increases in the Federal Pell Grants, changed certain grant eligibility requirements, expanded Stafford Loan

13


deferment options, provided changes to needs analysis, changed treatment of Veterans Administration benefits effective with the 2010-11 award year and revised many of the regulations governing an institution’s eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs.

Historically, Congress has reauthorized the Higher Education Act every five to six years. TheHowever, the last full reauthorization took place in 2008 and Congress has subsequently taken several actions whichthat effectively extend the Higher Education Act and various Title IV Programs on a temporary basis. We anticipate that Congress willcould work to either reauthorize the Higher Education Act in its entirety, or pass a series of smaller bills that focus on individual parts of the Higher Education Act, primarily Title IV Programs. CertainPrograms, or continue to extend existing Title IV Programs for more limited terms while continuing debate on broader policy objectives. Additionally, legislative changes impacting Title IV Programs is included in broader legislation from time to time. For example, certain legislation has been introducedpassed that is focused on simplifying both access to and repayment of Title IV funds. While it is uncertain whether those proposals will be enacted into law, simplifying the federal student aid programs and reducing the complexity of repaymentfunds, which should be of benefit to our students. However, scrutinyAdditionally, on March 11, 2021, President Biden signed a multi-faceted legislative package that includes new economic stimulus measures broadly targeting various aspects of the U.S. economy. Congress included in this legislation a modification to the “90-10 Rule” applicable to for-profit institutions that alters the measurement under the rule from the percentage of Title IV Program tuition revenue an institution receives to the percentage of “federal educational assistance” an institution receives. While the required ratio to maintain Title IV Program eligibility will remain at below 90%, specific details on the modified rule and what constitutes “federal educational assistance” are expected to be determined pursuant to negotiated rulemaking (see “Negotiated Rulemaking 2022: Institutional and Programmatic Eligibility” below). The legislation specifies that the earliest the modified rule may apply is for institutional fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2023, and effectiveness for 2023 generally requires that final regulations be published prior to November 1, 2022. See the “Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” section below for information about the 90-10 Rule and Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – Our institutions could lose their eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs or have other limitations placed upon them if the percentage of their revenues derived from those programs is too high,” for information regarding risks relating to the 90-10 Rule and this pending rulemaking.

Scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector and the ongoing policy differences in Congress regarding spending levels could lead to significant regulatory changes in connection with the upcoming reauthorization of the Higher Education Act, and many of these changes may be adverse to postsecondary institutions generally or for-profit institutions specifically. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – CongressThe extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business may revise laws governing Title IV Programs or reduce funding for those programschange, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector and the results of the 2020 Presidential and Congressional elections, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our enrollmentsprofitability and revenue and increase costs of operations.make compliance more difficult.

In recent years, ED has engagedThe Department regularly engages in significant rulemaking efforts intended to develop new regulations focused on various topics. These efforts ledRecent rulemaking initiatives focused on state authorization, distance learning, accreditation, educational innovation and other matters. In addition to Department initiatives, recent federal legislation was passed which is designed to help streamline the financial aid application process for students and to provide assistance to students as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.  

Two additional regulatory initiatives by the Department of significance have occurred in recent years. First is the adoption of the new gainful employment regulation and “borrower defense to repayment” regulations.regulations in 2019. See the “Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” section below for a description of these regulations as they were adopted. ED convened new negotiated rulemaking committeesregulations. Further changes to consider modifications to thesethe borrower

15


defense to repayment regulations are being considered (see “Negotiated Rulemaking 2021: Affordability and Student Loans” below).

Second, the Department’s rulemaking efforts in 2019 resulted in the rescission of previously adopted “gainful employment” regulations. Perdoceo’s institutions, and most other for-profit institutions, qualify for Title IV Program participation on the basis that they offer programs that, in addition to meeting other requirements, “prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation.” During 2013, the Department established negotiated rulemaking committees, one specifically designed to limit Title IV availability for programs at for-profit institutions by defining gainful employment in a recognized occupation. On October 30, 2014, the Department published a new complex final regulation, effective July 1, 2015, to define “gainful employment” as well asmeeting certain standards measuring the general amount students borrow for enrollment in a program against an amount of their reported earnings. Prior to this rulemaking, the term gainful employment had been used in the Higher Education Act for forty years, and had not been further defined by Congress or the Department. Through negotiated rulemaking sessions, the Department considered different options for adopting a uniform set of requirements that could be applicable to all schools and not specifically targeted at for-profit institutions. After a public comment period on its proposal, the Department published a final regulation on July 1, 2019 to rescind the 2015 gainful employment regulation in late 2017 and early 2018. On July 31, 2018, ED published for public comment proposed regulations with respect to “borrower defense to repayment” and on August 14, 2018 ED published for public comment a proposed rescission of the gainful employment regulations. ED has not indicated when it plans to publish final regulations on either topic and there have been various legal challenges to ED’s rulemaking processes and administrative decisions; however, any regulations published in final form by November 1, 2019 typically would take effecteffective on July 1, 2020. In lieu of the complex gainful employment regulation designed to eliminate program eligibility, the Department continued to update the college scorecards it developed, which apply to all Title IV eligible institutions, with relevant information for prospective students. While the eligibility tests and disclosures associated with the 2015 gainful employment regulation are no longer required, the term “gainful employment” continues to exist in the Higher Education Act and CTU’s and AIUS’ Title IV eligible programs will continue to need to be career focused educational programs. The outcomeDepartment has begun the process of re-adopting a new version of this regulation as part of its 2022 negotiated rulemaking covering institutional and programmatic eligibility (see “Negotiated Rulemaking 2022: Institutional and Programmatic Eligibility” below). Initial discussions as part of the negotiated rulemakings have considered adoption of program eligibility rules that, like the 2015 gainful employment regulation, would measure student debt at a program level against a measure of earnings. However, these discussions have also

14


included various potential adjustments that may cause programs that passed the eligibility test under the 2015 gainful employment regulation to lose Title IV Program eligibility under the new regulation. We are closely monitoring the negotiated rulemaking initiatives andprocess but are unable to determine the potential impact of any final regulations on our business at this time. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector and the results of the 2020 Presidential and Congressional elections, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult,” for information about the potential impact of new regulations on our business.

Negotiated Rulemaking 2021: Affordability and Student Loans

In December 2021, the Department concluded negotiated rulemaking on a number of topics related to affordability and student loans. Pursuant to the negotiated rulemaking process, the Department, through a series of three, weeklong meetings in each of October, November and December, worked to develop a notice of proposed rulemaking with representatives of the parties who would be affected significantly by the regulations. If a rulemaking committee is able to reach a consensus on its area, then the agreed upon proposal is submitted for public comment as the proposed regulation, and the final regulation typically aligns closely with the agreed upon proposal. During this rulemaking process, the Department sought the committee’s consensus on an issue-by-issue basis, rather than for all the topics included for the committee’s consideration as a whole. The collection of topics discussed during these negotiations generally relate to different Title IV regulations that impact a student’s ability to reduce or modifiedavoid repaying their student loans. During the process, the Department expressed a goal of making it easier for students to have their loans discharged or forgiven and providing more favorable loan repayment terms. The Department also intends to make it easier to seek recovery of discharged loan funds from institutions through modifications to existing adjudication processes and standards of proof. These goals were shared by many of the committee participants.

Negotiators reached consensus on four of 12 topics that were open for discussion:

Discharges for borrowers with a total and permanent disability;

Eliminating certain interest capitalization events that increase loan costs for students;

Discharges for when a school falsely certifies a student was eligible for Title IV Program financial aid; and

Pell Grant eligibility for prison education programs.

Negotiators failed to come to agreement on the remaining topics:

Closed school discharge;

Expanding and simplifying public service loan forgiveness;

Modifying the borrower defense to repayment processes for students;

Modifying the process of recovering funds from schools for loans discharged pursuant to the borrower defense to repayment process;

Restricting schools from adopting pre-dispute arbitration requirements and waivers of class action lawsuits; and

Changes to the income driven loan repayment policies.

With negotiations completed, the next step in the rulemaking process is for the Department to draft and publish proposed regulations on these topics for public comment. On the four areas where negotiators reached consensus, the Department is obligated to use the consensus language in the regulatory text it publishes for comment. On the areas where consensus was not reached, the Department is free to draft language as it sees fit. The proposed rules may reduce the obligations on students applying for loan discharge and increase the burdens on institutions that provide documentation regarding student claims.After the public notice and comment period, if final regulations are uncertainpublished prior to November 1, 2022, the regulations would generally become effective July 1, 2023. We are closely monitoring the negotiated rulemaking process but are unable to determine the potential impact of any final regulations on our business at this time. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector and the results of the 2020 Presidential and Congressional elections, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult,” for information about the potential impact of new regulations on our business.  

Negotiated Rulemaking 2022: Institutional and Programmatic Eligibility

On October 4, 2021, the Department announced its intent to establish another negotiated rulemaking committee to develop proposed regulations related to institutional and programmatic eligibility. Negotiating sessions of the institutional and programmatic eligibility negotiated rulemaking committee were held in January and February 2022, with a third session scheduled in March 2022. As part of the negotiating sessions, the Department provided issue papers that revealed its intent to impose a number of additional obligations for schools and programs to remain eligible for Title IV funds. The following topics are included as part of this negotiated rulemaking process:

Adopting new regulations to calculate the ratio of a for-profit school’s revenue that is federal education assistance referred to as “90-10”;

15


Adopting a program eligibility rule tied to the term “gainful employment”;

Establishing Title IV eligibility through an alternative process known as "ability to benefit”;

Imposing new requirements on owners and operators that sign agreements with the Department to participate in Title IV Programs;

Placing additional requirements and limits on changes of ownership or control;

Adopting new events that can lead to the posting of letters of credit or other commitments as part of the Department’s financial responsibility standards; and

The Department is proposing to add a number of requirements as obligations schools must satisfy in order to be considered administratively capable.

In each of the topics currently being negotiated, the Department is proposing rules that impose additional burdens on schools, and often the proposals being discussed apply to schools unevenly. For example, the “90-10” Rule is an additional annual eligibility test requirement that applies exclusively to for-profit sector schools, but only one negotiator represents the for-profit sector. The gainful employment rule is designed to primarily impose additional requirements on for-profit sector programs and many of the proposed modifications to other long standing existing rules contain new requirements that relate exclusively to for-profit sector schools and their ownership structures. In the case of the “90-10” Rule, the Department provided limited information on how it intends to define “federal educational assistance” and instead proposed a number of changes designed to reduce the amount of favorable tuition revenue a school could include to pass. In the case of gainful employment, the Department is proposing a number of modifications that make the test more difficult to pass and eliminate opportunities for programs to make improvements.

The previously adopted and rescinded gainful employment regulation is discussed above in this “Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives” section, and please see the “Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” section below for an overview of the current rules relating to “90-10,” change of ownership or control, financial responsibility and administrative capability.

Following the completion of the negotiation sessions, the Department intends to publish its proposed regulations for public comment. Publication of final regulations in the Federal Register must occur on or before November 1 for the regulations to be effective for the next federal student financial aid award year, which begins July 1 of the following year. Negotiated rulemaking committees convened in recent years generally have not reached consensus, resulting in the Department having significant latitude in formulating regulations. We are closely monitoring the negotiated rulemaking process but are unable to determine the potential impact of any final regulations on our business at this time. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector and the results of the 2020 Presidential and Congressional elections, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult,” for information about the potential impact of new regulations on our business.

Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations

To be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must comply with the Higher Education Act and regulations thereunder that are administered by ED.the Department. We and our institutions are regularly subject to audits and compliance reviews and periodically subject to inquiries, lawsuits, investigations, and/or claims of non-compliance from federal and state regulatory agencies, accrediting agencies, ED,the Department, present and former students and employees, and others that may allege violations of statutes, regulations, accreditation standards or other regulatory requirements applicable to us or our institutions. If the results of any such audits, reviews, investigations, claims or actions are unfavorable to us, we may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, operational limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions, additional oversight and reporting, provisional certification or other civil or criminal penalties. In addition, if EDthe Department or another regulatory agency determined that one of our institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or violated a provision of the Higher Education Act or ED’sthe Department’s regulations, that institution could be required to repay such funds, and could be assessed an administrative fine. See Note 12 “Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements for discussion of current matters.

In July 2015, ED conducted an ordinary course on-site program review of AIU’s administration of Title IV Programs in which the institution participates. The review covered the 2014-2015 award year with a specific focus on the programs the institution offers via distance education. We have remained responsive to any information requests from ED in this regard; however, we have not yet received the initial program review report.  

The Higher Education Act also requires that an institution’s administration of Title IV Program funds be audited annually by an independent accounting firm and that the resulting audit report be submitted to EDthe Department for review. In September 2016, ED’sthe Department’s Office of Inspector General released a revised audit guide applicable specifically to proprietary schools and third-party servicers administering Title IV programs. The updated guide is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 30, 2016. The revised audit guide was effective for us for the year ending December 31, 2017 and applies to annual compliance audits due June 30, 2018 and thereafter. The new guide significantly increases the requirements and testing procedures necessary when filing our annual Title IV compliance audits.

Gainful Employment

CEC institutions, and most other for-profit institutions, qualify for Title IV Program participation on the basis that they offer programs that, in addition to meeting other requirements, “prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation.” During 2013, ED established negotiated rulemaking committees, one specifically designed to limit Title IV availability for programs at for-profit institutions by defining gainful employment in a recognized occupation. On October 30, 2014, ED published a new complex final regulation, effective July 1, 2015, to define “gainful employment” as meeting certain standards measuring the general amount students borrow for enrollment in a program against an amount of their reported earnings. Prior to this rulemaking, the term gainful employment had been used in the Higher Education Act for forty years, and had not been further defined by Congress or ED. A summary of the gainful employment regulation that took effect on July 1, 2015 is set forth below.

On June 14, 2017, ED announced its intention to convene new negotiated rulemaking committees to consider modifications to the gainful employment regulation. Committee negotiations commenced in late 2017. During negotiations, ED considered different options for adopting a uniform set of requirements that could be applicable to all schools and not specifically targeted at for-profit institutions. On August 14, 2018, ED published for public comment a proposal to rescind the gainful employment regulation which became effective on July 1, 2015. In lieu of the complex gainful employment regulation designed to eliminate program eligibility, ED indicated its intent to update the college scorecards ED had developed, which apply to all Title IV eligible institutions, with relevant information for prospective students. ED has not indicated when or if it will publish a final regulation rescinding the existing gainful employment regulation; however there have been various legal challenges to ED’s rulemaking processes and administrative decisions which may impact the outcome of the timing or finalization of the proposed rescission. The outcome of these rulemaking initiatives and the impact of any new or modified regulations are uncertain at this time.

Current Regulation. The definition effective July 1, 2015 establishes a formula by which ED will determine if a program is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs. The regulation requires graduates of programs within three years (or less) beyond graduation to, on average, have debt with annual loan payments that are less than 8% of their annual earnings or 20% of their discretionary income. Programs whose graduates have debt with annual loan payments that accounts for between 8% and 12% of their annual earnings, or between 20% and 30% of their discretionary income, will be considered to be in the “zone” for meeting the gainful employment standard. Programs whose graduates have debt with annual loan payments that are greater than 12% of annual earnings or 30% of discretionary income will fail the gainful employment test. Institutions with a program that fails to meet the gainful employment test for two out of three consecutive years, or that is in the zone (or fails) for four consecutive years, lose eligibility for

16


that program to participate in Title IV Programs for at least three years. Institutions with a program that is within a year of potentially disqualifying for participation in Title IV must notify current and prospective students of the program of its potential loss of access to Title IV Program funds and the plan for continuation of the program or refunding tuition to students should the program fail to pass the gainful employment threshold in the subsequent year.

Under the gainful employment regulation, debt is calculated based on the lesser of actual median or mean debt, or the cost of tuition, fees, books, supplies and equipment. For the first five to seven years after ED begins to report gainful employment results, depending upon the length of the academic program, ED will allow the substitution of the average debt of the most recent graduating cohort for the average debt of the measurement cohort. Earnings are to be based on data provided by the Social Security Administration to ED; however, the information sharing agreement that provided ED with access to this earnings information lapsed in May 2018 and ED has indicated that the SSA has no current intentions of renewing the agreement or providing any new earnings data to ED. As a result, only one year of gainful employment rates have been published and it is unclear if a second or subsequent year of GE program rates will ever be published. Under the regulations, institutions have an opportunity to review and correct the list of students submitted to the Social Security Administration for the earnings query, but do not have an opportunity to inspect, review, question or appeal the results provided by the Social Security Administration.

The gainful employment regulation includes a requirement that institutions disclose program level cohort default rates if directed to do so by ED.

On January 8, 2017, final initial year gainful employment rates were published publicly for all institutions subject to the rules. The announcement was made with an ED press release stating that over 800 programs had not met its new criteria for gainful employment and another 1,239 programs were in the “zone” for meeting the gainful employment standard. In line with our expectations, AIU had two, and CTU had three, of its continuing programs in the “zone” for meeting the gainful employment standard. Each university also had one active program that initially failed to meet the standard for the first year, but that timely filed an appeal that is pending with ED.

Of the programs that were in the zone or failed to meet the standard, the most significant of these are the Criminal Justice programs at CTU and AIU. These programs represent approximately 16% of University Group total enrollments as of December 31, 2018. Under the current regulation, a program does not lose Title IV Program eligibility unless it fails the gainful employment test for two out of three consecutive years, or is in the zone (or fails) for four consecutive years. Because we rely on ED to provide us with the historical salary and debt information that is used in these calculations and due to the historical nature of the data used in the test, there can be no assurance that our actions will result in future compliance and the regulation could adversely affect the eligibility of the programs we offer. ED has not indicated when or if it intends to publish a second year of data for the gainful employment regulation due to both (i) the lapse of its information sharing agreement with the Social Security Administration and (ii) its proposed elimination of the regulation and associated program eligibility test. We continue to closely monitor the status of these matters and to consider new or modified programs or specializations that we believe might have improved outcomes under the current gainful employment regulation.

The current gainful employment regulation included significant new disclosure requirements and created additional certifications to which the chief executive officer of an institution must attest, including that the programs offered by the institution meet the requirements of states or professional licensing bodies in order for graduates to practice in the field. Also included in the regulation is a requirement that any new or re-enrolled student must receive, either in person or by email, and acknowledge program level gainful employment disclosures, prior to signing an enrollment agreement, registering for classes or entering into a financial commitment with the institution. On June 30, 2017, ED announced that it was delaying aspects of the regulation requiring these program disclosures be distributed in person or via email until July 1, 2018; then subsequently in early 2018 ED announced it was again delaying this particular notification until July 1, 2019. However, the requirement that updated gainful employment disclosures be published on an institution’s program websites remains in effect and ED periodically revises the required template and data elements for these disclosures. We do not know, to the extent it becomes effective, if the new disclosure process that requires a separate email acknowledgement from our online students of program level gainful employment disclosures will have any material impact on our enrollments in the future.

Until ED publishes a final rule rescinding the gainful employment regulation, the existing regulation remains in effect, with some aspects such as the requirement to deliver program level gainful employment disclosures to every student subject to formally announced delays, while other aspects such as the timing for publishing any second year of gainful employment rates are informally delayed pending periodic updates from ED. There can be no assurance that our future actions will result in compliance with the existing regulation or any new or modified regulation and the eligibility of the programs we offer could be adversely affected. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate - ED’s gainful employment regulation may limit the programs we can offer students and increase our cost of operations,” for more information about risks associated with the gainful employment regulation.

17


“90-10 Rule”

Under a provision of the Higher Education Act commonly referred to as the “90-10 Rule,” any of our institutions that, on modified cash basis accounting, derives more than 90% of its cash receipts from Title IV sources for a fiscal year will be placed on provisional participation status for its next two fiscal years. If an institution does not satisfy the 90-10 Rule for two consecutive fiscal

16


years, it will lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs for at least two fiscal years. We have substantially no control over the amount of Title IV student loans and grants sought by or awarded to our students. If an institution violates the 90-10 Rule and becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continues to disburse Title IV Program funds, EDthe Department could require repayment of all Title IV Program funds received by it after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.

We have implemented various measures intended to reduce the percentage of our institution’s cash basis revenue attributable to Title IV Program funds, including emphasizing employer-paid and other direct-pay education programs;programs such as our corporate partnerships, diversifying our educational offerings to increase the portion of our students who do not rely on Title IV Programs, recruitment of international students, the use of externally funded scholarships and grants;grants and counseling students to carefully evaluate the amount of necessary Title IV Program borrowing.

Our preliminary calculation of the 90-10 rates for our institutions for the year ended December 31, 2021 is approximately 84% for CTU and approximately 86% for AIUS, which are in compliance with the 90-10 Rule. However, as discussed above in “Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives,”the 90-10 Rule is currently subject to revision as part of a negotiated rulemaking process and we expect the calculation under the existing rule to be replaced with a new calculation that alters the measurement under the rule from the percentage of Title IV Program tuition revenue an institution receives to the percentage of “federal educational assistance” an institution receives, with what constitutes “federal educational assistance” to be defined in regulations to be adopted following the negotiated rulemaking process. We expect “federal educational assistance” under the revised rule to be defined more broadly than Title IV Program tuition revenue an institution receives as under the existing rule, making compliance with the revised rule more difficult. For example, government education assistance for military or veteran personnel is likely to be considered “federal educational assistance” under the revised rule.

The ability of our institutions to maintain 90-10 rates below 90% will depend on the impact of future changes in our student enrollment mix, and regulatory and other factors outside of our control, including any reductionchanges in government education assistance for military or veteran personnel, including veterans, orand changes in the treatment of such funding for purposes of the 90-10 rate calculation. ChangesIn addition, changes in, or new interpretations of, the technical aspects of the calculation methodology or other industry practices under the 90-10 Rule could further significantly impact our compliance with the 90-10 Rule.

For our 2018 fiscal year, our preliminary review of our institutions’ 90-10 Rule percentages results in none of our institutions exceeding the 90% limit.

See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – Our institutions could lose their eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs or have other limitations placed upon them if the percentage of their revenues derived from those programs is too high,” for additional information regarding risks relating to the 90-10 Rule.

Student Loan Default Rates

An institution may lose eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs if the rates at which its former students default on the repayment of their federally-guaranteed or federally-funded student loans exceed specified percentages. This is determined by an institution’s cohort default rate which is calculated on an annual basis as a measure of administrative capability. Each cohort is the group of students who first enter into student loan repayment during a federal fiscal year (ending September 30). The measurement period for theAn institution’s cohort default rate is calculated as the percentage of borrowers who entered repayment in the relevant federal fiscal year who default before the end of the second fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the borrowers entered repayment. This represents a three-year measurement period.

If an institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 10% for any one of the three preceding years, it must delay for 30 days the release of the first disbursement of U.S. federal student loan proceeds to first time borrowers enrolled in the first year of an undergraduate program. As a matter of regular practice, all of our institutions have implemented a 30-day delay for such disbursements.

If an institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 30% for any given year, it must establish a default prevention task force and develop a default prevention plan with measurable objectives for improving the cohort default rate.

Excessive three-year cohort default rates will result in the loss of an institution’s Title IV eligibility, as follows:

Annual test. If the three-year cohort default rate for any given year exceeds 40%, the institution will cease to be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs; and

Annual test. If the three-year cohort default rate for any given year exceeds 40%, the institution will cease to be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs; and

Three consecutive years test. If the institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 30% for three consecutive years, the institution will cease to be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs.

Three consecutive years test. If the institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 30% for three consecutive years, the institution will cease to be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs.

We have student loan default management initiatives aimed at reducing the likelihood of our students’ failure to repay their loans in a timely manner. These initiatives emphasize the importance of students’ compliance with loan repayment requirements and provide for loan counseling and communication with students after they cease enrollment. Our efforts supplement the counseling, processing and other student loan servicing work performed by EDthe Department through contracts it has with select third parties. The quality and nature of the student loan servicing work performed by EDthe Department has a direct impact on our cohort default rates and we have experienced past performance failures by EDthe Department and its student loan servicers in outreach to students which adversely impact the cohort default rates at our institutions. On January 18, 2017, the largest of ED’s student loan servicers, Navient, was sued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the Illinois and Washington Attorneys General for allegedly failing to properly counsel and support student loan borrowers. We know many of our students have Navient as their designated student loan servicer, however we are not able to determine what impact the alleged conduct, if accurate, may have had or will have on cohort default rates.

17


See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – Our institutions could lose their eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs or have other limitations placed upon them if their student loan cohort default rates are greater than the standards set by ED,the Department, for additional information regarding risks relating to cohort default rates.

18


In September 2018, ED2021, the Department released the official three-year cohort default rates for the 20152018 cohort. EachBoth of our institutions had cohort default rates under the 30% threshold for the 2015 cohort. A listing of the official 2015, 2014 and 2013 three-year cohort default rates, for our universities is provided in the table below.

 

 

Cohort Default Rates

3-year rate

 

Institution, Main Campus Location

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Additional locations as defined by accreditors are in parentheses)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

American InterContinental University

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schaumburg, IL (Online) (Atlanta, GA and Houston, TX)

 

19.7%

 

 

16.2%

 

 

14.7%

 

Colorado Technical University

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Colorado Springs, CO (Denver, CO and Online)

 

19.5%

 

 

15.7%

 

 

14.0%

 

We continued to see an increase in both institutions’ cohort default rates through the 20152018 cohort. We believe these increases were a result of multiple factors, including that certain operational changes adversely affected the 2014increased our student communication, counseling and 2015 cohorts, and that the 2013 and 2014 cohorts benefitted from some timing related factors impacting the percentage of students that graduated relative to the percentage of students that withdrew without completing their program. We increased focusother efforts in this area beginning in late 2016 and as a result we do not currently anticipate further increasehave begun to see improvements in ourthe cohort default rate beginning with the 2016 cohort. A listing of the official 2018, 2017 and 2016 three-year cohort default rates for our institutions is provided in the near future.table below.

 

 

Cohort Default Rates

3-year rate

 

Institution, Main Campus Location

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Additional locations as defined by accreditors are in parentheses)

 

2018 (2)

 

 

2017 (2)

 

 

2016

 

American InterContinental University (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chandler, AZ (Online) (Atlanta, GA and Houston, TX)

 

15.8%

 

 

17.0%

 

 

19.2%

 

Colorado Technical University

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Colorado Springs, CO (Denver, CO and Online)

 

15.5%

 

 

16.0%

 

 

18.8%

 

______________________

(1)

Cohort default rates for American InterContinental University do not include results associated with Trident University.

(2)

Rates were modified based on corrections made as part of official appeal processes.

As part of the CARES Act, which was signed into law on March 27, 2020, federal student loan payments and interest were suspended for a period of time, which the Department has periodically extended currently through May 1, 2022. During this period, student loan borrowers have their loans placed in forbearance, and as such, are no longer required to make payments on their federal student loans. Consequently, no further defaults can occur during this period. Based on this forbearance, and more specifically the timing of it, we expect a favorable impact to the 2019-2020 cohort default rates, with the expectation that these rates will be lower as compared to 2018, which were also favorably impacted by the forbearance to a lesser extent. After the forbearance ends, all students will need to resume their next normally scheduled payment. It is unclear how many students will commence their regularly scheduled payments when the forbearance expires, and whether the loan servicers will be able to handle the volume of borrowers resuming repayment obligations all at the same time. As a result, whether this forbearance has any negative impact on future cohorts is unclear.

Borrower Defense to Repayment

2016 Regulations - Status

On October 28, 2016, ED issued complex, significantthe Department adopted new regulations that cover multiple issues including the processes and standards for the discharge of federal student loans, which are commonly referred to as “borrower defense to repayment.”repayment” regulations. The Department initially delayed the effective date of these regulations; however, after a successful legal challenge against the delay, the Department published guidance to institutions on March 15, 2019 regarding how to implement the 2016 regulations werewhile noting that a new set of regulations was forthcoming. On September 23, 2019, the Department published in the Federal Register on November 1, 2016 and were generallynew final “borrower defense to becomerepayment” regulations that became effective on July 1, 2017. However, in response to pending litigation by the California Association of Private Postsecondary Schools (“CAPPS”) challenging the legality of the2020. The new 2019 final borrower defense to repayment regulations on June 14, 2017 ED announced an indefinite delayare summarized below and will result in the effective date of the 2016 regulations while it conducted further reviewa distinct loan discharge process and a new negotiated rulemaking processstandards applicable to replace the previously adopted regulations. On October 24, 2017, ED published two related notices in the Federal Register. Thefederal student loans first again citing the pending litigation and uncertain outcome, was an interim final rule setting the effective date of the delayed regulations asdisbursed after July 1, 2018. The second, was a proposed extension of the delay for an extra year, through July 1, 2019, to permit ED to conclude its negotiated rulemaking to amend the 2016 regulations and to provide adequate time for institutions to prepare for the implementation of its modified requirements. A group of attorneys general filed a lawsuit on July 6, 2017 in federal court in the District of Columbia to challenge the legal authority for ED’s delay of the effectiveness of the 2016 borrower defense to repayment regulations. On September 12, 2018, the court ruled ED had not adequately justified its delay of the rule and offered ED 30 days to provide further justification for its delay. Separately, the rule’s legality had been challenged in the same court by CAPPS. ED declined to further justify its decision to delay the rule from becoming effective. Before the court ruled on the lifting of ED’s delay of the rule, it heard a CAPPS request for an injunction on the the rule becoming effective. On October 16, 2018 the court ruled against CAPPS’ request for an injuction and ordered the 2016 regulations to go immediately into effect. ED has publicly stated that it intends to issue guidance to institutions regarding how these regulations are to be implemented.

2018 Proposed Regulations - Status

Following its June 14, 2017 announcement of its intention to convene new negotiated rulemaking committees to consider modifications2020. Further changes to the borrower defense to repayment regulations committee negotiations commenced in late 2017. On July 31, 2018, ED published proposed regulationsare being considered. See Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives - Negotiated Rulemaking 2021: Affordability and Student Loans for public comment with respect to “borrower defense to repayment.” ED has not indicated when it plans to publish final regulations replacing the 2016 regulations. Due to the various legal challenges to ED’s rulemaking processes and administrative decisions regarding this rule, the timing for when a new rule may become effective is uncertain; however, any regulations published in final form by November 1, more information.

2019 typically would take effect on July 1, 2020. The outcome of these rulemaking initiatives and legal proceedings and the impact of any new or modified regulations are uncertain at this time.

2016Final Regulations – Summary

A summary of the 2016Loan Discharge. The 2019 borrower defense to repayment regulations is set forth below.

Loan Discharge. The 2016 borrower defense to repayment regulations provide three categories of borrower defenses that can be asserted by students with student loans disbursed on or after July 1, 2017, including:

the institution has had a judgment issued against it in an action brought by a student or a government official or entity related to the loan or educational services in a contested proceeding;

the institution failed to perform its obligations under the terms of a contract with the student; and

19


the institution made a “substantial misrepresentation” about the nature of its programs, financial charges or employability of its graduates that the borrower reasonably relied upon on when he or she decided to attend or continue attending the institution.

In addition, the 2016 regulations authorize ED to grant loan discharge relief to an individual or group of individuals, including individuals who have not sought relief. In particular, ED may automatically discharge loans borrowed to attend schools that have closed on or after November 1, 2013 if a student that did not complete his or her program of study has not subsequently re-enrolled in another Title IV eligible school within three years. In most cases, the regulations provide that ED may seek reimbursement from the institution for any loans discharged under the new procedures. ED’s procedures permit it to draw funds from letters of credit or other collateral posted to ED to secure these types of payments or to offset against future disbursements which would adversely impact cash balances by the amount of the offset.

In the closed school context, ED engaged in significant student outreach and actively encouraged and promoted loan discharge through its Borrower Defense Unit and in a report dated October 28, 2016, ED noted that there were over 4,000 pending applications for loan discharge from students that are unrelated to the collapse of Corinthian Colleges, a former for-profit public company competitor. On January 17, 2017, ED utilized its authority under the borrower defense to repayment rules to automatically discharge student loans for approximately 4,500 students that attended American Career Institute, a former for-profit institution with five campuses in Massachusetts. ED also has pending requests from other outside groups and State Attorneys General for further blanket discharges.

Financial Responsibility. The 2016 regulations also make significant modifications to the existing rules governing an institution’s required financial responsibility and administrative capability. The regulations specify a number of triggering events that, if they occur after July 1, 2017, would result in an institution not qualifying as financially responsible or administratively capable. Those include, but are not limited to:

failure to satisfy the 90-10 Rule in any year;

failure to timely file quarterly or annual financial statements with the SEC;

a warning from the SEC that it may suspend trading in our stock;

notification by NASDAQ that our stock is not in compliance with its exchange requirements and/or may be delisted; and

cohort default rates in excess of 30% for two consecutive years.  

Additionally, the 2016 regulations include a number of potential financial events that, if they occur on or after July 1, 2017, would cause ED to re-calculate an institution’s most recent financial responsibility composite score to determine whether the losses or potential losses from the event cause the composite score to fall below 1.0. The composite score is one measure ED uses to evaluate an institution’s financial responsibility using annual financial statements. Triggering events arising on or after July 1, 2017 that can lead to the recalculation of a composite score include, but are not limited to:

incurring a debt or liability arising from a final judgment in a judicial or administrative proceeding or settlement;

being sued in an action by a federal or state authority for financial relief that is based on claims related to the making of federal loans or the provision of educational services and the suit has been pending for 120 days;

being sued in any other lawsuit not referenced above that survives certain procedural steps such as the denial of an institution’s motion for summary judgment;

the institution submitting a teach-out plan to its accreditor, including voluntarily teaching-out a location; and

programs failing to meet gainful employment regulations.

         ED also adopted a number of discretionary triggering events that, if they occur on or after July 1, 2017, it may consider in assessing whether an institution is financially responsible. They include, but are not limited to:

significant fluctuations in Title IV aid between award years;

citation from a state licensing or authorizing agency of failing to meet state or agency requirements;

failure of a to-be-developed financial stress test ED may develop;

an institution has high annual drop-out rates;

an institution is placed on show-cause, probation or similar adverse action threatening an institution’s accreditation for failure to meet an accreditation standard;

violation of a provision or requirement in a loan agreement; and

pending claims for borrower relief.

All of these triggers introduce considerable uncertainty and provide ED broad discretion regarding periodic determinations of our financial responsibility and associated enhanced financial protection it determines is required.

20


If any of the triggering events materialize, our institutions may be required to post a letter of credit equal to 10% or more of the institution’s previous year’s annual Title IV disbursements and to provide warnings to prospective and current students that the institution has been required to provide enhanced financial protection to ED.

Additional Disclosures. The 2016 regulations establish a new student loan repayment rate measure only for for-profit institutions that assesses the rate at which student loan borrowers are repaying the principal balance of their federal student loans in the years immediately after leaving the institution. Those institutions for which the median borrower has not paid down any principal are required to provide prospective and current students with a disclosure that notes a majority of recent student loan borrowers that attended the institution are not paying down their loans. We will need to rely upon ED for the repayment rates. According to data previously provided by ED, the repayment rates for each of CTU and AIU would trigger the required warning to students. The disclosure is required to be broadly disseminated and included prominently in all advertising materials. ED’s promotion and endorsement of income based repayment options for students has adversely impacted the rate that student borrowers pay off their loans, particularly during the earlier period where students may be earning lower entry level wages, which may impact compliance with this new measure.

Arbitration Agreements. The 2016 regulations prohibit an institution participating in Title IV Programs from incorporating any class action waiver provisions, or any arbitration clauses, in any agreements with students. If an institution’s contracts currently contain a pre-dispute arbitration provision or a class waiver, the institution will be required to amend the agreement or provide a specific notice to students, using language provided by ED that explains that those provisions have been changed, in order to continue its participation in Title IV Programs. This requirement applies to any existing agreements at the time the rule becomes effective, not just for those agreements entered into after July 1, 2017.

2018 Proposed Regulations – Summary

The proposed regulations that were published on July 31, 2018 for public comment with respect to “borrower defense to repayment” sought input on a variety of proposed modifications to the 2016 regulations. These proposed regulations if published in final form by November 1, 2019, would generally apply for loans first made after July 1, 2020. Several of the key differences are described below.

Loan Discharge. The 2018 proposed borrower defense to repayment regulations would significantly alter how loan discharge applications wouldwill be treated by ED in the future.Department. In addition to raisingadopting the more balanced burden of proof to astandard of “preponderance of the evidence” standard,evidence,” the 2018 proposed rules eliminated the three broad categories of evidence a student could use in a borrower defense proceeding and replaced it with2019 regulations provide for a single new federal standard for a misrepresentation claim a student couldmay assert against its school. Under the proposednew standard, an individual borrower couldmay assert a defense to repayment based on the institution’s statement, act, or omission that is false, misleading, or deceptive. To be eligible for relief, the borrower would be required to demonstrate that the misrepresentation (1) was made with knowledge of its false, misleading, or deceptive nature or with a reckless disregard for the truth, (2) was relied upon by the borrower in making an enrollment decision, and (3) caused the student financial harm.

In addition, the 2018 proposed2019 final regulations would eliminate the concept of automatic group loan discharges contained in the 2016 regulations and would require individual claims to be made by students and include a process for the institution to provide a defense to any claims asserted. In the public comment notice, ED specifically asked for public feedback on whether students should be permitted to affirmatively apply for loan discharge or whether they should only be permitted to raise a misrepresentation claim as a

Financial Responsibility. The 2019 final borrower defense to a collections proceeding on their student loans.    

Financial Responsibility. The 2018 proposedrepayment regulations would keep significant modifications to the existing rules governing an institution’s required financial responsibility and administrative capability by maintainingcontain a number of triggering events that if they occur after effective date of the rule, wouldwill result in an institution not qualifying as financially responsible or administratively capable. The 2018 proposed regulations would narrow the list of the mandatory and discretionary triggers making them a more objective set of measures. TheyThese triggering events include:

an order from the SEC that suspends trading in our stock or revokes the registration of our securities or suspends trading of our stock on its national securities exchange;

18


a warning from the SEC that it may suspend trading in our stock; and

failure to timely file required public reports with the SEC without an extension being issued;

notification by NASDAQ that our stock is not in compliance with its exchange requirements and/or may be delisted.

notification by Nasdaq that our stock is not in compliance with its exchange requirements and/or may be delisted; and

two or more concurrent and unresolved discretionary triggering events become mandatory triggering events.

Additionally, the 2018 proposed regulation2019 final regulations include more definitive financial events that if they occur on or afterwill cause the effective date of the rule, would cause EDDepartment to re-calculate an institution’s most recent financial responsibility composite score to determine whether the losses or reduction in owner’s equity from the event cause the composite score to fall below 1.0. The composite score is one measure EDthe Department uses to evaluate an institution’s financial responsibility using annual financial statements. TriggeringThese triggering events arising on or after July 1, 2017 that can lead to the recalculation of a composite score include, but are not limited to:

incurring a debt or liability arising from a final judgment in a judicial or administrative proceeding or settlement including loan discharge proceedings; and

incurring a liability from a settlement, final judgment or final determination arising from an administrative or judicial action or proceeding initiated by a federal or state entity; and

if our composite score is below 1.5 and we withdraw owner’s equity.

if our composite score is below 1.5 and we withdraw owner’s equity, such as through a distribution of dividends.

        

21


The 2018 proposed2019 final regulations also keep select discretionary triggering events contained in the 2016 regulations that if they occur on or afterallow the effective date of the regulation, allow EDDepartment to designate an institution as not financially responsible. They include, but are not limited to:These discretionary triggering events include:

failure to satisfy the 90-10 Rule in any year;

failure to satisfy the 90-10 Rule in any year;

cohort default rates in excess of 30% for two consecutive years;

cohort default rates in excess of 30% for two consecutive years;

citation from a state licensing or authorizing agency of failing to meet state or agency requirements;

citation from a state licensing or authorizing agency of failing to meet state or agency requirements;

an institution is placed on show-cause, probation or similar adverse action threatening an institution’s accreditation for failure to meet an accreditation standard; and

an institution is placed on show-cause, probation or similar adverse action threatening an institution’s accreditation for failure to meet an accreditation standard;

high annual dropout rates, as determined by the Department; and

violation of a provision or requirement in a loan agreement.

violation of a provision or requirement in a loan agreement.

The triggertriggering events in the 2018 proposed2019 final regulations are significantly less subjective than a number of the eliminated triggering events that were included in the 2016 regulations. If any of the triggering events materialize, our institutions may be required to post a letter of credit equal to 10% or more of the institution’s previous year’s annual Title IV disbursements.

Additional Repayment Rate Disclosure Eliminated. The 2018 proposed2019 final defense to repayment regulations eliminated thea separate repayment rate disclosure obligation from the 2016 regulations that applied only to for-profit institutions. ED has indicated it favors

Student Loans Disbursed Prior to July 1, 2020

Prior to the July 1, 2020 effective date of the 2019 final regulations, institutions were required to follow the 2016 regulations, subject to the Department’s guidance and direction. As a more universally applicable set of disclosures it is working to incorporate into its college scorecards.  

Arbitration Agreements. The 2018 proposed regulations eliminateresult, student loans disbursed between July 1, 2017 and July 1, 2020 will follow the prohibition on class action waiver provisions and arbitration clauses in agreements with students that was includedloan discharge processes outlined in the 2016 regulations. The 2016 regulations allow the Department to process discharge claims on a group basis, has a much broader definition of what constitutes an eligible misrepresentation, including inadvertent errors, has a lower burden of proof for students and instead requires plain language disclosures of internal grievance proceduresfewer due process protections for institutions.Student loans disbursed before July 1, 2017 will follow the Department’s original discharge standards and alternative dispute resolution processes.

Unless the 2016processes that specify that a borrower may assert a defense to repayment regulationsbased on an act or omission by the school that would give rise to a cause of action under state law. Causes of action under state law are modified,broad and therefore we expectbelieve that most student claims would likely give rise to experience additional administrative burdens associateda cause of action under state law.

Pending Borrower Defense to Repayment Applications

In May 2021, the Department notified the Company that the Department has several thousand borrower defense applications that make claims regarding the Company’s institutions, including institutions that have ceased operations. As part of the initial fact-finding process, the Department will send individual student claims to the Company and allow the institutions the opportunity to submit responses to the borrower defense applications. A large majority of the claims received involve institutions or campuses that have ceased operations and, in some cases, involve students who attended over 25 years ago. We have submitted initial responses to the claims received which indicate that we believe the applications fail to establish a valid borrower defense and the Department should therefore deny them. We continue to respond to substantial requests for information going back as far as 25 years with monitoring, reporting and disclosure obligations as well as respondingrespect to future claims for loan discharge. We expectthese claims. The outcome of the absenceDepartment’s evaluation of arbitration agreements will make dispute resolution more difficult and more expensive. We are uncertain what impact the 2016 regulations or any new or modified regulations will have on student enrollments, the volumeeach of claims for loan discharge we may receive or our future financial responsibility as determined by ED. these applications is uncertain.

See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate - Currently effective or modified “borrower‘Borrower defense to repayment”repayment’ regulations, including closed school discharges, may subject us to significant repayment liability to EDthe Department for discharged federal student loans and posting of substantial letters of credit and other requirements that may limit our ability to make investments in our business which could have a material adverse effect on us,negatively impact our future growth,for more information about risks associated with the borrower defense to repayment regulations.

Financial Responsibility Standards

To participate in Title IV Programs, our institutions must either satisfy standards of financial responsibility prescribed by ED,the Department, or post a letter of credit in favor of EDthe Department and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV

19


Programs. Pursuant to the Title IV Program regulations, each eligible higher education institution must, among other things, satisfy a quantitative standard of financial responsibility that is based on a weighted average of three annual tests which assess the financial condition of the institution. The three tests measure primary reserve, equity and net income ratios. The Primary Reserve Ratio is a measure of an institution’s financial viability and liquidity. The Equity Ratio is a measure of an institution’s capital resources and its ability to borrow. The Net Income Ratio is a measure of an institution’s profitability. These tests provide three individual scores that are converted into a single composite score. The maximum composite score is 3.0. If the institution achieves a composite score of at least 1.5, it is considered financially responsible without conditions or additional oversight. A composite score from 1.0 to 1.4 is considered to be in “the zone” of financial responsibility, and a composite score of less than 1.0 is not considered to be financially responsible. If an institution is in “the zone” of financial responsibility, the institution may establish eligibility to continue to participate in Title IV Programs on the following alternative bases:

Zone Alternative. Under what is referred to as the “zone alternative,” an institution may continue to participate in Title IV Programs for up to three years under additional monitoring and reporting procedures but without having to post a letter of credit in favor of ED.the Department. These additional monitoring and reporting procedures include being transferred from the “advance” method of payment of Title IV Program funds to cash monitoring status (referred to as Heightened Cash Monitoring 1, or HCM1”,HCM1,” status) or to the “reimbursement” or Heightened Cash Monitoring 2 (“HCM2”) methods of payment. If an institution does not achieve a composite score of at least 1.0 in one of the three subsequent years or does not improve its financial condition to attain a composite score of at least 1.5 by the end of the three-year period, the institution must satisfy another alternative standard to continue participating in Title IV Programs.

Letter of Credit Alternative. An institution that fails to meet one of the standards of financial responsibility, including by having a composite score less than 1.5, may demonstrate financial responsibility by submitting an irrevocable letter of credit to EDthe Department in an amount equal to at least 50% of the Title IV Program funds that the institution received during its most recently completed fiscal year.

Provisional Certification. If an institution fails to meet one of the standards of financial responsibility, including by having a composite score less than 1.5, EDthe Department may permit the institution to participate under provisional certification for up to three years. If ED

22


the Department permits an institution to participate under provisional certification, an institution must comply with the requirements of the “zone alternative,” including being transferred to the HCM1, HCM2 or “reimbursement” method of payment of Title IV Program funds, and must submit a letter of credit to EDthe Department in an amount determined by EDthe Department which can range from 10%-100% of the Title IV Program funds that the institution received during its most recently completed fiscal year. If an institution is still not financially responsible at the end of the period of provisional certification, including because it has a composite score of less than 1.0, EDthe Department may again permit provisional certification subject to the terms EDthe Department determines appropriate.

EDThe Department applies its quantitative financial responsibility tests annually based on an institution’s audited financial statements and may apply the tests if an institution undergoes a change in control or under other circumstances. EDThe Department also may apply the tests to the parent company of our institutions, and to other related entities. Our composite score for the consolidated entity for the year ended December 31, 20172020 was 3.0, and our preliminary calculation for the year ended December 31, 20182021 is also 3.0, which areis the highest possible score and considered financially responsible without conditions or additional oversight. If in the future we are required to satisfy ED’sThe Department’s standards of financial responsibility on an alternative basis, including potentially by posting irrevocable letters of credit, we may not have the capacity to post these letters of credit.

Accreditor and state regulatory requirements also address financial responsibility, and these requirements vary among agencies and also are different from the EDDepartment requirements. Any developments relating to our satisfaction of ED’sthe Department’s financial responsibility requirements may lead to additional focus or review by our accreditors or applicable state agencies regarding their respective financial responsibility requirements.

See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – A failure to demonstrate ‘financial responsibility’ or ‘administrative capability’ would have negative impacts on our operations,” for additional information regarding risks relating to the financial responsibility standards.

Return and Refunds of Title IV Program Funds

An institution participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that were disbursed to students who withdrewwithdraw from their educational programs before completing the programs, and must return those funds to the government in a timely manner.

The portion of tuition and fee payments billed to students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred tuition revenue and reflected as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as such amounts represent revenue that we expect to earn within the next year. If a student withdraws from one of our institutions prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition and fees already paid that we are not entitled to retain, pursuant to applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards and our refund policy. The amount of funds to be refunded on behalf of a student is calculated based upon the period of time in which the student has attended classes and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of the student’s withdrawal date. Such refunds typically result in a reduction to deferred tuition revenue and cash on our consolidated balance sheets, because generally, we do not recognize tuition revenue in our consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) until related refund provisions have lapsed.

20


Institutions are required to return any unearned Title IV funds within 45 days of the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn. An institution that is found to be in non-compliance with EDthe Department refund requirements for either of the last two completed fiscal years must post a letter of credit in favor of EDthe Department in an amount equal to 25% of the total Title IV Program returns that were paid or should have been paid by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year. As of December 31, 2018,2021, we have posted no letters of credit in favor of EDthe Department due to non-compliance with EDthe Department refund requirements.

Change of Ownership or Control

When an institution undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control, as that term is defined by the state in which it is located, its accrediting agency and ED,the Department, it must secure the approval of those agencies to continue to operate and to continue to participate in Title IV Programs. If the institution is unable to re-establish state authorization and accreditation requirements and satisfy other requirements for certification by ED,the Department, the institution may lose its authority to operate and its ability to participate in Title IV Programs. An institution whose change of ownership or control is approved by the appropriate authorities is nonetheless provisionally re-certified by EDthe Department for a period of up to three years. Transactions or events that constitute a change of control by one or more of the applicable regulatory agencies, including ED,the Department, applicable state agencies, and accrediting bodies, include the acquisition of an institution from another entity or significant acquisition or disposition of an institution’s equity. It is possible that some of these events may occur without our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in obtaining, a required approval of any change in control from ED,the Department, applicable state agencies, or accrediting agencies could impair our ability or the ability of the affected institutions to participate in Title IV Programs. If we were to undergo a change of control and a material number of our institutions failed to obtain the required approvals from applicable regulatory agencies in a timely manner, our student population, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

When we acquire an institution that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, that institution typically undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by ED. Each of ourthe Department. Our acquired institutions hasin the past have undergone a certification review

23


under our ownership and hashave been certified to participate in Title IV Programs on a provisional basis, per EDDepartment requirements, until such time that EDthe Department signs a new program participation agreement with the institution. Currently, neither of our institutions areis subject to provisional certification status due to ED’sthe Department’s change of ownership criteria. The potential adverse effects of a change of control under EDDepartment regulations may influence future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our common stock.

Opening New Institutions, Start-up Campuses and Adding Educational Programs

The Higher Education Act generally requires that for-profit institutions be fully operational for two years before applying to participate in Title IV Programs. However, an institution that is certified to participate in Title IV Programs may establish a start-up branch campus or location and participate in Title IV Programs at the start-up campus without reference to the two-year requirement if the start-up campus has received all of the necessary state and accrediting agency approvals, has been reported to ED,the Department, and meets certain other criteria as defined by ED.the Department. Nevertheless, under certain circumstances, a start-up branch campus may also be required to obtain approval from EDthe Department to be able to participate in Title IV Programs.

In addition to EDthe Department regulations, certain of the state and accrediting agencies with jurisdiction over our institutions have requirements that may affect our ability to open a new institution, open a start-up branch campus or location of one of our existing institutions, or begin offering a new educational program at one of our institutions. If we establish a new institution, add a new branch start-up campus, or expand program offerings at any of our institutions without obtaining the required approvals, we would likely be liable for repayment of Title IV Program funds provided to students at that institution or branch campus or enrolled in that educational program, and we could also be subject to sanctions. Also, if we are unable to obtain the approvals from ED,the Department, applicable state regulatory agencies, and accrediting agencies for any new institutions, branch campuses, or program offerings where such approvals are required, or to obtain such approvals in a timely manner, our ability to grow our business would be impaired and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

Administrative Capability

EDThe Department regulations specify extensive criteria that an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to participate in Title IV Programs. These criteria relate to, among other things, institutional staffing, operational standards such as procedures for disbursing and safeguarding Title IV Program funds, timely submission of accurate reports to EDthe Department and various other procedural matters. If an institution fails to satisfy any of ED’sthe Department’s criteria for administrative capability, EDthe Department may require the repayment of Title IV Program funds disbursed by the institution, place the institution on provisional certification status, require the institution to receive Title IV Program funds under another funding arrangement, impose fines or limit or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV Programs.

Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other Incentive Payments

An institution participating in Title IV Programs cannot provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or Title IV financial aid to any persons or entities engaged in any student

21


recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the award of student financial assistance. Regulations issued in October 2010 which became effective July 1, 2011 rescinded previously issued EDDepartment guidance and “safe harbors” relied upon by higher education institutions in making decisions how they managed, compensated and promoted individuals engaged in student recruiting and the awarding of financial aid and their supervisors. The elimination of these “safe harbor” protections and guidance required us to terminate certain compensation payments to our affected employees and to implement changes in contractual and other arrangements with third parties to change structures formerly allowed under EDDepartment rules, and has had an impact on our ability to compensate, recruit, retain and motivate affected admissions and other affected employees as well as on our business arrangements with third-party lead generators and other marketing vendors. In September 2016, ED’sthe Department’s Office of Inspector General released a revised audit guide applicable specifically to for-profit schools that requires an annual audit to review compliance with the incentive compensation restrictions.

Further, EDthe Department provided very limited published guidance regarding this rule and does not establish clear criteria for compliance for many circumstances. If EDthe Department determined that an institution’s compensation practices violated these standards, EDthe Department could subject the institution to substantial monetary fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Substantial Misrepresentation

The Higher Education Act prohibits an institution participating in Title IV Programs from engaging in substantial misrepresentation of the nature of its educational programs, financial charges, graduate employability or its relationship with ED.the Department. Under ED’sthe Department’s rules, a "misrepresentation" is any statement (made in writing, visually, orally or otherwise) made by the institution, any of its representatives or a third party that provides educational programs, marketing, advertising, recruiting, or admissions services to the institution, that is false, erroneous or has the likelihood or tendency to deceive, and a "substantial misrepresentation" is any misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person’s detriment. Considering the broad definition of “substantial misrepresentation,” it is possible that, despite our training efforts

24


and compliance programs, our institutions' employees or service providers may make statements that could be construed as substantial misrepresentations. In addition, ED’s gainful employment regulation requiresIf the disclosure of select student outcome metrics and includes disclosure of a number of new metrics on institutional websites and during enrollment to all new students. Errors or omissions in these metrics may be used by ED as the basis for a finding of “substantial misrepresentation.” If EDDepartment determines that one of our institutions has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, EDthe Department may revoke the institution’s program participation agreement, deny applications from the institution for approval of new programs or locations or other matters, or initiate proceedings under its borrower defense to repayment regulations to fine the institution or limit, suspend, or terminate its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs; the institution could also be exposed to increased risk of action under the Federal False Claims Act.

OTHER INFORMATION

Our website address is www.careered.comwww.perdoceoed.com. We make available within the “Investor Relations” portion of our website under the caption “Financial Information,“Annual Reports and SEC Filings,” free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, including any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Also, the SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that we file electronically with the SEC. Information contained on our website is expressly not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

2522


Item 1A.

RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate

If our institutions fail to complyCompliance with the extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business wecan be costly and time consuming, and failure to comply could incurresult in financial penalties, restrictions on our operations, loss of federal and state financial aid funding for our students, or loss of our authorization to operate our institutions.

WeAs a provider of postsecondary education and a participant in federal and state programs providing financial assistance to students, we are subject to extensive laws and regulation at both the federal and state regulation as a provider of postsecondary education. The applicable regulatorylevels and by accrediting agencies. These requirements cover virtually all phases of the operationsaspects of our institutions, including educational program offerings, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing and recruiting, financial operations, payment of refunds to students who withdraw, financial aid to students, acquisitions or openings of new institutions, additions of new educational programs, closure or relocation of existing locations and changes in corporate structure and ownership. ED is our primary federal regulator pursuant tobusiness.

In particular, the Higher Education Act.

A significant portion of our U.S.-based students rely onAct authorizes Title IV Programs and we derive a substantial portion of our revenue and cash flows from Title IV Programs. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2018, approximately 83% of our U.S.-based students who were in a program of study at any date during that year participated in Title IV Programs, which resulted in Title IV Program cash receipts recorded by the Company of approximately $435 million.

Our institutions participate in Title IV Programs and are subjectsubjects participants to extensive regulation by ED,the Department, state education agencies and accrediting agencies. Our institutions’ participation in education assistance programs administered by the Departments of Defense and Veterans Affairs also subject us to oversight by those agencies. In addition, other federal agencies such as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) and the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and various state agencies and accrediting commissions. To participatestate attorneys general enforce a broad range of consumer protection and other laws applicable to activities of postsecondary educational institutions, such as recruiting, marketing, the protection of personal information, student financing and payment servicing.

Because of these regulatory requirements, we are subject to compliance reviews and audits as well as claims of noncompliance and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies, students, employees and other third parties. These matters often require the expenditure of substantial time and resources to address and may damage our reputation, even if such actions are eventually determined to be without merit. For example, the Department has broad powers to request information and review records of an institution participating in Title IV Programs, an institution must receivePrograms. These requests do not necessarily relate to any specific allegations of wrong-doing or even assert any compliance failures of any kind. We received such a request in December 2021. In addition to responding to compliance reviews and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED, and be certified by ED as an eligible institution. Most ED requirements are applied on an institutional basis, with each institution assigned an identification number known as an OPEID, or Office of Postsecondary Education Identification number. Each institution’s branchesaudits and other locations, regardlessinformational requests, we have had significant matters pending against us in the past which have resulted in the payment of whether they are campus-basedsignificant amounts to settle the matters and our agreement to ongoing compliance and operational matters. In this regard, see Item I, “Business – Accreditation, State Regulation and Other Compliance Matters – Other Compliance Matters,” for discussion of agreements undertaken in connection with several matters resolved in recent years.

Compliance with reviews and audits and applicable laws, regulations, standards or online, are assignedpolicies may impose significant burdens and a failure to comply could result in financial penalties, restrictions on our operations, loss of federal and state financial aid funding for our students, or loss of authorization to operate our institutions.

The extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the institution’s OPEID.scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector and the results of the 2020 Presidential and Congressional elections, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult.

The regulations, standards and policies of our regulators change frequently and are subject to interpretation, particularly where they are crafted for traditional, academic term-based institutions rather than our non-term academic delivery model. Changes in, or newand interpretations of, applicable laws, regulations or standards could have a material adverse effect on our accreditation, authorization to operate in various states, permissible activities, receipt of funds under Title IV Programs, or costs of doing business. We cannot predict with certainty how all ofmay change over time. In particular, the requirements applied by our regulators will be interpreted or whether our institutions will be able to comply with these requirements in the future.

If we are found to have violated any applicable regulations, standards or policies, we may be subject to the following sanctions, among others, imposed by any one or more of the relevant regulatory agencies or other government bodies:

imposition of monetary fines or penalties, including imposition of a letter of credit requirement;

repayment of funds received under Title IV or other federal programs or state financial aid programs;

restrictions on, or termination of, our institutions' eligibility to participate in Title IV or other federal programs or state financial aid programs;

limits on, or termination of, our institutions' operations or ability to grant degrees and certificates;

restrictions on, or revocation of, our institutions' accreditations;

limitations on our ability to open new institutions or offer new programs;

costly investigations, litigation or other adversarial proceedings; and

civil or criminal penalties being levied against us or our institutions.

In addition, findings or allegations of noncompliance may subject us to qui tam lawsuits under the Federal False Claims Act, under which private plaintiffs seek to enforce remedies on behalf of the U.S. and, if successful, are entitled to recover their costs and to receive a portion of any amounts recovered by the U.S. in the lawsuit. We may also be subject to other types of lawsuits or claims by third parties. The costs of these proceedings may be significant and we may not have sufficient resources to fund any material adverse outcomes.

Any of the penalties, injunctions, restrictions, lawsuits or other forms of censure listed above could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. If we lose Title IV Program eligibility, we would experience a dramatic decline in revenue and we would be unable to continue our business as it currently is conducted.

26


Any failure to comply with state laws and regulatory requirements, or new state legislative or regulatory initiatives affecting our institutions, could have a material adverse effect on our total student enrollments, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our institutions are subject to the laws and regulations of the states where our physical campuses are located, and our online institutions are also subject to laws and regulations in other states in which they enroll and/or recruit students. State laws establish standards for, among other things, student instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities and financial policies. In addition, we are subject to state consumer protection laws.  

Attorneys general in many states have become more active in enforcing consumer protection laws, in particular related to recruiting practices and the financing of education at for-profit educational institutions. Further, some state attorneys general have partnered with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the Federal Trade Commission to review industry practices. These actions increase the likelihood of scrutiny of the marketing and advertising practices of educational institutions and may result in unforeseen consequences, increasing risk and making our operating environment more challenging. To the extent that multiple states or government agencies commence investigations or act in concert, the cost of responding to inquiries and investigations could increase significantly, and the potential impact on our business could be substantially greater. See Note 12 "Contingencies" to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the Company’s recent agreements with attorneys general in 48 states and the District of Columbia to bring closure to multi-state inquires ongoing since January 2014 relating to state consumer protection laws. These agreements could ultimately have negative impacts on the Company’s business, any one of which could be material. For example, pursuant to the agreements the Company agreed to work with a third-party administrator that will report annually on the Company’s compliance with various obligations the Company committed to in the agreements with the attorneys general. Any negative findings by the third-party administrator may result in negative consequences to the Company, such as an extension of the time period during which the Company must work with the third party administrator and or an action by one or more attorneys general seeking enforcement of the agreements. Further, our provision of materials and information in accordance with the terms of the agreements that do not align with those provided by other institutions could impact student decisions to enroll or remain enrolled at our institutions, which would negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.

Adverse media coverage regarding the allegations of state consumer protection law violations by us or other for-profit education companies could damage our reputation, result in deceased enrollments, revenues and profitability, and have a negative impact on our stock price. Such coverage could also result in continued scrutiny and regulation by ED, Congress, accrediting commissions, state legislatures, state attorneys general or other governmental authorities of for-profit educational institutions generally or the Company specifically.

State education laws and regulations may limit our institutions’ ability to operate or to award degrees or certificates or offer new programs. Moreover, under the Higher Education Act, approval by such agencies is necessary to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. State legislatures often consider legislation affecting regulation of postsecondary educational institutions. Enactment of this legislation and ensuing regulations, or changes in interpretation of existing regulations, may impose substantial costs on our institutions and require them to modify their operations in order to comply with the new regulations.  

If we are unable to comply with current or future state consumer protection, licensing, authorization or other requirements, or determine that we are unable to cost effectively comply with new or changed requirements, we could be subject to monetary fines or penalties or limitations on the manner in which we conduct our business, or we could lose enrollments, eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs and revenues, in any affected states, which could materially affect our results of operations and our growth opportunities. Loss of authorization in one or more states could increase the likelihood of additional scrutiny and potential loss of authority in other states, which would further impact our business.

Additional ED or other rulemaking could materially and adversely affect our operations, business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

EDDepartment has promulgated a substantial number of new regulations in recent years that impact our business, including but not limited to multiple versions of the “borrower defense to repayment” and gainful employment regulations discussed in thea separate risk factors below, as well as compensation rules for persons engaged in certain aspects of admissions and financial aid, state authorization, determination of attendance and definitions of a “credit hour” and a “substantial misrepresentation” which became effective on July 1, 2011. These and other regulations have had significant impacts on our business, requiring a large number of reporting and operational changes and resulting in changes to and elimination of certain educational programs.  factor below.

In addition, ED convened new negotiated rulemaking committees to consider modifications to the borrower defense to repayment regulations as well as the gainful employment regulation in late 2017 and early 2018. On July 31, 2018, ED published for public comment proposed regulations with respect to “borrower defense to repayment” and on August 14, 2018, ED published for public comment a proposed rescission of the gainful employment regulation. ED has not indicated when it plans to publish final regulations on either topic and there have been various legal challenges to ED’s rulemaking processes and administrative decisions; however, any regulations published in final form by November 1, 2019 typically would take effect on July 1, 2020.

Future regulatory actions by ED or other agencies that regulate our institutions are likely to occur and to have significant

27


impacts on our business, require us to change our business practices and incur costs of compliance and of developing and implementing changes in operations, as has been the case with past regulatory changes. We cannot predict with certainty the ultimate combined impact of the regulatory changes which have occurred over recent years, nor can we predict the effect of future legislative or regulatory action by federal, state or other agencies regulating our education programs or other aspects of our operations, how any resulting regulations will be interpreted or whether we and our institutions will be able to comply with these requirements in the future. Any such actions by legislative or regulatory bodies that affect our programs and operations could have a material adverse effect on our student population and our institutions, including the need to cease offering a number of programs.

If one or more of our institutions fails to maintain institutional accreditation, or if certain of our programs cannot obtain or maintain programmatic accreditation, our student enrollments would diminish and our business would suffer.

Institutional Accreditation. In the U.S., accrediting agencies periodically review the academic quality of an institution's instructional programs and its administrative and financial operations to ensure that the institution has the resources to perform its educational mission. ED relies on accrediting agencies to assess whether an institution's educational programs qualify the institution to participate in Title IV Programs. See Item 1, “Business – Accreditation and Jurisdictional Authorizations – Institutional Accreditation.”

The failure to comply with accreditation standards will subject an institution to additional oversight and reporting requirements, accreditation proceedings such as a show-cause directive, an action to defer or deny action related to an institution's application for a new grant of accreditation or an action to suspend an institution's accreditation or a program's approval. For example, in August 2016 HLC adopted policy changes giving the Commission discretion to designate an institution as a school “in financial distress” or “under government investigation.” These designations may result in additional monitoring and/or financial reporting by the institution and a strict scrutiny review by HLC of any requests for substantive change at the institution, requiring the institution to demonstrate a compelling reason for the change and that it has sufficient resources to support the change. The breadth of the conditions that could result in these designations may cause our HLC-accredited institutions, CTU and AIU, to be labeled with one or possibly both. See Note 12 “Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding certain pending and recently resolved governmental inquiries.

If our institutions or programs are subject to accreditation actions or are placed on probationary accreditation status, we may experience additional adverse publicity, impaired ability to attract and retain students and substantial expense to obtain unqualified accreditation status. The inability to obtain reaccreditation following periodic reviews or any final loss of institutional accreditation after exhaustion of the administrative agency processes would result in a loss of Title IV Program funds for the affected institution and its students. Such events and any related claims brought against us could have a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Programmatic Accreditation. Many states and professional associations require professional programs to be accredited. While programmatic accreditation is not a sufficient basis to qualify for institutional Title IV Program certification, programmatic accreditation may improve employment opportunities for program graduates in their chosen field. Those of our programs that do not have such programmatic accreditation, where available, or fail to maintain such accreditation, may experience adverse publicity, declining enrollments, litigation or other claims from students or suffer other adverse impacts, which could result in it being impractical for us to continue offering such programs.

ED Recognition of Accrediting Agencies. Our participation in Title IV Programs is dependent on ED continuing to recognize the accrediting agencies that accredit our institutions. The standards and practices of these agencies have become a focus of attention by state attorneys general, members of Congress, ED’s Office of Inspector General and ED over recent years. This focus may make the accreditation review process longer and potentially more challenging for our institutions when they undergo their normal accreditation review processes. It may also be making the process by which ED evaluates and recognizes accreditors as appropriate Title IV gatekeepers similarly longer and more challenging for our accreditors. HLC, which accredits CTU and AIU, along with other ED recognized accreditors are facing increased political pressure as part of this recognition process to apply heightened levels of scrutiny or review and/or apply new requirements or standards to for-profit institutions. These pressures may result in future modifications to HLC’s accreditation criteria, practices or other policies and procedures, which our universities may not be able to comply with.

Congress may revise the laws governing Title IV Programs or reduce funding for those programs which could reduce our enrollments and revenue and increase costs of operations.

The U.S. Congress must periodically reauthorize the Higher Education Act and other laws governing Title IV Programs and annually determines the funding level for each Title IV Program. Both major political parties have conveyed significantly different views on how they would propose to reauthorizeSee Item 1, “Business—Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation—Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives,” for more information about the Title IV Programs and the various conditions on program or institutional eligibility they would require. As a result, we cannot predict with any certainty the outcomereauthorization of the Higher Education Act reauthorization process norAct. In recent years, Congress, the extent to which any legislation, if adopted, could materially affect our business, financial conditionDepartment, states, accrediting agencies, the CFPB, the FTC, state attorneys general and results of operations. However, scrutiny ofthe media have scrutinized the for-profit postsecondary education sectorsector. See Item 1, “Business—Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation—Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector,” for more information about the focus on our industry. This scrutiny and the ongoing policy differences in Congress regarding spending levelsresults of the 2020 Presidential and Congressional elections could lead to significant regulatory changes in connection with the upcoming reauthorization of

28


the Higher Education Act, and many of these changes may be adverseAct. The current Department administration is pursuing significant rule-making initiatives that are likely to postsecondary institutions generally or for-profit institutions specifically.

ED’s gainful employment regulation may limit the programs we can offer students and increasenegatively impact our cost of operations.

Under the Higher Education Act, for-profit institutions are generally eligible to participate in Title IV Programs only in respect of educational programs that “prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation.” On October 30, 2014, ED published a new complex final regulation to define “gainful employment,” a term used in the Higher Education Act which historically was not defined by Congress or ED. In addition to significant new disclosure requirements, the new regulation establishes debt to earnings ratio thresholds a program’s students must achieve for the program to remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs.business. See Item 1, “Business—Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation—Compliance with FederalLegislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations—Gainful Employment,Initiatives,” for more information aboutan overview of regulatory initiatives by the gainful employment regulation.Department.

On October 20, 2016, ED provided our institutions with their first program level draft debt-to-earnings rates under the new gainful employment regulation and in January 2017, ED finalized these rates. AIU had two, and CTU had three, of its continuing programsAs they have in the “zone” for meeting the gainful employment standard. Each university also had one active program that failedpast, future regulatory changes may have significant impacts on our business, potentially requiring a large number of operational changes, changes to meet the standard for the first year. The most significantand elimination of the continuing programs within our University Group that are in the zone are the Criminal Justice programs at CTU and AIU, which represent approximately 16% of University Group total enrollments at December 31, 2018. The continuing eligibility of ourcertain educational programs for Title IV Programs is at risk dueor other fundamental changes to factors beyond our control, such as changes in the actual or deemed income level of our graduates, changes in student borrowing levels, increases in interest rates, changes in the federal poverty income level relevant for calculating discretionary income, the Affordable Care Act’s incentive for businesses to reduce employee work schedules, pending immigration reform proposals and labor supply impacts on starting wages generally, changes in the percentage of our former students who are current in repayment of their student loans, and other factors. The exposure to these external factors couldbusiness. These actions may reduce our ability to continue certain types of programs for which there is market demand,student enrollments and therefore would impactprofitability or limit our ability to maintain or grow our business. Future regulatory changes may also make compliance with regulatory requirements more difficult.

In addition,We are dependent on the disclosurerenewal and reporting requirementsmaintenance of the new regulation increase our costs of operations and could adversely impact student enrollments and retention and the reputationTitle IV Programs.

A substantial majority of our institutions. If we are required to include a warning notice for any of our programs basedstudents rely on the debt-to-earnings rate, enrollments in those programs may decline materially.

In 2017, ED implemented negotiated rulemaking committees to consider modifications to the gainful employment regulation, following which, on August 14, 2018, ED published for public comment a proposal to rescind the gainful employment regulation. ED has not indicated when or if it will publish a final regulation rescinding the existing gainful employment regulation; however there have been various legal challenges to ED’s rulemaking processes and administrative decisions which may impact the outcome of the timing or finalization of the proposed rescission. The outcome of these rulemaking initiatives and the impact of any new or modified regulations are uncertain at this time. Until ED publishes a final rule rescinding the gainful employment regulation, the existing regulation remains in effect.

If a particular program ceased to be eligible for Title IV Programs to assist in most cases it would not be practical to continue offering that program underfinancing their education, and we derive a

23


substantial majority of our current business model, which could reduce our enrollmentsrevenue and have a material adverse effect on our cash flows resultsfrom Title IV Programs. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2021, approximately 78% of operations and financial condition. Further, ifall our students who were in a program of study at any date during that year participated in Title IV Programs, which resulted in Title IV Program cash receipts of approximately $550 million. As a result, any legislative or regulatory action that significantly reduces Title IV Program funding or the ability of our programs require a warning notice or cease to be eligible for Title IV student financial aid, we may incur substantial cost and lost revenue in providing appropriate assistance to the affected students to complete their academic programsparticipate, or transition to other programs inside or outside of our universities.

Currently effective or modified “borrower defense to repayment” regulations may subject us tothat places significant repayment liability to ED for discharged federal student loans, posting of substantial letters of credit and other requirements that could have a material adverse effect on us.

On October 28, 2016, ED issued complex, significant new regulations that cover multiple issues including the processes and standards for the discharge of student loans, which are commonly referred to as “borrower defense to repayment.” Subsequently, in 2017 ED delayed the effective date of the 2016 regulations and implemented a negotiated rulemaking committee to consider modifications to the borrower defense to repayment regulations, following which, on July 31, 2018, ED published proposed regulations for public comment. ED has not indicated when it plans to publish final regulations replacing the 2016 regulations. Due to various legal challenges to ED’s rulemaking processes and administrative decisions regarding this rule, the timing for when a new rule may become effective is uncertain; however, any regulations published in final form by November 1, 2019 typically would take effect on July 1, 2020.  

However, as a result of litigation, the 2016 borrower defense to repayment regulations went into effect in October 2018. The 2016 regulations set forth categories of borrower defenses that could be asserted by students with respect to student loans disbursedadditional burdens on or after July 1, 2017 and established an automatic discharge process associated with closed schools. In most cases, the 2016 regulations entitle ED to seek reimbursement from the institution for any loans discharged under new standards which are designed to be lenient and accommodating of student claims.  

29


We have in the past had claims made against us that if successfully made in the future could provide a basis for borrower claims for discharge of student loans. We cannot predict the extent to which any new regulation seeking recoupment from institutions for student loans that ED discharges may impact us.

Both the 2016 borrower defense to repayment regulations and the proposed 2018 regulations include discussion of triggering events that would provide ED discretion regarding periodic determinations of our financial responsibility and associated enhanced financial protection in the form of a letter of credit or other security it determines it needs. If in the future we are required to post a letter of credit pursuant to these new regulations, we may not have the capacity to do so. Even if we are able to post any required letter of credit, doing so may impacteliminates our ability to make investments inparticipate, would materially reduce the number of students who enroll at our institutions, our revenue and our profitability, and we would be unable to continue our business which could have a material adverse effect onas it currently is conducted.

If our future growth prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See Item 1, “Business—Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation—Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations - Borrower Defenseinstitutions become ineligible to Repayment,” for more information about the 2016 borrower defense to repayment regulations and the 2018 proposed regulations.

We expect to experience additional administrative burdens associated with monitoring, reporting and disclosure obligationsparticipate in connection with the 2016 regulations if they are not substantially modified, as well as responding to future claims for loan discharge, and these burdens may be material. Some aspects of the 2016 regulations are unclear and many involve significant discretion by ED. Further, certain procedural aspects are pending future rulemaking by ED. The content of additional rulemaking and future interpretations of the regulations by ED are unknown andeducational assistance programs benefitting military or veteran personnel, it could have a material negative impact on the Company.

We cannot predict the impact the defense to repayment regulations, including any modifications thereto, will have on student enrollments the volume of future claims for loan discharge, orand could have other adverse consequences.

Some students at our future financial responsibility as determined by ED, all of which could be materially adverse.

A failure to demonstrate "financial responsibility" or "administrative capability" would have negative impacts on our operations.

All higher education institutions participating in Title IV Programs must, among other things, satisfy financial and administrative standards. Failure to meet these standards will subject an institution to additional monitoring and reporting procedures, the costs of which may be significant; alterations in the timing and process for receipt of cashreceive education-related benefits pursuant to Title IV Programs; a requirement to submit an irrevocable letter of credit to ED in an amount equal to 10-100% of the Title IV Program fundsprograms for military or veteran personnel. If any decision is made that the institution received during its most recently completed fiscal year; or provisional certification for up to three years; depending on the level of compliance with the standards and ED’s discretion. See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations,” for more information about the standards of financial responsibility and administrative capability and the alternative ways an institution may establish eligibility to continue to participate in Title IV Programs.

If in the future we are required to satisfy ED's standards of financial responsibility on an alternative basis, including potentially by posting irrevocable letters of credit, we may not have the capacity to post these letters of credit.

Accreditor and state regulatory requirements also address financial responsibility, and these requirements vary among agencies and also are different from the ED requirements. Any developments relating toreduces our satisfaction of ED's financial responsibility requirements may lead to additional focus or review by our accreditors or applicable state agencies regarding their respective financial responsibility requirements.

If our institutions fail to maintain financial responsibility or administrative capability, they could lose theirinstitutions’ eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, haveeducational assistance programs benefitting military or veteran personnel, and if appeals to that eligibility adversely conditioned or be subject to similar negative consequences under accreditor and state regulatory requirements, which would havedecision are not successful, we could experience a material adverse effect on our business. In particular, limitations on, or termination of, participationdecline in Title IV Programs as a result of the failure to demonstrate financial responsibility or administrative capability would limit students' access to Title IV Program funds, which would materially and adversely reduce thestudent enrollments and revenuesrevenue. In addition, a reduction in our students’ receipt of education assistance for military or veteran personnel would make it more difficult for our institutions.institutions to comply with the 90-10 Rule (discussed in the next risk factor).

Our institutions could lose their eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs or have other limitations placed upon them if the percentage of their revenues derived from those programs is too high.

Any of our institutions or OPEIDs may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if, on modified cash basis accounting, the percentage of the cash receipts derived from Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years is greater than 90%. Under thethis 90-10 Rule, an OPEIDinstitution that derives more than 90% of its cash receipts from Title IV sources for a fiscal year will be placed on provisional participation status for its next two fiscal years. We have substantially no control over the amount of Title IV student loans and grants sought by or awarded to our students. In addition, if the OPEIDinstitution violates the 90-10 Rule and becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continues to disburse Title IV Program funds, EDthe Department would require repayment of all Title IV Program funds received by it after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.

Several factors such as the increase in Title IV Program aid availability, including year-round Pell Grant funds, and budget-related reductions in state grant programs, workforce training programs and other alternative funding sources have adversely affected

30


our institutions' 90-10 Rule percentages in recent years, and we expect this negative impact to continue. We have implemented various measures intended to reduce the percentage of our institution'sinstitutions’ cash basis revenue attributable to Title IV Program funds, but they have had only limited impactincluding efforts to datediversify the sources of our revenue and, theyin some prior years, managing our cash flow within the parameters permitted by Department cash management regulations. However, these measures may not beadequate to prevent our institutions' 90-10 Rule percentages from exceeding 90% in the future. One such measure is delaying the disbursement and subsequent receipt of Title IV Program funds. Another is adjusting tuition, which could adversely affect our enrollments and our cohort default rates.

The ability of our institutions to maintaincomply with the 90-10 rates below 90%Rule will depend on the impactcomposition of our future changes in our enrollment mixstudent population and their personal circumstances and on regulatory and other factors outside of our control, including any reduction in government education assistance for military and veteran personnel, including veterans, or changes in the treatment of such funding for purposes of the 90-10 rate calculation. In addition, there is a lack of clarity regarding some of the technical aspects of the calculation methodology under the 90-10 Rule, which may lead to regulatory action or investigations by ED. Changesthe Department or other government bodies.

Currently, government education assistance for military and veteran personnel, is not treated as revenue from Title IV sources and therefore is included in or new interpretationsthe “10%” portion of the calculation methodology or other industry practices undercalculation. In March 2021, legislation was enacted which included a modification to the 90-10 Rule could further significantly impact our compliance withthat alters the measurement under the rule from the percentage of Title IV Program tuition revenue an institution receives to the percentage of “federal educational assistance” an institution receives. While the required ratio to maintain Title IV Program eligibility will remain at below 90%, specific details on the modified rule and what constitutes “federal educational assistance” are being determined pursuant to a negotiated rulemaking process. The Department is proposing to revise the 90-10 Rule to consider government education assistance for military and any review or investigation by ED involving usveteran personnel in the same manner as Title IV funds as part of the negotiated rulemaking process. This and other proposed changes to the 90-10 Rule would make it more difficult to comply with the rule and we may be required to alter the manner in which we conduct our business in order to preserve our students’ ability to benefit from financial assistance for their education pursuant to Title IV Programs. Any necessary business changes could require a significant amount of resources.materially impact our revenue, operating costs and opportunities for growth. Furthermore, these business changes could make more difficult our ability to comply with other important regulatory requirements, such as the cohort default rate regulations.

ED hasThe Department may have broad discretion to impose additional sanctions on institutions that fail the 90-10 Rule limit, but there is only limited precedent available to predict what those additional sanctions might be in the future. EDThe Department could specify a wide range of additional conditions as part of the provisional certification and the institutions' continued participation in Title IV Programs. These conditions may include, among other things, restrictions on the total amount of Title IV Program funds that may be distributed to students attending the institutions; restrictions on programmatic and geographic expansion; requirements to obtain and post letters of credit; and additional reporting requirements to include additional interim financial or enrollment reporting.

See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations - ‘90-10 Rule,’” for more information about the 90-10 Rule and the measures we have implemented to improve our compliance.

24


If any of our institutions lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs due to violation of the current or modified 90-10 Rule, such institutions' operatingthe institution would experience a dramatic decline in revenue and financial results would be materially adversely affected.unable to continue its business as it currently is conducted. Efforts to reduce the 90-10 Rule percentage for our institutions have and may in the future involve taking measures that reduce our revenue, increase our operating expenses or involve interpretations of the 90-10 Rule or other Title IV regulations that are without clear precedent reduce our revenue or increase our operating expenses (or all of the foregoing, in each case perhaps significantly).

“Borrower defense to repayment” regulations, including closed school discharges, may subject us to significant repayment liability to the Department for discharged federal student loans and posting of substantial letters of credit that may limit our ability to make investments in our business which could negatively impact our future growth.

On October 28, 2016, the Department adopted regulations that cover multiple issues including the processes and standards for the discharge of student loans, which are commonly referred to as “borrower defense to repayment” regulations. Included in the 2016 regulations were expansions of the Department’s authority to process group discharge claims and authority to seek recoupment from institutions. On September 23, 2019, the Department published new final “borrower defense to repayment” regulations that became effective on July 1, 2020. The processes and standards that apply are determined by the date a student loan is disbursed, and student loans disbursed before July 1, 2017 will follow the Department’s original discharge standards and processes that specify that a borrower may assert a defense to repayment based on an act or omission by the school that would give rise to a cause of action under state law. Further changes to the borrower defense to repayment regulations are being considered and the Department has expressed a goal of making it easier for students to have their loans discharged and an intention to make it easier to seek recovery of discharged loan funds from institutions.

In May 2021, the Department notified us of several thousand borrower defense applications that make claims regarding our institutions, including institutions that have ceased operations. Despite our belief expressed in initial responses submitted to the Department that the applications fail to establish a valid borrower defense and the Department should therefore deny them, the Department may grant the applications and assert repayment claims against us regardless of the date the student loan was disbursed and the corresponding discharge standards and processes. Our defenses to the asserted repayment liability may not succeed. See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations – Borrower Defense to Repayment,” for more information about the borrower defense to repayment regulations and our responses to these applications.

In addition to discharge of student loans based on an act or omission by a school, Department regulations provide that upon the closure of an institution participating in the Title IV Programs, including any location thereof, certain students who had attended such an institution or location may be eligible to obtain a “closed school discharge” of their federal student loans related to attendance at that institution or location, if they do not complete their educational programs at another location or online, or through transfer or teach-out with other postsecondary institutions. In order to obtain a closed school discharge, a student generally must have been enrolled or on an approved leave of absence when the institution or location closed. The Department’s regulations historically also provide that students who withdraw from an institution or location within 120 days prior to the closure may receive a closed school discharge; this time period was expanded to 180 days under the 2019 borrower defense to repayment regulations. Additionally, under the 2016 regulations, the Department may grant automatic closed school discharges to students who do not re-enroll in another Title IV-participating institution within three years after becoming unable to complete their educational program due to a closure of their institution or institutional location. Recently, the Department has asserted loan discharge claims against us relating to closed campuses in our former All Other Campuses reporting segment for select students that withdrew or were dismissed from school just prior to a campus closure, despite the availability of a teach-out and opportunity to complete. In addition, pursuant to our acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Trident University, Trident University’s operations were brought within the scope of AIUS’ state licensure, accreditation and Department approval, with Trident University relinquishing its accreditor and Department approvals. As a result, we may incur closed school discharge liabilities if Trident University students do not complete their educational program after the closing of the transaction.

The Department’s interpretation and enforcement of the different versions of the borrower defense to repayment regulations and the related processes and standards is uncertain, and the change in Department administration and policy objectives under the current Presidential administration is likely to lead to additional rule modifications regarding borrower defense to repayment and changes in the loan discharge process applicable to outstanding claims.  For example, on February 16, 2022, the Department announced that nearly 16,000 borrowers will receive $415 million in borrower defense to repayment discharges following the approval of four new findings and the continued review of claims. This includes approximately 1,800 former DeVry University students who will receive approximately $71.7 million in full borrower defense discharges, with the Department anticipating an increase in these amounts.  DeVry University is a for-profit postsecondary institution, and the Department noted in its announcement that these are the first approved borrower defense claims associated with a currently operating institution and that it will seek to recoup the cost of the discharges from DeVry University. If the 90-10 Rule is not changedDepartment determines that a significant number of borrowers who attended our current, former or acquired institutions have a defense to provide relief for for-profit institutions,repayment of their student loans, we could be subject to significant repayment liability to the Department, which may be requiredlimit our ability to make structural changes to our business to remaininvestments in compliance, which changes may materially alter the manner in which we conduct our business and materially and adverselynegatively impact our business,future growth.

In addition to potential liability associated with loan discharges, both the 2016 and 2019 borrower defense to repayment regulations include discussion of triggering events that may provide the Department discretion regarding periodic determinations of

25


our financial condition, resultsresponsibility and associated enhanced financial protection in the form of operations and cash flows. Furthermore, thesea letter of credit or other security it determines it needs. If in the future we are required changes could make more difficultto post a letter of credit pursuant to the borrower defense to repayment regulations, we may not have the capacity to do so. Even if we are able to post any required letter of credit, doing so may limit our ability to complymake investments in our business which could negatively impact our future growth.

We cannot predict the impact various defense to repayment regulations will have on student enrollments, the volume of claims for loan discharge (including closed school discharge), the amount of claims for loan discharge the Department approves, the amount of discharged loans the Department asserts we have repayment liability for, or our future financial responsibility as determined by the Department, all of which could be materially adverse to our business.

A failure to demonstrate "financial responsibility" or "administrative capability" would have negative impacts on our operations.

All higher education institutions participating in Title IV Programs must, among other things, satisfy financial and administrative standards. Failure to meet these standards may subject an institution to (1) additional monitoring and reporting procedures, the costs of which may be significant, (2) alterations in the timing and process for receipt of cash pursuant to Title IV Programs, (3) a requirement to submit an irrevocable letter of credit to the Department in an amount equal to 10-100% of the Title IV Program funds received during its most recently completed fiscal year, which we not have the capacity to provide, or (4) provisional certification for up to three years, in each case depending on the level of compliance with other importantthe standards and the Department’s discretion. See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations,” for more information.

Accreditor and state regulatory requirements suchalso address financial responsibility, and these requirements vary among agencies and also are different from Department requirements. Any developments relating to our satisfaction of the Department's financial responsibility requirements may lead to additional focus or review by our accreditors or applicable state agencies regarding their respective financial responsibility requirements.

If our institutions fail to maintain financial responsibility or administrative capability, they could lose their eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, have that eligibility adversely conditioned or be subject to similar negative consequences under accreditor and state regulatory requirements, which would have a material adverse effect on our operations. In particular, limitations on participation in Title IV Programs as a result of the cohort default rate regulations.failure to demonstrate financial responsibility or administrative capability could materially reduce the enrollments and revenue at the impacted institution, and atermination of participation would cause a dramatic decline in revenue and we would be unable to continue our business as it currently is conducted.

Our institutions could lose their eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs or have other limitations placed upon them if their student loan cohort default rates are greater than the standards set by ED.the Department.

To remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, our institutions must maintain student loan cohort default rates below specified levels. Each cohort is the group of students who first enter into student loan repayment during a federal fiscal year (ending September 30). The applicable cohort default rate for each cohort is the percentage of the students in the cohort who default on their student loans prior to the end of the two following federal fiscal years, which represents a three-year measuring period. If an educational institution’s cohort default rate exceeds the applicable standards, it may be required to delay for 30 days the release of the first disbursement of U.S. federal student loan proceeds to first time borrowers, establish a default prevention task force and develop a default prevention plan with measurable objectives for improving the cohort default rate, be subject to provisional certification imposing various additional requirements for participating in Title IV Programs or, depending on the duration or magnitude of the compliance failure, cease participation in Title IV Programs.

See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations – Student Loan Default Rates,” for more information about cohort default rates, ED’sthe Department’s standards and penalties applicable thereto, as well as the Company’s rates for its institutions.our institutions and how the CARES Act could negatively impact our rates in the future.

If anyeither of our institutions were to loseloses eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs due to student loan default rates being higher than ED’sthe Department’s thresholds, we would experience a dramatic decline in revenue and we would be unable to continue our business as it currently is conducted.

Our agreements with multiple state attorneys general and the FTC may lead to unexpected impacts on our student enrollments or higher than anticipated expenses, a failure to comply may lead to additional enforcement actions and continued scrutiny may result in additional costs or new enforcement actions.

As discussed above, states and other regulatory bodies have increased their focus on the for-profit postsecondary education sector. This includes increased activity by state attorneys general and the FTC in their review of the sector. In recent years, we entered into various agreements with state attorneys general and the FTC to bring closure to inquiries by them. See Item 1, “Business – Accreditation, State Regulation and Other Compliance Matters – Other Compliance Matters” for information about these agreements. These agreements could not arrange for adequate alternative student financing sources, we would most likelyultimately have to close those institutions,negative impacts on our business, any one of which could be material. For example, pursuant to the 2019 agreements with the attorneys general we agreed to work with a third-party administrator that will report annually for three years on our compliance with various obligations under these agreements. Any negative findings by the third-party administrator may result in negative consequences to us, such as an extension of the time period during which we must work with the third-party

26


administrator or an action by one or more attorneys general seeking enforcement of the agreements. Further, our provision of materials and information in accordance with the terms of the agreements that do not align with those provided by other institutions could negatively impact student decisions to enroll or remain enrolled at our institutions.Pursuant to the agreement with the FTC, we agreed to various operating provisions including the operation of a system to monitor lead aggregators and generators involving a compliance review by, or on behalf of, the Company of the various sources a prospective student interacts with prior to the Company’s purchase and use of the prospective student lead. The compliance costs related to these agreements may be greater than anticipated and may have a material adverse effectnegative impact on our totalability to compete effectively and maintain and grow student enrollments financial condition,at our institutions, and a failure to comply may lead to additional enforcement actions by the state attorneys general and the FTC. In addition, we continue to receive requests from state and other regulatory bodies to provide ongoing proof that we are complying with applicable law and regulations and meeting our contractual obligations pursuant to these agreements. Compliance with these requests results of operationsin significant additional costs and cash flows.a failure to respond, whether required or not, could result in additional enforcement actions.

If EDthe Department denies, or significantly conditions, recertification of anyeither of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs, that institution could not conduct its business as it is currently conducted.

Under the provisions of the Higher Education Act, an institution must apply to EDthe Department for continued certification to participate in Title IV Programs at least every six years or when it undergoes a change of control. Each institution is assigned an identification number by ED known as an OPEID, or Office of Postsecondary Education Identification number, with each institution’s branches and additional locations assigned to the main campus’ OPEID. Generally, the recertification process includes a review by EDthe Department of an institution’s educational programs and locations, administrative capability, financial responsibility and other oversight categories. CTU and AIU areAIUS is currently operating on a provisional program participation agreement. CTU and AIU each have a program

31


participation agreement that expired on September 30, 2018 and as a result are operating on a month-to-month approval pending ED’sdue to open regulatory review and processingprocesses with the Department at the time of their pending applications for recertification.the renewal. During the period of provisional certification, our institutionsan institution must obtain prior EDDepartment approval to add an educational program, open a new location or make any other significant change, which could negatively impact our ability to take these actions.

The most recent provisional program participation agreements distributed to CTU and AIU in July and August 2017, respectively, provided that they were provisional because of matters relating toIf the Assurance of Discontinuance the Company entered into in August 2013 with the New York Attorney General (see Item 1, “Business—Accreditation and Jurisdictional Authorizations—Additional State Regulatory Matters”), inquiries from various state attorneys general (see Note 12 “Contingencies – Multi-State AGs” to our consolidated financial statements), student complaints and, with respect to AIU, an open ED program review. It is uncertain what impact, if any, these matters and the existing provisional certification status of CTU and AIU may have on their current recertification process.

If EDDepartment finds that any of our institutions do not fully satisfy all required eligibility and certification standards, EDthe Department could limit, suspend or terminate the institution’s participation in Title IV Programs. Continued Title IV program eligibility is critical to the operation of our business. If either of our institutions becomebecomes ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs, or have that participation significantly conditioned, weit could not conduct ourits business as it is currently conducted and itwe would haveexperience a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.dramatic decline in revenue.

Government and regulatory agencies and third parties may conduct compliance reviews and audits or bring actions against us that could resultOur institutions would lose their ability to participate in monetary liabilities, injunctions, loss of eligibility for Title IV Programs if they fail to maintain their institutional accreditation, and our student enrollments could decline if certain of our programs fail to obtain or other adverse outcomes.maintain programmatic accreditation.

Because we operateAn institution must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department in order to participate in Title IV Programs. See Item 1, “Business – Accreditation, Jurisdictional Authorizations and Other Compliance Matters – Institutional Accreditation.” The failure to comply with accreditation standards will subject an institution to additional oversight and reporting requirements, accreditation proceedings such as a highly regulated industry, weshow-cause directive, an action to defer or deny action related to an institution's application for a new grant of accreditation or an action to suspend an institution's accreditation or a program's approval. Future inquiries or actions by state or federal agencies could impact our accreditation status. If our institutions or programs are subject to complianceaccreditation actions or are placed on probationary accreditation status, we may experience adverse publicity, impaired ability to attract and retain students and substantial expense to obtain unqualified accreditation status. The inability to obtain reaccreditation following periodic reviews and audits as well as claimsor any final loss of noncompliance and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies and third parties. In this regard,. see Note 12 "Contingencies" to our consolidated financial statements and Item I, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations,” for discussion of a recently resolved and certain pending matters.

It is possible for one or more of our employees to engage in non-compliant behavior or make statements that violate some aspectinstitutional accreditation after exhaustion of the extensive regulations governing our institutions and business despite our compliance programs. Resource constraints caused by our significant personnel and cost reductions in prior years to stabilize our business may have increased the likelihood of a compliance failure during that period. From time to time, we identify compliance deficiencies that we must address and, where appropriate, report such deficiencies to ED. Such reporting, even in regard to a minor or inadvertent compliance issue, couldadministrative agency processes would result in a more significant compliance review by ED or even a full recertification review, which may require the expenditure of substantial administrative time and resources to address.

If the result of any pending or future proceeding is unfavorable to us, we may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of Title IV funding, injunctionsProgram funds for the affected institution and its students. In addition, if an accrediting body of our institutions loses recognition by the Department, that institution could lose its ability to participate in Title IV Programs.

Many states and professional associations require professional programs to be accredited. While programmatic accreditation is not a sufficient basis to qualify for institutional Title IV Program certification, programmatic accreditation may improve employment opportunities for program graduates in their chosen field. Those of our programs that do not have such programmatic accreditation, where available, or fail to maintain such accreditation, may experience adverse publicity, declining enrollments, litigation or other penalties. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency reviewclaims from students or successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may havesuffer other adverse impacts, which could result in it being impractical for us to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those actions. Claims and lawsuits brought against us may damage our reputation or adversely affect our stock price, even ifcontinue offering such actions are eventually determined to be without merit.programs.

We need timely approval by applicable regulatory agencies to offer new programs or make substantive changes to existing programs.

We believeOur institutions frequently need to obtain approvals from regulatory agencies are generally seeing significant increases in the volumeconduct of requests as a result of the industry adjustingtheir business. For example, to the significant volume of new regulations and challenging economic circumstances which have affected students and institutions. Regulatory capacity constraints have at times resulted in delays to various approvals our institutions are requesting. To establish a new educational program or substantive changes to existing programs, we are required to obtain the appropriate approvals from EDthe Department and applicable state and accrediting regulatory agencies. Staffing levels at the Department and other regulatory agencies which and the volume of applications and other requests may delay our receipt of necessary approvals. Further, approvals may be conditioned delayed or denied in a manner that could significantly affect our strategic plans and future growth. Approval by these regulatory agencies may also be negatively impacted due to regulatory inquiries or reviews and any adverse publicity relating to such matters or the industry generally.

27


Risks Related to Our Business

Our financial performance depends on the level of student enrollments in our institutions.

Stagnant wage growth and heightened financial worries could continue to affect the willingness of students to incur loans to pay for postsecondary education and to pursue postsecondary education in general. An improving economy and improving job prospects may lead prospective students to choose to work rather than to pursue postsecondary education. Our enrollments could suffer from any of these circumstances.

Enrollment of students at our institutions is impacted by many of the regulatory risks discussed above and business risks discussed below, many of which are beyond our control. IfWe also believe that the costslevel of Title IV loans increaseour student enrollments is affected by changes in economic conditions, although the nature and if availabilitymagnitude of alternate student

32


financial aid decreases,this effect are uncertain and may change over time. For example, during periods when the unemployment rate declines or remains stable, prospective students may decide nothave more employment options, leading them to enrollchoose to work rather than to pursue postsecondary education. On the other hand, high unemployment rates may affect the willingness of students to incur loans to pay for postsecondary education or to pursue postsecondary education in general.

Affordability concerns and negative perception of the value of a postsecondary institution, including our institutions. college degree increase reluctance to take on debt and make it more challenging for us to attract and retain students. We couldmay experience decreasing enrollments in our institutions due to changing demographic trends in family size, overall declines in enrollment in postsecondary institutions, job growth in fields unrelated to our core disciplines or other societal factors. Further, we continue to make investments in and changes to our business which are designed to improve student experiences, retention and academic outcomes and support the long-term sustainable and responsible growth of our institutions. These initiative may not be successful or the success of these initiatives may reduce over time.  

We believe the prolonged COVID-19 pandemic has impacted overall student engagement and we expect total student enrollments to be impacted in the short-term. Some students have paused their academic programs or deferred their decision to begin classes. The duration of this change in student behavior and any long-term impact on total student enrollments is uncertain.

Our student enrollments could suffer from any of these circumstances. It is likely that legislative, regulatory, and economic uncertainties will continue, and thus it is difficult to assess our long-term growth prospects. Reduced enrollments at our institutions, for any of the reasons mentioned or otherwise, generally reducesreduce our profitability, and is likely to have a negative impact on our business, results of operation, financial condition and cash flows, which, depending on the level of the decline, could be material.

We compete with a variety of educational institutions, especially in the online education market, and if we are unable to compete effectively, our total student enrollments and revenue could be adversely impacted.

The postsecondary education industry is highly fragmented and increasingly competitive. Our institutions compete with traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and universities, other for-profit institutions, other online education providers, and alternatives to higher education, such as immediate employment and military service. Some public and private institutions charge lower tuition for courses of study similar to those offered by our institutions due, in part, to government subsidies, government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources not available to for-profit institutions, and this competition may increase if additional subsidies or resources become available to those institutions. For example, a typical community college is subsidized by local or state government and, as a result, tuition rates for associate’s degree programs aremay be much lower at community colleges than at our institutions. Several states have adopted or proposed programs to enable residents to attend community colleges for free.

Further,Some of our competitors mayare more widely known and have substantially greater brand recognition and financial and other resourcesmore established reputations than we have or may beour institutions. In addition, some of our competitors are subject to fewer regulatory burdens on enrollment and financial aid processes, which may enable them to compete more effectively for potential students. In particular, some of our publicly traded for-profit competitors have converted to a structure where a for-profit service company provides services to a non-profit educational institution, which reduces the impact of certain regulations on their operations, such as the gainful employment regulation and the 90-10 Rule.

We also expect to experience increased competition as more postsecondary education providers increase their online program offerings (in particular programs that are geared towards the needs of working adults), including traditional and community colleges that had not previously offered online education programs, and increase their use of personalized learning technologies. This trend has been accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic and companies that provide and/or manage online learning platforms for traditional colleges and community colleges. Increased competition may create greater pricing or operating pressure on us, which could have a material adverse effect on our institutions' enrollments, revenues and profit margins. We may also face increased competition in maintaining and developing new corporate partnerships and other relationships with employers, particularly as employers become more selective as to which online universities they will encourage or offer scholarships to their employees to attend and from which online universities they will hire prospective employees.

Congress, the Department and other agencies have required increasing disclosure of information to prospective students (with some disclosures only required by for-profit institutions), and our agreements with multiple state attorneys general require additional disclosures that are not required by our competitors. Some of these disclosures may negatively impact a prospective student’s decision to enroll in one of our institutions.

An increase in competition, particularly from traditional colleges with well-established reputations for excellence, may affect the success of our recruiting efforts to enroll and retain students who are likely to succeed in our educational programs, or cause us to

28


reduce our tuition rates and increase our marketing and other recruiting expenses, which could adversely impact our profitability and cash flows.

Our financial performance depends on our ability to develop awareness among, and enroll and retain, students in our institutions and programs in a cost effectivecost-effective manner.

If our institutions are unable to successfully market and advertise their educational programs, our institutions' ability to attract and enroll prospective students in those programs could be adversely affected. We have been investing in our student admissions and advising centersfunctions and other initiatives to improve student experiences, retention and academic outcomes. If these initiatives do not continue to succeed, our ability to attract, enroll and retain students in our programs could be adversely affected. Further, Internet and other technology, including data gathering and marketing and advertising, is changing fast and we may be unable to adapt our initiatives to attract, enroll and retain students in a timely manner. Consequently, our ability to increase revenue or maintain profitability could be impaired. Some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully marketing our institutions and the programs that they offer include, but are not limited to: student or employer dissatisfaction with our educational programs and services; diminished access to prospective students; our failure to maintain or expand our brand names or other factors related to our marketing or advertising practices; FTC or Federal Communications Commission restrictions on contacting prospective students, Internet, mobile phone and other advertising and marketing media; costs and effectiveness of Internet, mobile phone and other advertising programs; and changing media preferences of our target audiences. In addition, we

We use third-party lead aggregators and generators to help us identify potentialprospective students. The practices of some lead aggregators and generators have been questioned by various regulatory bodies, which could lead to changes in the quality and number of theprospective student leads provided by these lead aggregators and generators as well as the cost thereof, which could in turn result in a reduction in the number of students we enroll.Further, the highly regulated nature of the postsecondary education industry and the resulting compliance measures undertaken by the industry are burdensome and some lead aggregators may choose not to work with us in favor of providing their services to different industries. In addition, the number of lead aggregators and generators has reduced over time due to consolidation in that industry, and this could exaggerate the indirect impact on us of any negative developments within that industry or with respect to any lead aggregator or generator with which we do business.

We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire, train and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our business.

Our future success depends largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive officers and other key personnel, as well as on our ability to attract and retain qualified managers and our institutions' ability to attract and retain qualified faculty members and administrators. If any of our executive officers leave the Company, it may be difficult to hire a replacement with similar experience and skills due to the highly regulated nature of our business. The political and regulatory uncertainty facing the for-profit postsecondary education industry may make it difficult to retain key personnel, in particular long-tenured senior officers. Loss of key personnel in the future could impact our growth, lead to changes in or create uncertainty about our business strategies or otherwise impact management's attention to operations.  

Our success and ability to grow depends on the ability to hire, train and retain significant numbers of talented people. We face competition from companies in postsecondary education and other industries in attracting, hiring and retaining personnel who possess the combination of skills and experiences that we seek to implement our business strategy. In particular, our performance is dependent upon the availability and retention of qualified personnel for our student support operations. The negative publicity surrounding our industry sometimes makes it difficult and more expensive to attract, hire and retain qualified and experienced personnel, and the Department’s regulations related to incentive compensation affect our ability to compensate admissions and financial aid personnel. Our ability to effectively train our student support personnel and the length of time it takes them to become productive also impacts our results of operations. In addition, as a result of the overall tightening of the labor market and the competitive world for quality employees that has emerged during the pandemic, we have had increasing difficulty in filling our open positions. This may result in additional costs in the future as we are unablerequired to successfully resolve pendingprovide increased compensation in order to attract and retain qualified employees.

Regulatory changes impacting the for-profit postsecondary education sector may require us to make substantial changes to our business and explore alternative business strategies to maintain or future litigation and regulatory and governmental inquiries involving us, or face increased regulatory actions or litigation,grow our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.  

From time to time, we and certain ofbusiness. If our current and former directors and executive officers are named as defendants in various lawsuits, investigations and claims covering a range of matters, including, but not limited to, violations of the federal securities laws, breaches of fiduciary duty and claims made by current and former students and employees of our institutions. Claims have included

33


qui tam actions filed in federal court by individual plaintiffs on behalf of themselves and the federal government alleging violations of the False Claims Act. Qui tam actions are filed under seal, and remain under seal until the government decides whether it will intervene in the case. If the government elects to intervene in an action, it assumes primary control of that matter; if the government elects not to intervene, then individual plaintiffs may continue the litigation at their own expense on behalf of the government.

We and our institutions also are subject to and have pending audits, compliance reviews, inquiries, investigations, claims of non-compliance and litigation by ED, federal and state regulatory agencies, accrediting agencies, state attorney general offices, present and former students and employees, and others that may allege violations of statutes, regulations, accreditation standards, consumer protection and other legal and regulatory requirements applicablekey personnel lack experience necessary to us or our institutions.

See Note 12 "Contingencies" to our consolidated financial statements and Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” for discussion of a recently resolved and certain pending matters. If the results of any current or future audits, reviews, inquiries, investigations, claims, or actions are unfavorable to us,support these changes, we may be requiredunable to pay monetary damages or be subjecttimely attract the talent that we need.

Key personnel may leave us and subsequently compete against us after any period they are contractually obligated not to fines, operational limitations,pursue such activities. The loss of federal funding, injunctions, undertakings, additional oversightthe services of our key personnel, or our failure to attract, train and reporting, orretain other civil or criminal penalties.

Even if we maintain compliance with applicable governmentalqualified and accrediting body regulations, regulatory scrutiny or adverse publicity arising from allegations of non-compliance may increase our costs of regulatory complianceexperienced personnel on acceptable terms and in a timely manner could adversely affect our financial results, growth rates and prospects. For example, Congressional hearings and the state attorneys general, CFPB and FTC investigations affecting for-profit institutions may spur plaintiffs’ law firms or others to initiate additional litigation against us and other for-profit education providers.

We are subject to a variety of other claims and litigation that arise from time to time alleging non-compliance with or violations of state or federal regulatory matters including, but not limited to, claims involving students, graduates and employees. In the event the extensive changes in the overall federal and state regulatory construct results in additional statutory or regulatory bases for these types of matters, or other events result in more of such claims or unfavorable outcomes to such claims, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial position, cash flows and results of operations for the periods in which the effects of any such matter or matters becomes probable and reasonably estimable. In addition, proposals have been made to limit the use of pre-dispute resolution clauses and class action waivers in student enrollments agreements. Implementation of these initiatives may result in increased litigation costs.

We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these and future matters and expect to continue to incur significant defense costs and other expenses in connection with them. We may be required to pay substantial damages or settlement costs in excess of our insurance coverage related to these matters. Government investigations, including the pending FTC inquiry in which we are involved, and any related legal and administrative proceedings may result in the institution of administrative, civil injunctive or criminal proceedings against us and/or our current or former directors, officers or employees, or the imposition of significant fines, penalties or suspensions, or other remedies and sanctions. Any such costs and expenses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and the market price of our common stock.growth prospects.

Our financial performance depends, in part, on our ability to keep pace with changing market needs and technology.

Increasingly, prospective employers of students who graduate from our institutions demand that their new employees possess appropriate technological skills and also appropriate “soft” skills, such as communication, critical thinking and teamwork skills. These desired skills can evolve rapidly in a changing economic and technological environment, so it is important for our institutions’ educational programs to evolve in response to those economic and technological changes. Current or prospective students or the employers of our graduates may not accept expansion of our existing programs, improved program content and the development of new programs. Students and faculty increasingly rely on personal communication devices and expect that we will be able to adapt our

29


information technology platforms and our educational delivery methods to support these devices and any new technologies that may develop. Even if our institutions are able to develop acceptable new and improved programs in a cost-effective manner, our institutions may not be able to begin offering them as quickly as prospective students and employers would like or as quickly as our competitors offer similar programs. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to regulatory or financial constraints, rapid technological changes or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired the rates at which our graduates obtain jobs involving their fields of study could decline, and our results of operationsrevenue and cash flowsprofitability could be adversely affected.

We may not be able to successfully identify, complete or integrate acquisitions.

We continue to evaluate diverse strategies to enhance shareholder value, including acquisitions of high-quality educational institutions and programs. We may have difficulty identifying suitable acquisition opportunities that complement our strategic direction or successfully completing transactions at prices we deem acceptable. Further, the successful integration and profitable operation of an acquired institution or program involves significant risks and uncertainties, including:

the inability to successfully integrate the acquired operations and personnel into our institutions and maintain uniform standards, controls, policies and procedures;

the failure to realize anticipated cost savings and additional revenue opportunities;

34


the assumption of known and unknown liabilities;

the diversion of significant attention of our senior management from day-to-day operations; and

issues not discovered in our due diligence process, including compliance issues, commitments and/or contingencies.

An acquisition related to an institution or other educational business often requires one or multiple regulatory approvals. If we are unable to obtain such approvals, or we obtain them on unfavorable terms, our ability to consummate a transaction may be impaired or we may be unable to operate the acquired business in a manner that is favorable to us. If we fail to properly evaluate an acquisition, we may be required to incur costs in excess of what we anticipated, and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

Our future financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if we are required to write down the carrying value of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, including long-lived assets, deferred tax assets and goodwill and intangible assets, such as our trade names.goodwill.

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we review our non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, including goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as our trade names, for impairment on at least an annual basis through the application of fair value-based measurements. On an interim basis, we review our assets and liabilities to determine if a triggering event had occurred that would result in it being more likely than not that the fair value would be less than the carrying amount for any of our reporting units or indefinite-lived intangible assets. Some factors that management considers when determining if a triggering event has occurred include reviewing the significant inputs to the fair value calculation and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs, including, but not limited to, financial performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, industry and market conditions as well as the most recent quantitative fair value analysis for each reporting unit and the amount of the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value. We determine the fair value of our reporting units using a combination of an income approach, based on discounted cash flow, and a market-based approach. To the extent the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we will be required to record an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss). We determine the fair value of our trade names using a relief from royalty method which is based on the assumption that, in lieu of ownership of an intangible asset, a company would be willing to pay a royalty in order to enjoy the benefits of the asset. To the extent the fair value of the trade name is less than its carrying amount, we record an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).income. Our estimates of fair value for these are based primarily on projected future results and expected cash flows consistent with our plans to manage the underlying businesses, including projections of newly acquired businesses.However, should we encounter unexpected economic conditions or operational results, have unforeseen complications with integration of newly acquired businesses or need to take additional actions not currently foreseen to comply with current and future regulations, the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of our assets, estimate of future cash flows, revenue growth, and discount rates, could be negatively impacted and could result in an impairment of goodwill or other long-lived assets which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, we believe that our evaluation of deferred tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance against such assets involve critical accounting estimates because they are subject to, among other things, estimates of future taxable income and future changes in the effective corporate tax rate. These estimates are susceptible to change and are dependent on events that may or may not occur. Our assessment of the need for or release of a valuation allowance is material to the assets reported on our consolidated balance sheets and changes in any of the assumptions utilized in this assessment could result in an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance recorded as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, we have recorded a partial valuation allowance in the amount of $48.0 million related to that portion of our deferred tax assets which we determined were not more likely than not to be realized based upon the existing positive and negative evidence. Future changes in circumstances that cause a change in judgment about the realizability of the deferred tax asset could result in an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance recorded within the consolidated balance sheet in future periods and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.

The loss of our key personnel could harm us.

Our future success depends largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive officers and other key personnel, as well as on our ability to attract and retain qualified managers and our institutions' ability to attract and retain qualified faculty members and administrators. Many leadership positions within the Company were transitioned during the Company’s transformation into a simpler organization focusing on its universities, including several changes in the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Loss of key personnel in the future could slow implementation of key initiatives, lead to changes in or create uncertainty about our business strategies or otherwise impact management's attention to operations. We face competition in attracting, hiring and retaining executives and key personnel who possess the skill sets and experiences that we seek. In particular, our performance is dependent upon the availability and retention of qualified personnel for our ongoing investments in our student support operations. The negative publicity surrounding our industry makes it difficult and more expensive to attract, hire and retain qualified and experienced personnel. In addition, key personnel may leave us and subsequently compete against us after any period they are contractually obligated not to pursue such activities. The loss of the services of our key personnel, or our failure to attract, integrate and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms and in a timely manner could adversely affect our results of operations or growth prospects.

Our credit facility and letters of credit are required to be 100% secured by cash and marketable securities and therefore may impact our liquidity.

The loans and letter of credit obligations under our credit facility are required to be 100% secured by cash and marketable

35


securities deposited with the bank. Further, any settlements or negative decisions in regulatory proceedings or other legal actions against us may reduce existing available cash balances. We therefore may have liquidity needs in the future which the credit facility will not meet. For example, we may not have the capacity to post required letters of credit we may need in the future for state licensing requirements, if we are required to satisfy ED's standards of financial responsibility on an alternative basis or for other purposes due to insufficient cash available to provide security. If cash generated by operations and existing cash balances are insufficient in the future to support our cash requirements, we would need to pursue other sources of liquidity, if available, such as additional sources of credit which may be more expensive, issuance of stock to new investors or a sale of assets.

We rely on proprietary rights and intellectual property in conducting our business, which may not be adequately protected under current laws, and we may encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of intellectual property of third parties.

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on service mark and trademark protection in the United States and select foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to our marks as well as distinctive logos and other marks associated with our services. These measures may not be adequate, and we can’t be certain that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights. Unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource material and other content despite our efforts to protect these rights. Our management’s attention may be diverted by these attempts, and we may need to use funds for lawsuits to protect our proprietary rights against any infringement or violation.

These and other risks exist with respect to our intellipath® personalized learning technology, which incorporates technology that we have a perpetual but non-exclusive license to use. We receive software support for the intellipath technology from CCKF, a Dublin-based educational technology company in which we have an equity investment. If CCKF ceases to operate or otherwise becomes unable to work with our institutions, it would be necessary to either develop the ability to support the software using our own resources or engage another third party vendor to provide these services, which transition could be economically disadvantageous, cause an interruption in the use of the technology and present a distraction to management and applicable institution, any of which could negatively impact our business.

We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not prevail in these disputes. Third parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or violation of the intellectual property of that third party. Some third party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct our operations in such a way as to avoid those intellectual property rights. Any such intellectual property claim could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether such claim has merit.

We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of class materials posted online for class discussions.

In some instances, our faculty members or our students may post various articles or other third-party content on class discussion boards or download third-party content to personal computers. We may incur claims or liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and could impose a strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit.

Risks Related to Our Business Technology Infrastructure

Government regulations relating to the Internet could increase our cost of doing business or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business.

The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other online services has led and may lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory practices in the United States or in foreign countries and to new interpretations of existing laws and regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices and the requirement that online education institutions qualify to do business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other presence. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to doing business over the Internet could increase our costs and adversely affect enrollments.

We are subject to privacy and information security laws and regulations due to our collection and use of personal information and any violations of those laws or regulations, or anythat we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss of that information,which could adversely affect our reputation and operations.

Our efforts to attract and enroll students result in us collecting, using and keeping substantial amounts of personal information regarding applicants, our students, their families and alumni, including social security numbers and financial data. We also maintain personal information about our employees inIn the ordinary course of our activities. Our services, the services of many of our health plan and benefit plan vendors, and other information can be accessed globally through the Internet. We rely extensivelybusiness, we maintain on our network systems, and on the networks of interconnected applicationsour third-party providers, certain information that is confidential, proprietary, personal (such as student information), or otherwise sensitive in nature, including financial information and databases for day to day operations as well as financial reporting and the processing of financial transactions. confidential business information. Our computer networks and those of our vendors that manage confidential information for us or provide services to our students mayor us can be accessed globally through the internet and are vulnerable to unauthorized access, inadvertent access or display, theft or misuse, hackers, installation of ransomware and malware and computer viruses, or third partiesduring regular use and in connection with hardware and software upgrades and changes. Such unauthorizedThese attacks have become

30


more prevalent and sophisticated. Unauthorized access, misuse, theft or hacks couldcan evade our intrusion detection and prevention precautions without alerting us to the breach or loss for some period of time or may never be detected. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate confidential or proprietary information or personal information about our students or employees or could cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations or commit fraud. We have experienced malware and virus attacks on our systems which went undetected by our virus detection and prevention software. Regular patching of our computer systems and frequent updates to our virus detection and

36


prevention software with the latest virus and malware signatures may not catch newly introduced malware, andransomware, viruses or “zero-day” viruses, prior to their infecting our systems and potentially disrupting our data integrity, taking sensitive information or affecting financial transactions. Because

In addition to being subject to privacy and information security laws and regulations in the U.S., because our services can be accessed globally via the Internet, we may also be subject to privacy laws in countries outside the U.S. from which students access our services, which laws may constrain the way we market and provide our services. While we utilize security and business controls to limit access to and use of personal information, anyAny breach of student or employee privacy or errors in storing, using or transmitting personal information could violate privacy laws and regulations resulting in fines or other penalties. The adoption of new or modified state or federal data or cybersecurity legislation could increase our costs and/orand require changes in our operating procedures or systems. An example of this is the California Consumer Privacy Act which became effective January 1, 2020.

A breach, theft or loss of personal information held by us or our vendors, or a violation of the laws and regulations governing privacy, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation or result in lawsuits, additional regulation, remediation and compliance costs or investments in additional security systems to protect our computer networks, the costs of which may be substantial.

System disruptions and vulnerability from security risks to our online technology infrastructure could have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain students.

For our online and ground-based campuses, the performance and reliability of program infrastructure is critical to their operations, reputation and ability to attract and retain students. Any computer system or software error or failure, significant increase in traffic on our computer networks, or any significant failure or unavailability of our computer networks or third-party software, including but not limited to those as a result of natural disasters and network and telecommunications failures, could materially disrupt our delivery of these programs. Any interruption to our institutions’ computer systems or operations could have a material adverse effect on our total student enrollments,enrollments.

As discussed above, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our computer networks mayand those of our vendors are also be vulnerable to unauthorized access, installation of ransomware or malware, computer hackers, computer viruses, denial of service attacks and other security threats. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Due to the sensitive nature of the information contained on our networks, hackers may target our networks. We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches orand may incur significant expenditures to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. We cannot ensure that theseour efforts will protect our computer networks against security breaches despite our regular monitoring of our technology infrastructure security.

Our institutions’ online programs’ success depends, in part, on our institutions’ ability to expand the content of their programs, develop new programs in a cost-effective manner, maintain good standing with regulators and accreditors, and meet students’ needs in a timely manner. New programs can be delayed due to current and future unforeseen regulatory restrictions. Furthermore, our regulators may impose additional restrictions or conditions on the manner in which we offer online courses to our students, any one of which could negatively impact our business or results of operations.

Any general decline in Internet use for any reason, including security or privacy concerns, cost of Internet service or changes in government regulation, could result in less demand for online educational services and inhibit growth in our online programs.

Our remote work environment in response to the COVID-19 pandemic may exacerbate the risks related to our business technology infrastructure.

We transitioned almost all of our employees to remote work, as have a number of our third-party service vendors, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. This transition to a remote work environment may incur liability forexacerbate certain risks to our business, including increasing the stress on, and our vulnerability to disruptions of, our technology infrastructure and systems, and increased risk of phishing and other cybersecurity attacks, unauthorized duplication or distributiondissemination of class materials posted online for class discussions.

In some instances our faculty members or our students may post various articlesconfidential information and social engineering attempts that seek to exploit the COVID-19 pandemic. If a natural disaster, power outage, connectivity issue or other third-party content on class discussion boardsevent occurs that impacts the ability of employees to work remotely, it may be difficult or, download third-party content to personal computers. We may incur claims or liabilityin certain cases, impossible, for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigationcontinue our business for a period of time, which could be substantial. While most of our operations can be performed remotely, there is no guarantee that we will be as effective while working remotely because our team is dispersed, many employees may have additional personal needs to attend to (such as looking after children as a result of school closures or family who become sick), and employees may become sick themselves and be unable to work.

Government regulations relating to the Internet could imposeincrease our cost of doing business or otherwise have a strainmaterial adverse effect on our financial resourcesbusiness.

The increasing use of the Internet and management personnel regardlessother online services has led and may lead to the adoption of whethernew laws and regulatory practices in the claimsUnited States or in foreign countries and to new interpretations of existing laws and regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and service marks, sales and use taxes, fair business practices and the requirement that online education institutions qualify to do business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they have merit.no physical location or other presence. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to doing business over the Internet could increase our costs and adversely affect enrollments.

31


Risk Related to Our Common Stock

The trading price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future.future, and as a result returns on an investment in our common stock may be volatile.

The trading price of our common stock has and may fluctuate significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are not in our control. These factors include:

general conditions in the postsecondary education field, including declining enrollments;

the outcomes and impacts on our business of ED’s rulemakings, and other changes in the legal or regulatory environment in which we operate;

negative media coverage of the for-profit education industry;

the initiation, pendency or outcome of litigation, accreditation reviews, regulatory reviews, inquiries and investigations, including the pending FTC inquiry in which we are involved, and any related adverse publicity;

failure of certain of our institutions or programs to maintain compliance under the gainful employment regulation, 90-10 Rule or with financial responsibility standards;

loss of key personnel;

the actual, anticipated or perceived impact of changes in the political environment or government policies;

 

the outcomes and impacts on our business of the Department’s rulemakings, and other changes in the legal or regulatory environment in which we operate;

negative media coverage of the for-profit education industry;

general conditions in the postsecondary education field, including declining enrollments;

the initiation, pendency or outcome of litigation, accreditation reviews, regulatory reviews, inquiries and investigations, and any related adverse publicity;

failure of certain of our institutions or programs to maintain compliance under the 90-10 Rule or other regulatory standards;

our ability to meet or exceed, or changes in, expectations of analysts or investors, or the extent of analyst coverage of our company;

37


 

company;decisions by any significant investors to reduce their investment in us;

decisions by any significant investors to reduce their investment in us;

quarterly variations in our operating results, which sometimes occur due to the academic calendar and significant expense items that do not regularly occur;

quarterly variations in our operating results;

loss of key personnel;

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, which may cause the market price for our common stock to fluctuate significantly more than the market as a whole; and

general economic conditions.

Changes in the trading price of our common stock may occur without regard to our operating performance, and the price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly more than the market as a whole; and

general economic conditions.

based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our company. Further, the trading volume of our common stock is relatively low, which may cause our stock price to react more to these variousthe above and other factors andfactors. The fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock may impact an investor’s ability to sell their shares at the desired time at a price considered satisfactory. These factors may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent an investor from selling sharessatisfactory, including at or above the price at which the investor acquired them.

 

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

Our University Group ground-based campuses are located inand their respective facilities include AIU Atlanta (Atlanta, GA), AIU Houston (Houston, TX), CTU Colorado GeorgiaSprings (Colorado Springs, CO) and Texas.CTU Denver South (Aurora, CO). These campuses generally consist of teaching facilities, including classrooms and laboratories, and admissions and administrative offices. Additionally, we have admissions and administrative facilities located in the areas of Chicago, IllinoisIllinois; Phoenix, Arizona and Phoenix, Arizona,Cypress, California, which are used for our universities and corporate functions.

At the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in March of 2020, we transitioned our workforce to a remote work environment. The transition to a remote work environment was supported by our scalable and innovative technology infrastructure which enabled us to make these changes with minimal disruptions to our business operations. With the success of this transition, the Company made the decision during 2021 to allow its employees to continue in a hybrid work environment, which allows employees with the flexibility of working remote or working from the corporate or campus locations when needed, and as a result, allows the Company to continue to look for ways to optimize our leased space.

All of our campus and administrative facilities are leased except one (Houston, TX).in Houston, Texas. As of December 31, 20182021 we leased approximately 1.40.8 million square feet under lease agreements related to our continuing operations that have remaining terms ranging from less than one year through 2028. Of the 1.4 million square feet, 0.6 million square feet relate to our campuses that have completed their teach-out process but have leases remaining which terminate at varying dates through 2021. As of December 31, 2018, we owned2032. The facility in Houston, Texas, is used by AIU and is less than 0.1 million square feet of real property utilized by AIU located in Houston, Texas.property.  

See Item 1, “Business,” for a listing of our campus locations. The listing excludes institutions that have been sold and campuses that have ceased operations.

We actively monitor our real estate needs in light of our current utilization and projected student enrollment levels. A key goal is to mitigate overall operating expenses by disposing of excess properties related to campuses which have completed their teach-out.32


ITEM 3.

NoteSee note 12 “Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference.10-K.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

3833


PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQNasdaq Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”Nasdaq”) under the symbol “CECO.”“PRDO”.

The closing price of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQNasdaq on February 15, 201918, 2022 was $13.97$10.21 per share. As of February 15, 2019,21, 2022, there were approximately 111113 holders of record of our common stock, including The Depository Trust Company, which holds shares of our common stock on behalf of an indeterminate number of beneficial owners.

Our common stock transfer agent and registrar is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. They can be contacted at P.O. Box# 505000, Louisville, KY 40233-5000 or at their website www.computershare.com/investor.

We haveOur Company has never paid cash dividends on our common stock and we have no current plan to do so in the foreseeable future.so. The declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock are subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. The decision of our Board of Directors to pay future dividends will depend on general business conditions, the effect of a dividend payment on our financial condition, and other factors the Board of Directors may consider relevant. In addition, our credit agreement limits the payment of cash dividends. The current policy of our Board of Directors is to reinvest earnings in our operations to promote future growth and, from time to time, to execute repurchases of shares of our common stock under the stock repurchase program discussed below. The repurchase of shares of our common stock reduces the amount of cash available to pay cash dividends to our common stockholders. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is also limited under the terms of our existing credit agreement. As of December 31, 2021, we are in compliance with the covenants of our credit agreement.

We did not repurchase anyDuring 2021, we repurchased 2.3 million shares of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2018 except for shares delivered back to the Company for paymentapproximately $25.3 million at an average price of withholding taxes from employees for vesting restricted stock units. Under$10.94 per share under the Company’s previously authorizedcurrent stock repurchase program. The timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the program are determined by the Company’s management and depend on a variety of factors including stock repurchasesprice, trading volume and other general market and economic conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory requirements and other factors. Repurchases will be made in open market transactions, including block purchases, conducted in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act as well as may be made onpursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 under the open market or in privately negotiated transactionsExchange Act, which would permit shares to be repurchased when the Company might otherwise be precluded from time to time, depending on factors including market conditions and corporate and regulatory requirements.doing so under insider trading laws. The stock repurchase program does not have anobligate the Company to purchase shares and the Company may, in its discretion, begin, suspend or terminate repurchases at any time, without any prior notice. The program’s original expiration date and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.was December 31, 2021. On October 19, 2021, the Board of Directors of the Company extended the expiration date of the program to February 28, 2022. As of December 31, 2018,2021, approximately $183.3$2.9 million was available under the stock repurchase program.

On January 27, 2022 the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million which commences March 1, 2022 and expires September 30, 2023.  The other terms of the new stock repurchase program are consistent with the Company’s current stock repurchase program described above which expires February 28, 2022.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Period

 

Total Number of

Shares

Purchased (1)

 

 

Average Price

Paid per Share

 

 

Total Number of

Shares Purchased

as Part of Publicly

Announced Plans

or Programs

 

 

Maximum

Approximate

Dollar Value of

Shares that May

Yet Be Purchased

Under the Plans

or Programs

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

183,296,772

 

January 1, 2018 - January 31, 2018

 

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,296,772

 

February 1, 2018 - February 28, 2018

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,296,772

 

March 1, 2018 - March 31, 2018

 

 

215,215

 

 

 

13.85

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,296,772

 

April 1, 2018 - April 30, 2018

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,296,772

 

May 1, 2018 - May 31, 2018

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,296,772

 

June 1, 2018 - June 30, 2018

 

 

14,691

 

 

 

16.11

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,296,772

 

July 1, 2018 - July 31, 2018

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,296,772

 

August 1, 2018 - August 31, 2018

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,296,772

 

September 1, 2018 - September 30, 2018

 

 

6,593

 

 

 

14.42

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,296,772

 

October 1, 2018 - October 31, 2018

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,296,772

 

November 1, 2018 - November 30, 2018

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,296,772

 

December 1, 2018 - December 31, 2018

 

 

2,547

 

 

 

12.64

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,296,772

 

Total

 

 

239,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

Total Number of

Shares

Purchased (1)

 

 

Average Price

Paid per Share

 

 

Total Number of

Shares Purchased

as Part of Publicly

Announced Plans

or Programs

 

 

Maximum

Approximate

Dollar Value of

Shares that May

Yet Be Purchased

Under the Plans

or Programs (2)

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

28,231,593

 

January 1, 2021 - January 31, 2021

 

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

28,231,593

 

February 1, 2021 - February 28, 2021

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

28,231,593

 

March 1, 2021 - March 31, 2021

 

 

159,989

 

 

 

12.70

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

28,231,593

 

April 1, 2021 - April 30, 2021

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

28,231,593

 

May 1, 2021 - May 31, 2021

 

 

273,578

 

 

 

12.06

 

 

 

273,578

 

 

 

24,927,010

 

June 1, 2021 - June 30, 2021

 

 

166,625

 

 

 

12.45

 

 

 

166,474

 

 

 

22,850,626

 

July 1, 2021 - July 31, 2021

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

22,850,626

 

August 1, 2021 - August 31, 2021

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

22,850,626

 

September 1, 2021 - September 30, 2021

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

22,850,626

 

October 1, 2021 - October 31, 2021

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

22,850,626

 

November 1, 2021 - November 30, 2021

 

 

863,113

 

 

 

10.37

 

 

 

863,113

 

 

 

13,878,697

 

December 1, 2021 - December 31, 2021

 

 

1,309,925

 

 

 

11.03

 

 

 

1,009,435

 

 

 

2,889,583

 

Total

 

 

2,773,230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,312,600

 

 

 

 

 

34


 

 

(1)

(1)

Includes 218,997 and 20,049460,630 shares delivered back to the Company for payment of withholding taxes from employees for vesting restricted stock units pursuant to the terms of the CareerPerdoceo Education Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation PlanAmended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan, respectively.Plan.

(2)

On November 4, 2019, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock repurchase program of up to $50.0 million with an expiration date of December 31, 2021. On October 19, 2021, the Board of Directors of the Company extended the expiration date of the program to February 28, 2022. On January 27, 2022 the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million which commences March 1, 2022 and expires September 30, 2023.  Amounts relating to the new stock repurchase program are not included in this chart because the program was approved after December 31, 2021.

See Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters,” for information as of December 31, 2018,2021, with respect to shares of our common stock that may be issued under our existing share-based compensation plans.

The graph below shows a comparison of cumulative total returns for CEC,Perdoceo, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and an index of peer companies selected by CEC.Perdoceo. The companies in the peer index are weighted according to their market capitalization as of the end

39


of each period for which a return is indicated. Included in the peer index are the following companies whose primary business is postsecondary education: Adtalem Global Education Inc., American Public Education, Inc., Bridgepoint Education,Zovio, Inc., Grand Canyon Education, Inc., and Strategic Education, Inc. (formerly known as Strayer Education, Inc.). Grand Canyon Education, Inc. was added to the peer index for the current year in replacement of Capella Education Company which was included in the prior year. The change is due to the fact that Capella Education Company merged with Strategic Education, Inc. during 2018. Grand Canyon Education, Inc. is a similarly related competitor. The performance graph begins with CEC’s $5.70Perdoceo’s $10.09 per share closing price on December 31, 2013.2016.

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE FIVE-YEAR TOTAL RETURN

(Based on $100 invested on December 31, 20132016 and assumes the reinvestment of all dividends.)

 

 

 

 

The information contained in the performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission nor shall such information be deemed incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as both are amended from time to time, except to the extent specifically incorporated by reference into such filing.

 

40


ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATAReserved

The following selected historical consolidated financial and other data are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our selected statement of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) and statement of cash flows data set forth below for each of the five years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Selected Statements of Income (Loss) and

   Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

$

581,296

 

 

$

596,435

 

 

$

704,392

 

 

$

847,273

 

 

$

913,964

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Educational services and facilities

 

 

109,897

 

 

 

143,344

 

 

 

235,100

 

 

 

289,777

 

 

 

323,259

 

General and administrative

 

 

390,707

 

 

 

404,965

 

 

 

477,725

 

 

 

564,211

 

 

 

640,454

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

9,394

 

 

 

13,990

 

 

 

22,747

 

 

 

24,938

 

 

 

53,382

 

Goodwill and asset impairment (1)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,164

 

 

 

60,515

 

 

 

36,141

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

509,998

 

 

 

562,299

 

 

 

736,736

 

 

 

939,441

 

 

 

1,053,236

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

71,298

 

 

 

34,136

 

 

 

(32,344

)

 

 

(92,168

)

 

 

(139,272

)

Operating margin percentage

 

 

12.3

%

 

 

5.7

%

 

 

-4.6

%

 

 

-10.9

%

 

 

-15.2

%

Total other income (expense)

 

 

3,054

 

 

 

2,114

 

 

 

978

 

 

 

(2,270

)

 

 

446

 

Pretax income (loss)

 

 

74,352

 

 

 

36,250

 

 

 

(31,366

)

 

 

(94,438

)

 

 

(138,826

)

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

 

18,561

 

 

 

67,125

 

 

 

(16,550

)

 

 

(147,454

)

 

 

3,736

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

55,791

 

 

 

(30,875

)

 

 

(14,816

)

 

 

53,016

 

 

 

(142,562

)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (2)

 

 

(610

)

 

 

(1,022

)

 

 

(3,896

)

 

 

(1,131

)

 

 

(35,601

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

55,181

 

 

$

(31,897

)

 

$

(18,712

)

 

$

51,885

 

 

$

(178,163

)

Net income (loss) per share - basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

��

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

0.80

 

 

$

(0.45

)

 

$

(0.22

)

 

$

0.78

 

 

$

(2.12

)

Loss from discontinued operations

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(0.05

)

 

 

(0.02

)

 

 

(0.53

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

0.79

 

 

$

(0.46

)

 

$

(0.27

)

 

$

0.76

 

 

$

(2.65

)

Net income (loss) per share - diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

0.78

 

 

$

(0.45

)

 

$

(0.22

)

 

$

0.78

 

 

$

(2.12

)

Loss from discontinued operations

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(0.05

)

 

 

(0.02

)

 

 

(0.53

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

0.77

 

 

$

(0.46

)

 

$

(0.27

)

 

$

0.76

 

 

$

(2.65

)

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Selected Balance Sheet Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and

   short-term investments

 

$

229,159

 

 

$

180,147

 

 

$

207,160

 

 

$

231,641

 

 

$

239,628

 

Student receivables, net (3)

 

$

29,693

 

 

$

21,423

 

 

$

25,880

 

 

$

35,576

 

 

$

35,317

 

Total current assets

 

$

269,448

 

 

$

210,720

 

 

$

248,193

 

 

$

288,963

 

 

$

318,107

 

Total assets

 

$

482,493

 

 

$

447,096

 

 

$

559,601

 

 

$

610,915

 

 

$

573,534

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

32,351

 

 

$

22,897

 

 

$

28,364

 

 

$

40,112

 

 

$

54,573

 

Total current liabilities

 

$

97,052

 

 

$

112,686

 

 

$

169,212

 

 

$

192,805

 

 

$

180,237

 

Total liabilities

 

$

127,290

 

 

$

150,891

 

 

$

238,098

 

 

$

273,305

 

 

$

291,601

 

Working capital

 

$

172,396

 

 

$

98,034

 

 

$

78,981

 

 

$

96,158

 

 

$

137,870

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

$

355,203

 

 

$

296,205

 

 

$

321,503

 

 

$

337,610

 

 

$

281,933

 

4135


 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Selected Statements of Cash Flows Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

56,987

 

 

$

(21,789

)

 

$

6,475

 

 

$

(21,245

)

 

$

(117,953

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(41,492

)

 

$

(11,647

)

 

$

(34,351

)

 

$

(7,991

)

 

$

(107,623

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

$

(1,663

)

 

$

1,535

 

 

$

(37,790

)

 

$

28,960

 

 

$

10,683

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

(6,732

)

 

$

(6,332

)

 

$

(4,129

)

 

$

(11,695

)

 

$

(13,156

)

 

(1)ITEM 7.

See Note 7 “Property and Equipment” and Note 9 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of these impairment charges.

(2)

See Note 18 “Discontinued Operations” to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

(3)

Student receivables, net includes both current and non-current balances.

42


    ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The discussion below contains “forward-looking statements,” as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that reflect our current expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, cash flows, performance and business prospects and opportunities, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. We have tried to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,“may,” “should,” “will,”will,” “continue to,” “outlook,” “focused on” and similar expressions, but these words are not the exclusive means of identifying forward-looking statements. These statements are based on information currently available to us and are subject to various risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those matters discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K that could cause our actual growth, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, performance, business prospects and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements. Except as expressly required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update such factors or to publicly announce the results of any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events, developments, or changed circumstances or for any other reason.

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company”Company,” “Perdoceo” and “CEC”“PEC” refer to CareerPerdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The terms “institution” and “university” refer to an individual, branded, for-profit educational institution, owned by us and including its campus locations. The term “campus” refers to an individual main or branch campus operated by one of our institutions.

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The MD&A is intended to help investors understand the results of operations, financial condition and present business environment. The MD&A is organized as follows:

Overview

Overview

Consolidated Results of Operations

Consolidated Results of Operations

Segment Results of Operations

Segment Results of Operations

Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Liquidity, Financial Position and Capital Resources

Liquidity, Financial Position and Capital Resources

OVERVIEW

Our academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education primarily online to a diverse student population, in a variety of disciplines through online,along with campus-based and blended learning programs which combine campus-based and online education.programs. Our two regionally-accredited universitiesaccredited institutions – Colorado Technical University (“CTU”) and the American InterContinental University (“AIU”System (“AIUS” or “AIU System”) – provide degree programs from associate through the master’s or doctoral level as well as associatenon-degree professional development and bachelor’s levels. Bothcontinuing education offerings. Our universities predominantly serveoffer students online withindustry-relevant and career-focused degreeacademic programs that are designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy adults. CTU and AIUAIUS continue to show innovation in higher education, advancing new personalized learning technologies like their intellipath® learning platform. Career Educationplatform and using data analytics and technology to support students and enhance learning. Perdoceo is committed to providing quality education that closes the gap between learners who seek to advance their careers and employers needing a qualified workforce.

Additionally, during 2018 CEC successfully completed the multi-year process of teaching out all campuses within our All Other Campuses segment, as part of the strategic decision to pursue a transformation strategy aimed at reducing the complexity of operations and focusing our attention on our University Group institutions. Campuses within this segment include those which have completed their teach-out activities, including our former Le Cordon Bleu and Sanford-Brown institutions. Students enrolled at these campuses were provided a reasonable opportunity to complete their program of study prior to the final teach-out date. The results of operations for these campuses will remain reported as part of continuing operations in accordance with ASC Topic 360, which limits discontinued operations reporting effective January 1, 2015.

Our reporting segments are determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 – Segment Reporting and are based upon how the Company analyzes performance and makes decisions. Each segment represents a group of postsecondary education providersprovider that offeroffers a variety of degree and non-degree academic programs. These segments are organized by key market segments to enhance operational alignmentWe organize our business across two reporting segments: CTU and AIUS.

On August 2, 2021, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of DigitalCrafts (the “DigitalCrafts acquisition”). DigitalCrafts helps provide individuals an opportunity in the technology area through reskilling and upskilling courses within the areas of web development, web design and cybersecurity. DigitalCrafts operations were brought within the AIUS segment, preserving the ‘DigitalCrafts’ name and programs as part of AIUS’ operations.

On September 10, 2021, the Company acquired Hippo Education, LLC (“Hippo” and the “Hippo Acquisition”). Hippo provides continuing medical education and exam preparation for our two universities, to enhance brandmedical professionals with a quality technology platform and strong course content. Hippo’s operations were brought within the CTU segment, preserving the ‘Hippo Education’ name and programs as part of CTU’s operations.

On March 2, 2020, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Trident University International (“Trident University”), an accredited university offering online undergraduate, master’s and doctoral programs with a strong focus on graduate programs. Trident University’s operations were brought within eachthe AIUS segment, to more effectively execute our strategic plan.preserving the ‘Trident’ name and programs as part of AIU’s operations.

Our three reporting segments as of December 31, 2018 are CTU, AIU and All Other Campuses. 36


See Note 1718 “Segment Reporting” for a description of each of our current reporting segments along with revenues, operating income (loss) and total assets by reporting segment for each of the past three fiscal years.

43


Beginning in 2019, the Company will no longer report results for closed campuses separately as these campuses will no longer meet the definition of an operating segment under ASC Topic 280. Any remaining results of operations, which is expected to primarily consist of occupancy expenses for remaining properties, will be reported within Corporate and Other beginning January 1, 2019.

Regulatory Environment and Political Uncertainty

We operate in a highly regulated industry, which has significant impacts on our business and creates risks and uncertainties. In recent years, Congress, ED,the Department, states, accrediting agencies, the CFPB, the FTC, state attorneys general and the media have scrutinized the for-profit postsecondary education sector. Congressional hearings and roundtable discussions were held regarding various aspects of the education industry and reports were issued that are highly critical of for-profit colleges and universities. A group of influential U.S. senators, consumer advocacy groups and some media outlets have strongly and repeatedly encouraged the Departments of Education, Defense and Veterans Affairs to take action to limit or terminate the participation of for-profit educational institutions, including Career Education Corporation,Perdoceo, in existing tuition assistance programs. In addition, targeted loan relief to student borrowers is a stated priority for the Department, and consumer advocacy groups and others are focusing their lobbying and other efforts relating to student debt forgiveness on for-profit colleges and universities, encouraging loan discharge applications and complaints by former students.

The current Presidential and Department administrations, as well as Congress, are pursuing significant legislative, regulatory and administrative actions affecting our business. A loss or material reduction in Title IV Programs or the amount of student financial aid for which our students are eligible would materially impact our student enrollments and profitability and could impact the continued viability of our business as currently conducted.

We encourage you to review Item 1, “Business,” and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” to learn more about our highly regulated industry and related risks and uncertainties.

Note Regarding Non-GAAP measures

We believe it is useful to present non-GAAP financial measures which exclude certain significant and non-cash items as a means to understand the performance of our core business. As a general matter, we use non-GAAP financial measures in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP to help analyze the performance of our core business, assist with preparing the annual operating plan, and measure performance for some forms of compensation. In addition, we believe that non-GAAP financial information is used by analysts and others in the investment community to analyze our historical results and to provide estimates of future performance.

We believe certain non-GAAP measures allow us to compare our current operating results with respective historical periods and with the operational performance of other companies in our industry because it does not give effect to potential differences caused by items we do not consider reflective of underlying operating performance, such as restructuring charges and significant legal reserves.performance. In evaluating the use of non-GAAP measures, investors should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses similar to the adjustments presented below. Our presentation of non-GAAP measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by expenses that are unusual, non-routine or non-recurring. A non-GAAP measure has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for net income, (loss), operating income, (loss), earnings per diluted share, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with and reported under GAAP or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as a measure of our liquidity.

Non-GAAP financial measures, when viewed in a reconciliation to respective GAAP financial measures, provide an additional way of viewing the Company's results of operations and the factors and trends affecting the Company's business. Non-GAAP financial measures should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, the respective financial results presented in accordance with GAAP.

20182021 Review

2018 ended with the completion of our multi-year strategy to teach-out our legacy career schools and focus on our University Group operations. Some key highlights forDuring the year included: incremental investments in student-serving initiativesended December 31, 2021 (“current year”), we prioritized resources for academic operations and innovative technology increased momentum within key operating metrics,enhancements and improvements in operating incomeadjusted our processes to support and University Group revenue. Weeducate our students as effectively as possible as they continued to focus on our objective of sustainable and responsible growth while also making appropriate long term investments in both of our universities.

While student enrollments at AIU were impacted by timing relatedadapt to the challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our financial results include the DigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions commencing on the respective dates of acquisition in the current year, and the Trident acquisition commencing on the March 2, 2020 date of acquisition. The DigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions completed during the current year expand the professional development and continuing education offerings at our academic calendar redesign,institutions.

We believe the prolonged pandemic and its resulting social distancing practices and safety measures, as well as the macro-economic and governmental response, has impacted overall student engagement, particularly during the latter half of 2021. During the year we continuedexperienced some students pause their academic programs or decide not to see positive enrollment trends for both CTU and AIU.begin classes. Additionally, leveraging data analytics, we made adjustments to our marketing strategies beginning in the third quarter of 2021. We believe these trends were primarily driven bychanges will help further improve our ability, in the incremental investmentslong term, to identify prospective students who are more likely to succeed at one of our universities, however we have made in student-serving processes and initiatives as well as improvements in operating efficiencies. Our investments have also been supported by increased levels of prospective student interest across the industry.

Newbelieve these changes negatively impacted total student enrollments within CTU increased 6.7% for the yearas of December 31, 2021.

As a result of these factors, total student enrollments decreased 5.4% at December 31, 2021 as compared to the prior year, contributing toDecember 31, 2020, with CTU increasing by 0.4% and AIUS decreasing by 13.3%. The increase in total student enrollments growth of 2.3% for the year. We believe this growth is attributableCTU was due to the investments in our student-serving processes and initiatives which contributed to increases in productivity at our admissions and advising centers in Arizona and Illinois, prospective student interest in our programs and our effectiveness in serving these students, growth in corporate partnerships, introduction of new programs over the last two years and a customized student onboarding and outreach process for master’s and doctoral programs.

Supporting the drivers of growth are ongoing operational enhancements that we believe will improve student experiences, promote learning and lead to improved student retention and academic outcomes. Our teams are engaged in improving and enhancing

44


student experiences throughout their program of study. CTU has continued to increase its focus on training and development while streamlining its admissions and advising structure to better serve our students.

Total student enrollments for AIU decreased by 6.3% for the year as compared to the prior year and new student enrollments decreased by 4.7% for the year. These decreases in new and total student enrollments were a result of the timing impact of the academic calendar redesign. In early 2021, we redesigned CTU’s academic calendar to strategically place breaks

37


between sessions and provide more opportunities for students to continue with their academic programs. We believe this redesign implementedmay improve student experiences and engagement. CTU’s academic calendar redesign, along with the previous academic calendar redesign at AIU, which impacts quarterlymay impact the comparability of revenue-earning days and annual comparability across periods. Enrollment trendsenrollment results in any given quarter. The decrease in total student enrollments for AIUS at AIU have been positivelyDecember 31, 2021 as compared to December 31, 2020 was impacted by severalthe factors during the year, including the investments in student-serving processes and initiatives, improved tenure and execution of our operational teams, and strong prospective student interest across the industry.

Optimization of AIU’s graduate team model has resulted in improvements within the student onboarding and orientation process. Our graduate team model is a cross-functional team consisting of staff members from admissions, advising and financial aid. Our graduate teams have incrementally enhanced their outreach and engagement efforts based on learnings from past sessions. Graduate teams have shared accountability for serving students and are focused on improving student experiences before they start school, providing a differentiated onboarding and orientation process based on a student’s degree, program and prior academic qualifications, facilitating completion of the financial aid process and continuing to provide support as students work towards graduating in their field of study.mentioned above. Additionally, we believe optimizationchanges in the Army education administration portal and related technical challenges as well as a reduced number of course sequencingin-person recruiting events negatively impacted enrollments of military-affiliated students at Trident.

We believe investments in technology continued to positively impact student experiences and redesign of course content has promoted better student learning during 2021. We continued to invest in machine learning and engagement. There is significant focus on step by step learning versus assignment completiondata analytics across the academics and classroom navigation is simplified, with contentadvising functions and related study materials easily accessible through a hyperlink.

Technology continueswe began implementing enhancements to our student technology infrastructure during the year. The enhancements to our student technology infrastructure are anticipated to be completed over a key focusmulti-year period and important competitive advantageinclude several upgrades to our mobile platform and virtual campus. We believe that continuing to refine these internet-based student platforms will further enhance the student experience, especially for our non-traditional adult learners, while driving efficiencies within the universitiesbusiness.

We believe that the lingering impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on student engagement as well as the changes in our marketing strategies discussed above will negatively impact total student enrollments in 2022. Typically, changes in total student enrollments have a lag impact on revenue, and, as a result, we expect revenue and operating income for 2022 to be lower as compared to 2021, excluding any positive impacts from acquisitions or the investments we have made have enabled and supported student-servingacademic calendar redesign. We will continue our efforts to adjust our operating processes and initiatives within both CTUexpenses to align with overall revenue and AIU. Duringenrollment trends, although we do not expect these adjustments to fully offset the year, we continued to roll out additional courses under our intellipath personalized learning format which we believe has increased faculty engagement and student participation. Additionally, we implemented a student engagement and retention analytics tool at CTU and advisors are now better able to proactively reach out to the right student at the right time reinforcing positive behaviors while also being proactive with the most relevant intervention and support. During the fourth quarter we implemented a new student contact center technology that is significantly more efficient and effective in serving prospective students and providing them with a customized experience as they explore our program offerings and courses and evaluate our universities as their choice for education. Lastly, we continued to enhance our overall mobile application capabilities and implemented new features, including two-way messaging between students and faculty. Usage of this feature continues to grow as a communication and engagement channel for students.  expected revenue decline.

Financial Highlights

Revenue from continuing operations in 2018 decreased $15.1for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by 0.8% or $5.7 million or 2.5% as compared to the prior year, drivenreflecting increases in revenue at both CTU and AIUS. The revenue increase for CTU was primarily due to the Hippo acquisition in September 2021. AIUS’ revenue for the current year was benefitted by reduced revenues within our teach-out campusesthe DigitalCrafts acquisition in August 2021 as they continued to wind down their operations. Excluding our teach-out campuses,well as twelve months of revenue increased by $11.1 million or 2.0%for Trident as compared to ten months in the prior year. We reported operatingOperating income of $71.3for the current year increased to $149.0 million as compared to operating income of $34.1$142.9 million for the prior year, an improvement of 108.9%. This improvementyear. The increase in operating income was driven by reducedprimarily due to decreased operating losses at our teach-out campuses. Lastly, we reported cash provided by operationsexpense associated with advertising and marketing, occupancy, bad debt and admissions for the current year of $57.0 million as compared to cash used in operations of $21.8 million in the prior year. The prior year cash usage included a payment of $32.0 million for legal settlements as compared to $17.1 million in the current year.

For our University Group, revenue during 2018 increased $11.1 million or 2.0% as compared to the prior year. Revenue within our CTU segmentThese benefits more than offset increased $4.4 million or 1.2% driven by an increase in new and total student enrollments while AIU’s revenue increased by $6.7 million or 3.4%. Operating income for the University Group increased $2.2 million or 1.9%, with CTU’s increase of $2.4 million or 2.2% being partially offset with an operating loss of $0.2 million or 2.7% within AIU. AIU’s decrease was primarily a result of severance charges recorded during the current year as a result of restructuring actions as well as investments within student-serving processes and initiatives. The severance charges during the year were recorded as a result of process reengineering within our University Group, primarily within non-student serving operations. As an educational institution, we regularly evaluate and analyze wayslegal fee expense relating to improve operations and redistribute resources to serve our students in the most efficient manner. A substantial portion of these operating efficiencies have been committed for reinvestments in our student-serving operations.

Within our All Other Campuses segment, operating loss of $31.9 million improved 48.0% comparedloan forgiveness applications submitted to the prior year as we continued to eliminate costs as campuses completed their teach-outs. We had seven campuses remaining at the beginning of the yearDepartment by former students and our last two campuses completed their teach-out in December 2018. We expect reduced expenses going forward related to legal fees for legacy legal matters and occupancy-related costs for certain of these campuses through 2021. During the year we recorded significant legal settlements of $14.6 million as compared to $6.5 million in the prior year. These legal settlements were a result of resolving legacy legal matters related to our teach-out campuses.acquisition efforts.

The Company believes it is useful to present non-GAAP financial measures, which exclude certain significant and non-cash items, as a means to understand the performance of its operations. (See tables below for a GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliation.) Adjusted operating income for the total company was $105.2$175.5 million for the current year as compared to $66.8$159.0 million in the prior yearyear. The improvement was primarily due to the decrease in advertising and marketing, occupancy, bad debt and admissions expense as compared to the prior year.

During 2021, we began adjusting operating income and earnings per diluted share for legal fee expense associated with (i) responses to the improvement primarily driven by reductions inDepartment relating to borrower defense to repayment applications from former students, and (ii) acquisition efforts, as we believe that these expenses are not reflective of underlying operating lossesperformance. Additionally, we no longer adjust for expenses related to vacated facilities at our teach-out campuses.closed campuses as these expenses are expected to be immaterial. The prior period amounts were recast for these items to maintain comparability to 2021 non-GAAP measures.

Adjusted operating income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 is presented below (dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted):

4538


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACTUAL

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

Adjusted Operating Income (Loss)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

University Group and Corporate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (1) (2)

 

$

103,201

 

 

$

95,536

 

 

Depreciation and amortization (2)

 

 

9,261

 

 

 

10,326

 

 

Unused space charges (2) (3)

 

 

1,053

 

 

 

(7

)

 

Severance and related costs, net of cancellations (2) (4)

 

 

1,455

 

 

 

-

 

 

Adjusted Operating Income--

University Group and Corporate

 

$

114,970

 

 

$

105,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Other Campuses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss (1) (5)

 

$

(31,903

)

 

$

(61,400

)

 

Depreciation and amortization (5)

 

 

133

 

 

 

3,664

 

 

Unused space charges (3) (5)

 

 

7,363

 

 

 

12,174

 

 

Significant legal settlements (5)

 

 

14,595

 

 

 

6,543

 

 

Adjusted Operating Loss --

All Other Campuses

 

$

(9,812

)

 

$

(39,019

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

$

71,298

 

 

$

34,136

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

9,394

 

 

 

13,990

 

 

Unused space charges (3)

 

 

8,416

 

 

 

12,167

 

 

Severance and related costs, net of cancellations (4)

 

 

1,455

 

 

 

-

 

 

Significant legal settlements

 

 

14,595

 

 

 

6,543

 

 

Adjusted Operating Income--

Total Company

 

$

105,158

 

 

$

66,836

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

Adjusted Operating Income

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Operating income

 

$

149,016

 

 

$

142,934

 

 

Depreciation and amortization (1)

 

 

16,766

 

 

 

14,786

 

 

Legal fee expense related to certain matters (2)

 

 

9,735

 

 

 

1,296

 

 

Adjusted Operating Income (3)

 

$

175,517

 

 

$

159,016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Reported Earnings Per Diluted Share

 

$

1.55

 

 

$

1.74

 

 

Pre-tax adjustments included in operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization for acquired intangible assets (1)

 

 

0.06

 

 

 

0.04

 

 

Legal fee expense related to certain matters (2)

 

 

0.14

 

 

 

0.02

 

 

Total pre-tax adjustments

 

 

0.20

 

 

 

0.06

 

 

Tax effect of adjustments (4)

 

 

(0.05

)

 

 

(0.02

)

 

Release of valuation allowance (5)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.22

)

 

Total adjustments after tax

 

 

0.15

 

 

 

(0.18

)

 

Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share (3)

 

$

1.70

 

 

$

1.56

 

 

___________________________

(1)     Operating income for the University Group and Corporate and operating loss for All Other Campuses make up the components of operating income. A reconciliation of these components for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 is presented below:

 

 

For the Year Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Operating income for University Group and Corporate

 

$

103,201

 

 

$

95,536

 

Operating loss for All Other Campuses

 

 

(31,903

)

 

 

(61,400

)

Operating income

 

$

71,298

 

 

$

34,136

 

(2)     Amounts relate to the University Group and Corporate.

(3)     Unused space charges include initial charges representing the net present value of remaining lease obligations for vacated space less an estimated amount for sublease income. These charges relate to exiting leased space and therefore are not considered representative of ongoing operations. Subsequently, as early lease terminations or subleases occur, or as assumptions are otherwise adjusted, these unused space charges are increased or decreased. These subsequent adjustments are also included in the amounts presented.

(4)(1)

Severance Amortization for acquired intangible assets relate to definite-lived intangible assets associated with the Trident, DigitalCrafts and related costs, net of cancellations, include charges related to significant restructuring actions. These restructuring charges do not regularly occur and are not considered part of ongoing operating results.      Hippo acquisitions.

(5)(2)

Amounts relate Legal fee expense associated with (i) responses to All Other Campuses.

We have focused on building a strong balance sheet, while prudently investing in organic growth projects. As we further build our cash balances, we will also evaluate inorganic strategies, including the acquisition of quality educational institutions and programs, while emphasizing organic student-serving investments at our universities and maintaining adequate liquidity.

2018 completed a multi-year transformation of our organization as we resolved several legacy legal matters as well as responsibly completed our teach-out obligations to our students. We enter 2019 with strong momentum in our key operating metrics

46


and with a clear vision and strategy to serve and educate our students and provide them with the necessary support and tools as they work towards graduation. Our balance sheet will grow stronger, and will allow us to execute against our strategy to drive sustainable and responsible growth by making appropriate long-term investments in our universities.

2019 Outlook  

We currently expect the following results, subject to the key assumptions identified below (see the GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliation for adjusted operating income and adjusted earnings per diluted share below):

Financial Outlook:

Full year 2019 - total company:

o

Operating income in the range of $102.0 millionDepartment relating to $107.0 millionborrower defense to repayment applications from former students, and (ii) acquisition efforts.

(3)

o

AdjustedThe Company began adjusting for legal fee expense associated with (i) responses to the Department relating to borrower defense to repayment applications from former students, and (ii) acquisition efforts, during the second quarter of 2021. The Company believes that these expenses are not reflective of underlying operating income inperformance. Also, the range of $114.0 millionCompany no longer adjusts for expenses related to $119.0 millionthe vacated facilities at closed campuses as these expenses are expected to be immaterial. Prior period amounts were recast for these items to maintain comparability.

(4)

o

Earnings per diluted share in The tax effect of adjustments was calculated by multiplying the rangepre-tax adjustments with a tax rate of $1.0825%. This tax rate is intended to $1.12reflect federal and state taxable jurisdictions as well as the nature of the adjustments. There is no tax effect applied to the adjustment related to the release of the valuation allowance as this is an adjustment for income tax.

(5)

o

Adjusted earnings per diluted share The release of a valuation allowance in the rangeamount of $1.11 to $1.15

First quarter 2019 - total company:

o

Operating income in$16.0 million was a result of the rangedetermination during the period that it was more likely than not that the Company would utilize its deferred tax assets associated with the portion of $27.5 million to $29.0 million

o

Adjusted operating income in the range of $30.5 million to $32.0 million

o

Earnings per diluted share in the range of $0.29 to $0.31

o

Adjusted earnings per diluted share in the range of $0.30 to $0.32foreign tax credit carryforward supported by an overall domestic loss account balance.

University Group Enrollment Outlook:COVID-19 Pandemic

CTU

o

New student enrollments for the full year 2019 are expected to grow as compared to the prior year.

AIU

o

AIU’s new student enrollments are expected to experience significant growth in the first quarter of 2019 primarily driven by the academic calendar redesign, which will more than offset the decline in new student enrollments during the fourth quarter of 2018 and also contribute to new enrollment growth for the full year 2019.

 

 

OUTLOOK

 

 

ACTUAL

 

 

OUTLOOK

 

 

ACTUAL

 

 

 

For the Quarter Ending March 31,

 

 

For the Year Ending December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Total Company:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

$27.5M - $29M

 

 

$20.5M

 

 

$102M - $107M

 

 

$71.3M

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

~2.5

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

~9.0

 

 

 

9.4

 

Unused space charges (1)

 

~0.5

 

 

 

(0.7

)

 

~3.0

 

 

 

8.4

 

Severance and related costs, net of cancellations (2)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1.5

 

Significant legal settlements

 

 

-

 

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

14.6

 

Adjusted Operating Income - Total Company

 

$30.5M - $32M

 

 

$25.9M

 

 

$114M - $119M

 

 

$105.2M

 

47


 

 

OUTLOOK

 

 

ACTUAL

 

 

OUTLOOK

 

 

ACTUAL

 

 

 

For the Quarter Ending March 31,

 

 

For the Year Ending December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Total Company:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       Earnings Per Diluted Share

 

$0.29 - $0.31

 

 

$

0.25

 

 

$1.08 - $1.12

 

 

$

0.77

 

NON-GAAP DILUTED EPS ADJUSTMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unused space charges (1)

 

~0.01

 

 

 

(0.01

)

 

~0.03

 

 

 

0.09

 

Severance and related costs, net of cancellations (2)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.02

 

Significant legal settlements

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.04

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.17

 

Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share

 

$0.30 - $0.32

 

 

$

0.28

 

 

$1.11 - $1.15

 

 

$

1.05

 

___________

(1)

Unused space charges include initial charges representing the net present value of remaining lease obligations for vacated space less an estimated amount for sublease income. These charges relate to exited leased space and therefore are not considered representative of ongoing operations. Subsequently, as early lease terminations or subleases occur, or as assumptions are otherwise adjusted, these unused space charges are increased or decreased. These subsequent adjustments are also included in the amounts presented.

(2)

Severance and related costs, net of cancellations, include charges related to significant restructuring actions. These restructuring charges do not regularly occur and are not considered part of ongoing operating results.

Forward looking adjusted operating income and adjusted earnings per diluted shareSince the outbreak of COVID-19 in March of 2020 we have made several changes to our business operations in response to the global pandemic. While our universities are presentedprimarily online, we have a small portion of our students at campus locations. Early in the reconciliationpandemic, we transitioned these students to our online platform, and during the latter half of GAAP2021 we began to non-GAAP itemsgradually re-open our ground-based campuses for campus activities and classes. Similarly, during the first year of the pandemic, we transitioned our workforce to a remote work environment, and during 2021 our employees largely remained remote with certain functions beginning the transition to a hybrid work model. We continue to provide our employees with support and resources during this critical time so that they have the tools and information they need to continue supporting our students. Both our students and our workforce are well supported by our scalable and innovative technology infrastructure which enabled us to make these changes with minimal disruptions to our business operations.

While we have not experienced any material disruptions to our business operations as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic to date, we experienced some impacts to student enrollments during 2021 and expect those impacts to continue into 2022 as discussed above. Operating income, which isOur strong balance sheet and technology infrastructure provide us with the most directly comparable GAAP measureability to adjusted operating income, may not follow the same trends statedadapt our operations in the outlook above becauseresponse to fluctuations in enrollment trends. We continue to monitor for future impacts of adjustments madea potential worsening of global economic conditions on our university operations and for certain significant and non-cash items such as unused space charges that represent the present value of future remaining lease obligations for vacated space less an estimated amount for sublease income and subsequent adjustments as well as depreciation, amortization, asset impairment charges, significant restructuring charges and significant legal settlements. The operating income, adjusted operating income, earnings per share, adjusted earnings per share and enrollment outlook provided above for 2019 are based on the following key assumptions and factors, among others: (i)changes in prospective student interest or student engagement levels as a result of changes in social distancing requirements and the Company’s programs continuesU.S. economy.

39


Title IV Programs

A significant majority of our students rely on Title IV Programs to trendfinance their education and therefore a significant proportion of our cash receipts come from Title IV Programs. As discussed throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our participation in lineTitle IV Programs subjects us to extensive regulation. Significant resources and management time are devoted to monitoring compliance with recent experiences, (ii) initiativesthis complex regulatory framework. The scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector and investments in student-serving operationsthe current Presidential and Department administrations, including Congress, could lead to significant regulatory changes. Regulatory change is also likely to continue to positively impact enrollment trends withinbe considered by the University Group, (iii) no material changes in the current legal or regulatory environment,states and excludes legalother governmental and regulatory liabilitiesagencies.

As discussed in Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation - Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives,” the Department is undertaking significant rulemaking initiatives. Some of these initiatives are focused on the participation of for-profit postsecondary education institutions in Title IV Programs. We will continue to closely monitor potential regulatory changes while we endeavor to manage our business in a way that enhances our ability to comply with any future regulatory changes. However, depending on the nature of any future regulatory changes, we may be required to alter the manner in which we conduct our business, perhaps significantly, in order to preserve our students’ ability to benefit from financial assistance for their education pursuant to Title IV Programs. Necessary business changes could include voluntarily reducing enrollments in programs eligible for Title IV Program financial assistance and eliminating certain educational programs, among other related impacts which are not probablethings. Changes we make to our business to comply with regulatory changes may reduce our student enrollments, revenue and estimable at this time,profitability and anyregulatory changes may impact of newour ability to maintain or proposed regulations, includinggrow our business. Please see Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the “borrower defense to repayment”Highly Regulated Field in Which we Operate,” for more information about the risks and gainful employment regulations and any modifications thereto, (iv) no significant impact from ongoing legal or regulatory matters, including legal fees associated therewith, (v) no material changes in the estimated amount of compensation expense that could be impacted by changes in the Company’s stock price or the Company’s assessment of the probable outcome of performance conditionsuncertainties relating to performance-based compensation,our highly regulated industry and (vi) earnings per diluted share outlook assumes an effective income tax rate of 21.5% for the quarter and 24.5% for the year. Although these estimates and assumptions are based upon management’s good faith beliefs regarding current and future circumstances and actions that may be undertaken, actual results could differ materially from these estimates. In addition, decisions we may make in the future as we continue to evaluate diverse strategies to enhance shareholder value may impact the outlook provided above.potential regulatory changes.

48


CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The summary of selected financial data table below should be referenced in connection with a review of the following discussion of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021 and 20162020 (dollars in thousands):, including comparisons of our year-over-year performance between these years. Please refer to Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 for a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2019, as well as the year-over-year comparison of our 2020 financial performance to 2019.

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

% of

Total

Revenue

 

 

2017

 

 

% of

Total

Revenue

 

 

2016

 

 

% of

Total

Revenue

 

 

2021

 

 

% of

Total

Revenue

 

 

2020

 

 

% of

Total

Revenue

 

 

2019

 

 

% of

Total

Revenue

 

TOTAL REVENUE

 

$

581,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

596,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

704,392

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

693,034

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

687,314

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

627,704

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Educational services and facilities (1)

 

 

109,897

 

 

 

18.9

%

 

 

143,344

 

 

 

24.0

%

 

 

235,100

 

 

 

33.4

%

 

 

108,743

 

 

 

15.7

%

 

 

111,768

 

 

 

16.3

%

 

 

101,944

 

 

 

16.2

%

General and administrative (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising

 

 

126,449

 

 

 

21.8

%

 

 

136,111

 

 

 

22.8

%

 

 

154,949

 

 

 

22.0

%

Advertising and marketing

 

 

137,228

 

 

 

19.8

%

 

 

143,282

 

 

 

20.8

%

 

 

130,929

 

 

 

20.9

%

Admissions

 

 

92,922

 

 

 

16.0

%

 

 

86,377

 

 

 

14.5

%

 

 

84,397

 

 

 

12.0

%

 

 

96,403

 

 

 

13.9

%

 

 

99,035

 

 

 

14.4

%

 

 

92,883

 

 

 

14.8

%

Administrative

 

 

139,294

 

 

 

24.0

%

 

 

154,906

 

 

 

26.0

%

 

 

206,330

 

 

 

29.3

%

 

 

140,529

 

 

 

20.3

%

 

 

127,336

 

 

 

18.5

%

 

 

162,871

 

 

 

25.9

%

Bad debt

 

 

32,042

 

 

 

5.5

%

 

 

27,571

 

 

 

4.6

%

 

 

32,049

 

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

44,349

 

 

 

6.4

%

 

 

47,561

 

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

43,470

 

 

 

6.9

%

Total general and administrative expense

 

 

390,707

 

 

 

67.2

%

 

 

404,965

 

 

 

67.9

%

 

 

477,725

 

 

 

67.8

%

 

 

418,509

 

 

 

60.4

%

 

 

417,214

 

 

 

60.7

%

 

 

430,153

 

 

 

68.5

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

9,394

 

 

 

1.6

%

 

 

13,990

 

 

 

2.3

%

 

 

22,747

 

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

16,766

 

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

14,786

 

 

 

2.2

%

 

 

9,145

 

 

 

1.5

%

Asset impairment

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

1,164

 

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

612

 

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.0

%

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

 

 

71,298

 

 

 

12.3

%

 

 

34,136

 

 

 

5.7

%

 

 

(32,344

)

 

 

-4.6

%

PRETAX INCOME (LOSS)

 

 

74,352

 

 

 

12.8

%

 

 

36,250

 

 

 

6.1

%

 

 

(31,366

)

 

 

-4.5

%

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME

TAXES

 

 

18,561

 

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

67,125

 

 

 

11.3

%

 

 

(16,550

)

 

 

-2.3

%

OPERATING INCOME

 

 

149,016

 

 

 

21.5

%

 

 

142,934

 

 

 

20.8

%

 

 

86,462

 

 

 

13.8

%

PRETAX INCOME

 

 

149,084

 

 

 

21.5

%

 

 

146,830

 

 

 

21.4

%

 

 

93,022

 

 

 

14.8

%

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

39,430

 

 

 

5.7

%

 

 

22,476

 

 

 

3.3

%

 

 

22,428

 

 

 

3.6

%

Effective tax rate

 

 

25.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

185.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

-52.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

26.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.1

%

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

 

55,791

 

 

 

9.6

%

 

 

(30,875

)

 

 

-5.2

%

 

 

(14,816

)

 

 

-2.1

%

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

 

109,654

 

 

 

15.8

%

 

 

124,354

 

 

 

18.1

%

 

 

70,594

 

 

 

11.2

%

LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED

OPERATIONS, net of tax

 

 

(610

)

 

 

-0.1

%

 

 

(1,022

)

 

 

-0.2

%

 

 

(3,896

)

 

 

-0.6

%

 

 

(17

)

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

(90

)

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

(612

)

 

 

-0.1

%

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

$

55,181

 

 

 

9.5

%

 

$

(31,897

)

 

 

-5.3

%

 

$

(18,712

)

 

 

-2.7

%

NET INCOME

 

$

109,637

 

 

 

15.8

%

 

$

124,264

 

 

 

18.1

%

 

$

69,982

 

 

 

11.1

%

_______________

(1)

Educational services and facilities expense includes costs directly attributable to the educational activities of our institutions,universities, including: salaries and benefits of faculty, academic administrators and student support personnel, and costs of educational supplies and facilities, such as rents on campus leases,leased facilities and certain costs of establishing and maintaining computer laboratories and owned and leased facility costs.laboratories. Also included in educational services and facilities expense are rents on leased administrative facilities, such as our corporate

40


headquarters, and costs of other goods and services provided by our campuses, including costs of textbooks and laptop computers.

(2)

General and administrative expense includes operating expenses associated with, including salaries and benefits of personnel in, corporate and campus administration, marketing, admissions, information technology, financial aid, accounting, human resources, legal and compliance. Other expenses within this expense category include costs of advertising and production of marketing materials occupancy of the corporate offices and bad debt expense.

Year Ended December 31, 20182021 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 20172020

Revenue

CurrentRevenue for the year revenue decreased 2.5%ended December 31, 2021 (“current year”) increased 0.8% or $15.1$5.7 million, driven by declining revenues as we completedgrowth in revenue within both CTU and AIUS. The current year increase was benefitted by the teach-outDigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions, and also benefitted from twelve months of our All Other Campuses segment during 2018. Revenue for our University Group increased approximately 2.0% or $11.1 million driven by various operating initiatives that contributedresults related to the increase of 2.0% in new student enrollments for the University Group. The increase in new student enrollments is primarily driven by investmentsTrident acquisition as compared to only ten months in the admissions and advising centers in Arizona and Illinois.prior year.

Educational Services and Facilities Expense (dollars in thousands)

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

% of Total

Revenue

 

 

2017

 

 

% of Total

Revenue

 

 

2016

 

 

% of Total

Revenue

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2021 vs 2020 % Change

 

 

2020 vs 2019 % Change

 

Educational services and facilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Academics & student related

 

$

84,114

 

 

 

14.5

%

 

$

95,818

 

 

 

16.1

%

 

$

132,625

 

 

 

18.8

%

 

$

91,426

 

 

$

90,659

 

 

$

78,545

 

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

15.4

%

Occupancy

 

 

25,783

 

 

 

4.4

%

 

 

47,526

 

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

102,475

 

 

 

14.5

%

 

 

17,317

 

 

 

21,109

 

 

 

23,399

 

 

 

-18.0

%

 

 

-9.8

%

Total educational services and facilities

 

$

109,897

 

 

 

18.9

%

 

$

143,344

 

 

 

24.0

%

 

$

235,100

 

 

 

33.4

%

 

$

108,743

 

 

$

111,768

 

 

$

101,944

 

 

 

-2.7

%

 

 

9.6

%

49


 

The decrease in educational services and facilities expense for the current year decreased by 2.7% or $3.0 million as compared to the prior year. Academics and student related expense increased by 0.8% or $0.8 million for the current year as compared to the prior year, was primarily driven by a 45.7% or $21.7 million decrease within occupancy expense as a result of the exit or subleases of facilities as campuses in the All Other Campuses segment completed their teach-out. As campuses ceased operations, a charge was recorded at the cease use date which represents the net present value of all future remaining lease obligations offset with any estimated sublease income.DigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions. Occupancy expenses withinfor the All Other Campuses segment decreasedcurrent year improved by $22.918.0% or $3.8 million as compared to the prior year, offset with an increase of $1.2 million within the University Group related to facility costs to support the investments in our admissions and advising functions. The current year also benefitted from lower academics and student related costs within our teach-out campuses as a result of the campus closures, partially offset with increases within the University Group to support the Company’s investments in student-serving processes and initiatives.driven by non-recurring real estate tax credits.  

General and Administrative Expense (dollars in thousands)

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

% of Total

Revenue

 

 

2017

 

 

% of Total

Revenue

 

 

2016

 

 

% of Total

Revenue

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2021 vs 2020 % Change

 

 

2020 vs 2019 % Change

 

General and administrative:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising

 

$

126,449

 

 

 

21.8

%

 

$

136,111

 

 

 

22.8

%

 

$

154,949

 

 

 

22.0

%

Advertising and marketing

 

$

137,228

 

 

$

143,282

 

 

$

130,929

 

 

 

-4.2

%

 

 

9.4

%

Admissions

 

 

92,922

 

 

 

16.0

%

 

 

86,377

 

 

 

14.5

%

 

 

84,397

 

 

 

12.0

%

 

 

96,403

 

 

 

99,035

 

 

 

92,883

 

 

 

-2.7

%

 

 

6.6

%

Administrative

 

 

139,294

 

 

 

24.0

%

 

 

154,906

 

 

 

26.0

%

 

 

206,330

 

 

 

29.3

%

 

 

140,529

 

 

 

127,336

 

 

 

162,871

 

 

 

10.4

%

 

 

-21.8

%

Bad Debt

 

 

32,042

 

 

 

5.5

%

 

 

27,571

 

 

 

4.6

%

 

 

32,049

 

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

44,349

 

 

 

47,561

 

 

 

43,470

 

 

 

-6.8

%

 

 

9.4

%

Total general and administrative expense

 

$

390,707

 

 

 

67.2

%

 

$

404,965

 

 

 

67.9

%

 

$

477,725

 

 

 

67.8

%

 

$

418,509

 

 

$

417,214

 

 

$

430,153

 

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

-3.0

%

 

GeneralThe general and administrative expenses have decreasedexpense for the current year increased by 0.3% or $1.3 million as compared to the prior yearyear. This increase was primarily driven by increased administrative expense, which was partially offset by decreases in advertising and marketing, admissions and bad debt expenses. Administrative expense increased by 10.4% or $13.2 million primarily due to decreasesincreased legal fees within administrativeCorporate and Other related to the borrower defense to repayment applications from former students and acquisition efforts as well as expense for the DigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions completed in the current year.

The advertising expenses. Administrativeand marketing expense for the current year decreased by 10.1%4.2% or $15.6$6.1 million as compared to the prior year, primarily due to decreased administrative expenses within our All Other Campuses segment as they wound down operations through December 2018. This decrease more than offset the increase of $8.1 million of significant legal settlements within the All Other Campuses segment. Advertising expense for the current year decreased by 7.1% or $9.7 million primarily as a result of efficiencies developed within certainimproved marketing channels that optimized our processes related to receivingidentifying prospective student inquiries. The increase ininterest within both CTU and AIUS. Admissions expense decreased by 2.7% or $2.6 million as compared to the prior year, due to lower admissions expense within both CTU and AIUS as admissions costs result of 7.6% or $6.5 million was primarily related to increased salary and related expenses to enhance student onboarding and investments in the improved marketing processes mentioned above which also benefit admissions and advising centers in Arizona and Illinois.expense.

Bad debt expense incurred by each of our segments during the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 was as follows (dollars in thousands):

41


 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

As a % of

Segment

Revenue

 

 

2017

 

 

As a % of

Segment

Revenue

 

 

2016

 

 

As a % of

Segment

Revenue

 

 

2021

 

 

% of Segment Revenue

 

 

2020

 

 

% of Segment Revenue

 

 

2019

 

 

% of Segment Revenue

 

 

2021 vs 2020 % Change

 

 

2020 vs 2019 % Change

 

Bad debt expense by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

$

19,783

 

 

 

5.3

%

 

$

19,728

 

 

 

5.3

%

 

$

22,233

 

 

 

6.0

%

 

$

20,150

 

 

 

4.9

%

 

$

23,292

 

 

 

5.7

%

 

$

23,081

 

 

 

5.9

%

 

 

-13.5

%

 

 

0.9

%

AIU

 

 

12,039

 

 

 

5.9

%

 

 

8,267

 

 

 

4.2

%

 

 

7,705

 

 

 

4.0

%

Total University Group

 

 

31,822

 

 

 

5.5

%

 

 

27,995

 

 

 

4.9

%

 

 

29,938

 

 

 

5.3

%

AIUS

 

 

24,249

 

 

 

8.6

%

 

 

24,345

 

 

 

8.7

%

 

 

20,405

 

 

 

8.7

%

 

 

-0.4

%

 

 

19.3

%

Corporate and Other

 

 

902

 

 

NM

 

 

 

(415

)

 

NM

 

 

 

(422

)

 

NM

 

 

 

(50

)

 

NM

 

 

 

(76

)

 

NM

 

 

 

(16

)

 

NM

 

 

NM

 

 

NM

 

Subtotal

 

 

32,724

 

 

 

5.6

%

 

 

27,580

 

 

 

4.8

%

 

 

29,516

 

 

 

5.2

%

All Other Campuses

 

 

(682

)

 

 

-112.5

%

 

 

(9

)

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

2,533

 

 

 

1.8

%

Total bad debt expense

 

$

32,042

 

 

 

5.5

%

 

$

27,571

 

 

 

4.6

%

 

$

32,049

 

 

 

4.5

%

 

$

44,349

 

 

 

6.4

%

 

$

47,561

 

 

 

6.9

%

 

$

43,470

 

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

-6.8

%

 

 

9.4

%

 

Bad debt expense increaseddecreased by 16.2%6.8% or $4.5$3.2 million for the current year as compared to the prior year. Total bad debt expense as a percentage of revenue also improved for the current year primarily driven by an increase50 basis points as compared to the prior year. CTU’s bad debt expense improved by 13.5% or $3.1 million as compared to the prior year while AIUS’ bad debt expense remained relatively flat as compared to the prior year.

We continue to expect periodic fluctuations in bad debt expense. We regularly monitor our reserve rates, due towhich includes a quarterly update of our analysis of historical performance within AIU and an increase in accounts receivable write-offs within Corporate and Other. The current year included $1.4 million of write-offs as a result of a legal settlement agreement not to pursue collection of certain student balances including discontinued extended financing receivables within Corporate and Other as well as student receivable balances withincollectability based on the most recent data available and a review of current known factors which we believe could affect future collectability of our All Other Campuses segment. The Company continues tostudent receivables, such as the number of students that do not complete the financial aid process. Our student support teams have maintained their focus on implementation of improvement to processes related to collection efforts and completion of financial aid packages for students.documentation collection and are counseling students through the Title IV financial aid process so that they are better prepared to start school. We have also focused on emphasizing employer-paid and other direct-pay education programs such as corporate partnerships as students within these programs typically have lower bad debt expense associated with them.

Operating Income

Operating income for the current year improvedincreased by $37.24.3% or $6.1 million or 108.9% as compared to the prior year. The current year driven by improved revenue growth of $11.1 million within our University Group, reduced operating losses of $29.5 million within our teach-out

50


campuses partiallyimprovement was primarily due to decreased advertising and marketing, occupancy, bad debt and admissions expenses which more than offset with increased investmentsthe increases in student-serving processesacademics and initiativesstudent related and ongoing technology investments at our university segments. Improvements within operating losses from teach-out campuses were a result of fewer teach-out campuses as compared to prior year periods.administrative expenses.

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2018,2021, we recorded a tax provision of $18.6$39.4 million, which includes a $1.0$1.6 million unfavorable adjustment associated with the tax effect of stock-based compensation and a $0.5 million favorable adjustment related to federal and state credits claimed for the 2020 tax return and anticipated for the 2021 tax year. For the full year 2022, we expect our effective tax rate to be between 25.5% and 26.5%.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded a tax provision of $22.5 million, which includes a $16.0 million favorable adjustment related to the release of a valuation allowance maintained against the portion of the foreign tax credit carryforward supported by an overall domestic loss account balance and a $0.4 million favorable adjustment associated with the tax effect of stock compensation andstock-based compensation.

SEGMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The summary of segment financial information below should be referenced in connection with a $1.1 million unfavorable adjustment related toreview of the non-deductibilityfollowing discussion of expenses pursuant toour segment results from operations for the agreements with multiple attorneys general to resolve the multi-state inquiry. For the yearyears ended December 31, 2017, we recorded a tax provision2021 and 2020 (dollars in thousands), including comparisons of $67.1 million which includes a $52.7 million expense for revaluationour year-over-year performance between these years. Please refer to Part II Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of net deferred tax assetsFinancial Condition and net state unrecognized tax provisions as a resultResults of the December 2017 comprehensive tax legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”), a $1.1 million unfavorable adjustment associated with the adoption of ASU 2016-09 relating to stock based compensation and a $1.7 million net benefit associated with the result of an Illinois income tax audit. The effective tax rateOperation” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased2020 for a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2019, as well as the year-over-year comparison of our 2020 financial performance to 2019.

42


 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019 (4)

 

 

2021 vs 2020 % Change

 

 

2020 vs 2019 % Change

 

REVENUE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU (1)

 

$

408,549

 

 

$

405,507

 

 

$

392,263

 

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

3.4

%

AIUS (2)

 

 

283,360

 

 

 

281,361

 

 

 

235,374

 

 

 

0.7

%

 

 

19.5

%

Corporate and Other (3)

 

 

1,125

 

 

 

446

 

 

 

67

 

 

NM

 

 

NM

 

                         Total

 

$

693,034

 

 

$

687,314

 

 

$

627,704

 

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

9.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU (1)

 

$

148,481

 

 

$

138,490

 

 

$

108,602

 

 

 

7.2

%

 

 

27.5

%

AIUS (2)

 

 

39,130

 

 

 

30,822

 

 

 

16,413

 

 

 

27.0

%

 

 

87.8

%

Corporate and Other (3)

 

 

(38,595

)

 

 

(26,378

)

 

 

(38,553

)

 

 

-46.3

%

 

 

31.6

%

                         Total

 

$

149,016

 

 

$

142,934

 

 

$

86,462

 

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

65.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) MARGIN:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU (1)

 

 

36.3

%

 

 

34.2

%

 

 

27.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIUS (2)

 

 

13.8

%

 

 

11.0

%

 

 

7.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate and Other (3)

 

NM

 

 

NM

 

 

NM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                         Total

 

 

21.5

%

 

 

20.8

%

 

 

13.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

______________________

(1)

CTU’s results of operations include the Hippo acquisition commencing on the September 10, 2021 date of acquisition.

(2)

AIUS’ results of operations include the DigitalCrafts acquisition commencing on the August 2, 2021 date of acquisition and the Trident acquisition from the March 2, 2020 date of acquisition.

(3)

Results of operations for closed campuses are included within Corporate and Other. Revenue recorded within Corporate and Other relates to miscellaneous non-student related revenue.

(4)

An expense of $18.6 million and $11.4 million was recorded within CTU and AIUS, respectively, related to the FTC settlement during 2019. An expense of $7.1 million was recorded within Corporate and Other for our closed campuses related to the Oregon arbitration matter during 2019.

Total student enrollments represent all students who are active as of the last day of the reporting period. Active students are defined as those students who are considered in attendance by 145.3% as a resultparticipating in class related activities. Total student enrollments do not include learners participating in non-degree professional development and continuing education offerings.

In early 2021, we redesigned CTU’s academic calendar to strategically place breaks between sessions and provide more opportunities for students to continue with their academic programs. We believe this redesign may improve student experiences and engagement. CTU’s academic calendar redesign, along with the previous academic calendar redesign at AIU, may impact the comparability of TCJA. The lower corporate federal income tax rate enacted from the TCJA will not resultrevenue-earning days and enrollment results in a significant cash-savings impact dueany given quarter.

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2021 vs 2020 % Change

 

 

2020 vs 2019 % Change

 

TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENTS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

24,700

 

 

 

24,600

 

 

 

23,600

 

 

 

0.4

%

 

 

4.2

%

AIUS (1)

 

 

15,700

 

 

 

18,100

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

 

-13.3

%

 

 

39.2

%

Total University Group

 

 

40,400

 

 

 

42,700

 

 

 

36,600

 

 

 

-5.4

%

 

 

16.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_______________________

(1)    AIUS includes total student enrollments relating to the expected utilizationTrident acquisition as of our remaining net operating loss carryforward balances which will reduce future taxable income. See Note 13 “Income Taxes” for further information.

Loss from Discontinued Operations

The results of operations for campuses that were taught out or sold prior to 2015 are presented within discontinued operations. During 2018, we completed the teach-out of our seven remaining campuses in the All Other Campuses segment. These campuses do not meet the criteria to be reported as discontinued operationsDecember 31, 2021 and as such they continue to be reported as part of All Other Campuses within continuing operations. The current year loss from discontinued operations decreased by $0.4 million primarily related to lower occupancy costs as we continue to exit or sublease real estate associated with discontinued operations.2020.

Year Ended December 31, 20172021 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 20162020

Revenue

Revenue for 2017 decreased 15.3% or $108.0 million driven by an overall 4.9% decline in total student enrollments. Excluding All Other Campuses, which no longer enrolled new students as they taught out each campus, revenue for our ongoing operations increased approximately 1.3% or $7.2 million driven by an increase of 7.1% and 3.3% in new and total student enrollments, respectively, for the University Group. The increase in new and total student enrollments was primarily driven by improvements in student retention as well as investments in the admissions and advising centers in Arizona.  

Educational Services and Facilities Expense

The decrease in educational services and facilities expense for 2017 as compared to 2016 was primarily driven by a decrease within occupancy expense as a result of the exit or subleases of facilities as campuses completed their teach-out. As campuses ceased operations, a charge was recorded at the cease use date which represents the net present value of all future remaining lease obligations offset with any estimated sublease income. 2017 also benefitted from lower academics and student related costs within our teach-out campuses as a result of the campus closures, partially offset with increases within the University Group to support the growing total enrollments.

General and Administrative Expense

General and administrative expenses decreased for 2017 as compared to 2016 due to decreases within administrative, advertising and bad debt expenses. Administrative expense was lower for 2017 as compared to 2016 due to $32.0 million of legal settlements recorded in 2016 as compared to $6.5 million in 2017 as well as expense reductions associated with the teach-out of campuses. The lower advertising expense was driven by decreased expenses within our University Group related to efficiencies developed within certain marketing channels that optimized our processes related to receiving prospective student inquiries. Admissions costs increased slightly in salary and related expenses due to an increase in the University Group’s admissions expenses to enhance student onboarding and investments in new admissions and advising centers in Arizona partially offset with reductions related to our teach-out campuses.  

Bad debt expense decreased for 2017 as compared to 2016 driven by decreases related to our teach-out campuses as total student enrollments continued to decrease within those campuses as they wound-down their teach-out operations. Additionally, CTU’s decrease for 2017 as compared to 2016 was driven by improvements in collections as well as increased efforts to assist students with completing their funding packages at the beginning of their academic year. AIU continued to focus on implementation of improvement to processes related to collection efforts and completion of funding packages for students to address the trends driving the slight increase in bad debt expense for 2017.

51


Operating Income

The operating income reported for 2017 improved by $66.5 million or 205.5% as compared to 2016. Decreases within operating expenses, primarily due to the teach-out of campuses, initiatives to align expenses with the new organizational structure, changes in marketing strategies and implementation of efficiencies in our support functions instituted across the organization contributed to improvement in operating margins. Additionally, 2016 included legal settlement charges of $32.0 million as compared to $6.5 million in 2017.  

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded a tax provision of $67.1 million which included a $52.7 million expense for revaluation of net deferred tax assets and net state unrecognized tax positions as a result of the December 2017 TCJA, a $1.1 million unfavorable adjustment associated with the adoption of ASU 2016-09 and a $1.7 million net benefit associated with the result of an Illinois income tax audit. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by 145.3% as a result of the TCJA. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded a tax benefit of $16.6 million which included a $3.7 million benefit for a worthless stock deduction and a $2.1 million favorable tax adjustment related to the closure of a federal income tax audit.

Loss from Discontinued Operations

         The results of operations for campuses that have been taught out or sold prior to 2015 are presented within discontinued operations. During 2017, we completed the teach-out of 23 campuses. These campuses did not meet the criteria to be reported as discontinued operations and as such they continued to be reported as part of All Other Campuses within continuing operations. Loss from discontinued operations for 2017 decreased by $2.9 million primarily related to lower occupancy costs for leases that continued to exist for closed campuses.

SEGMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Management assesses results of operations for ongoing operations separately from the All Other Campuses segment. As a result, management’s long-term operational strategies and initiatives are primarily focused on the University Group. The following tables present segment results for the reported periods (dollars in thousands).

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2018 vs 2017

% Change

 

 

2017 vs 2016

% Change

 

REVENUE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

$

375,770

 

 

$

371,325

 

 

$

369,319

 

 

 

1.2

%

 

 

0.5

%

AIU

 

 

204,920

 

 

 

198,251

 

 

 

193,032

 

 

 

3.4

%

 

 

2.7

%

Total University Group

 

 

580,690

 

 

 

569,576

 

 

 

562,351

 

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

1.3

%

Corporate and Other

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

NM

 

 

NM

 

Subtotal

 

 

580,690

 

 

 

569,576

 

 

 

562,351

 

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

1.3

%

All Other Campuses

 

 

606

 

 

 

26,859

 

 

 

142,041

 

 

 

-97.7

%

 

 

-81.1

%

Total

 

$

581,296

 

 

$

596,435

 

 

$

704,392

 

 

 

-2.5

%

 

 

-15.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

$

111,623

 

 

$

109,202

 

 

$

99,412

 

 

 

2.2

%

 

 

9.8

%

AIU (1)

 

 

8,176

 

 

 

8,401

 

 

 

(29,598

)

 

 

-2.7

%

 

 

128.4

%

Total University Group

 

 

119,799

 

 

 

117,603

 

 

 

69,814

 

 

 

1.9

%

 

 

68.5

%

Corporate and Other

 

 

(16,598

)

 

 

(22,067

)

 

 

(25,097

)

 

 

24.8

%

 

 

12.1

%

Subtotal

 

 

103,201

 

 

 

95,536

 

 

 

44,717

 

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

113.6

%

All Other Campuses

 

 

(31,903

)

 

 

(61,400

)

 

 

(77,061

)

 

 

48.0

%

 

 

20.3

%

Total

 

$

71,298

 

 

$

34,136

 

 

$

(32,344

)

 

 

108.9

%

 

 

205.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) MARGIN:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

29.7

%

 

 

29.4

%

 

 

26.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AIU (1)

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

4.2

%

 

 

-15.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total University Group

 

 

20.6

%

 

 

20.6

%

 

 

12.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate and Other

 

NM

 

 

NM

 

 

NM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

17.8

%

 

 

16.8

%

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Other Campuses

 

 

-5264.5

%

 

 

-228.6

%

 

 

-54.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

12.3

%

 

 

5.7

%

 

 

-4.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

______________________

(1)

2016 includes legal settlements of $32.0 million.

52


 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2018 vs.

2017

 

 

2017 vs.

2016

 

TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENTS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

22,600

 

 

 

22,100

 

 

 

21,900

 

 

 

2.3

%

 

 

0.9

%

AIU

 

 

11,800

 

 

 

12,600

 

 

 

11,700

 

 

 

-6.3

%

 

 

7.7

%

Total University Group

 

 

34,400

 

 

 

34,700

 

 

 

33,600

 

 

 

-0.9

%

 

 

3.3

%

All Other Campuses

 

 

-

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

NM

 

 

NM

 

Total

 

 

34,400

 

 

 

34,800

 

 

 

36,600

 

 

 

-1.1

%

 

 

-4.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2018 vs.

2017

 

 

2017 vs.

2016

 

NEW STUDENT ENROLLMENTS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

23,600

 

 

 

22,110

 

 

 

20,770

 

 

 

6.7

%

 

 

6.5

%

AIU

 

 

15,050

 

 

 

15,790

 

 

 

14,350

 

 

 

-4.7

%

 

 

10.0

%

Total University Group

 

 

38,650

 

 

 

37,900

 

 

 

35,120

 

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

7.9

%

All Other Campuses (1)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,080

 

 

NM

 

 

NM

 

Total

 

 

38,650

 

 

 

37,900

 

 

 

36,200

 

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

4.7

%

(1)

All Other Campuses segment completed the process of teaching out all campuses during 2018.

Year Ended December 31, 2018 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2017

University Group. CTU. Current year revenue increased by $11.10.8% or $3.0 million or 2.0% drivenas compared to the prior year. The current year increase was benefited by average new andthe Hippo acquisition. CTU’s total student enrollments growth during 2018. We believe this growth was driven by various operating initiatives and investments which positively impacted operating efficiencies in student-serving functions including the admissions and advising centers in Arizona and Illinois, enhanced onboarding and orientation processes and investments in technology initiatives. Growth in corporate partnershipsincreased 0.4% at December 31, 2021 as well as the introduction of new programs at CTU also benefitted student enrollments. CTU’s revenue increased $4.4 million or 1.2% driven by a total student enrollments increase of 2.3%. AIU’s revenue increased $6.7 million or 3.4% while total student enrollments decreased 6.3% primarilycompared to December 31, 2020 due to the timing impact of the academic calendar redesign.  While the academic calendar redesign impacts student enrollments comparability year over year, this does not materially impact quarterly or annual revenue trends.

Current year operating income for CTU increased $2.4by 7.2% or $10.0 million or 2.2% as compared to the prior year. The increase in revenue as well as improved efficiencies in advertising costs drove operating margin to improve by 30 basis points for the CTU segment.

Current year operating income for AIU decreased $0.2 million or 2.7% as compared to the prior year. This decrease was driven by severance charges recorded as a result of restructuring actions, investments in student-serving processes and technology initiatives, and increased bad debt expenses which drove an increase in operating expenses for the current year which more than offset the increase in revenue.

Advertising expenses within the University Group decreased 7.1% or $9.7 million for the current year as compared to the prior year due to efficiencies across various marketing channels while maintaining the level of student inquiries.

All Other Campuses. This segment includes our teach-out campuses, which ceased operations by December 2018.

The decline in revenue as compared to 2017 is primarily a result of the decrease in total student enrollments as campuses completed their closures. The operating loss improved by $29.5 million or 48.0% for the current year as compared to the prior year, primarily due to overall decreasesdecreased bad debt, advertising and marketing and occupancy expenses as compared to the prior year.

43


AIUS. Current year revenue increased by 0.7% or $2.0 million as compared to the prior year. The current year increase was driven by the DigitalCrafts acquisition as well as twelve months of revenue related Trident as compared to ten months in occupancythe prior year. AIUS experienced a decrease in total student enrollment of 13.3% at December 31, 2021 as compared to December 31, 2020.  We believe the decrease in total student enrollments was caused by several factors, including students pausing their academic programs and generalprolonged student decision-making as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, changes in our marketing and student recruitment processes as we continue to use technology and data analytics to help us identify prospective students who are more likely to succeed at one of our universities, and a reduction in student enrollments from the military population.

Current year operating income for AIUS increased by 27.0% or $8.3 million as compared to the prior year, driven by decreased advertising and marketing, admissions and administrative costsexpenses as campuses ceased operations.

As of December 31, 2018,compared to the Company had completed the process of teaching out all campuses within this segment. Beginning in 2019, the Company will no longer report results for closed campuses separately as these campuses will no longer meet the definition of an operating segment under ASC Topic 280. Any remaining results of operations, which would primarily consist of occupancy expenses for any remaining properties, will be reported within Corporate and Other beginning January 1, 2019.prior year.  

Corporate and Other.This category includes unallocated costs that are incurred on behalf of the entire company. company and remaining expenses associated with closed campuses.Total Corporate and Other operating loss improvedfor the current year increased by $5.5 46.3% or $12.2 million as compared to the prior year. The decrease in expenses for the current year, is primarily driven by reduced staff and other expenses as well as the recovery for past claims of $2.5 million recorded during current year.

53


Year Ended December 31, 2017 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

University Group. Revenue for 2017 increased approximately $7.2 million or 1.3% driven by various operating initiatives, including the AIU academic calendar redesign, which contributed to the improvement in both new and total student enrollments. CTU’s revenue for 2017 increased $2.0 million or 0.5% while total student enrollments increased 0.9%, and AIU’s revenue for 2017 increased $5.2 million or 2.7% while total enrollments increased 7.7%. AIU continued to experience quarterly variability in 2017 in new student enrollments due to the academic calendar redesign. 2017 new and total student enrollments within both AIU and CTU improved compared to 2016 primarily driven by student initiatives and investments, including our admissions and advising centers in Arizona, as well as enhanced onboarding and orientation processes that positively benefit student retention.

CTU’s operating income for 2017 increased $9.8 million or 9.8% as compared to 2016. The 2017 increase in revenue as well as improved efficiencies in advertising costs and improvements in bad debt drove operating margin to improve by 2.5% for the CTU segment.

AIU’s operating income for 2017 increased $38.0 million or 128.4% as compared to 2016. This increase was primarily driven by the legal settlements of $32.0 million recorded in 2016 as well as increased revenue in 2017.

Advertising expenses within the University Group decreased 12.0% or $18.6 million for 2017 as compared to 2016 due to efficiencies across various marketing channels while maintaining the level of student inquiries.

All Other Campuses. The 2017 decline in revenue as compared to 2016 is primarily a result of increased legal fee expense associated with the decreased total student enrollments as campuses completed their closures. The 2017 operating loss improved by $15.7 million or 20.3% as comparedborrower defense to 2016 primarily due to decreased generalrepayment applications from former students and administrative costs as campuses ceased operations.acquisition efforts.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had completed the teach-outs of all LCB campuses and had seven remaining non-LCB campuses which completed their teach-outs during 2018.

Corporate and Other. This category includes unallocated costs that are incurred on behalf of the entire company. Corporate and Other operating loss improved by $3.0 million in 2017 as compared to 2016. The decrease in cost for 2017 is primarily driven by reduced staff and other expenses.

SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

We have identified the accounting policies and estimates listed below as those that we believe require management’s most subjective and complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties. This section should be read in conjunction with Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements which includes a discussion of these and other significant accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

Description: Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our institutions,universities, is generally segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational services provided by our institutions.universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our institutionsuniversities charge tuition and fees at varying amounts, depending on the institution,university, the type of program and specific curriculum. Our institutionsuniversities bill students a single charge that covers tuition, fees and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each academic period,term for our degree programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term, which includes any applicable externship period.term. As part of a student’s course of instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees graduation fees and laboratorygraduation fees, are billed to students. These fees are earned over the applicable term and are not considered separate performance obligations.

The portion of We bill student tuition upon enrollment for our non-degree professional development and fees billed to students but not yet earned is recordedcontinuing education offerings and recognize the tuition as deferred revenue and reported ason a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as we expect to earn these revenues withinstraight-line basis over the next year. A contract asset is recorded for each student for the current term for which students are enrolled for the amount billed for the current term but payment has not been received and to which the Company does not have the unconditional right to receive payment because the student has not reached the point in the current academic term at which the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student. On a student by student basis, the contract asset is offset against the deferred revenue balance for the current term and the net deferred revenue balance is reflected within current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

If a student withdraws from one of our institutions prior to the completionlength of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuitioncourse.

Assumptions and fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards, we are not entitled to retain. Generally, the amount to be refunded is based upon the percent of the term attended and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of their withdrawal date. Students are typically entitled to a partial refund through approximately halfway of their term. Pursuant to each institution’s policy, once a student reaches the point in the term where no refund is given, the student would not have a refund due if withdrawing from the institution subsequent to that date. Management reassesses collectability when a student withdraws from the institution and has unpaid tuition charges for the current term which the institution is entitled to

54


retain per the applicable refund policy. Such unpaid charges do not meet the threshold of reasonably collectible and are recognized as revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606 when cash is received and the contract is terminated and neither party has further performance obligations.

judgment: Revenue recognition includes assumptions and significant judgments including determination of the appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606 as well as the assessment of collectability. We analyze revenue recognition on a portfolio approach under ASC Topic 606. Significant judgment is used in determining the appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606. We have determined that all of our students can be grouped into one portfolio. Based on our past experience, students at different universities, in different programs or with different funding all behave similarly. Enrollment agreements all contain similar terms, refund policies are similar across all institutions and students work with the university to obtain some type of funding, for example, Title IV Program funds, Veterans Administration funds, military funding, employer reimbursement or self-pay. We have significant historical data for our students which allows us to analyze collectability. We do not expect that revenue earned for the portfolio is significantly different as compared to revenue that would be earned if we were to assess each student contract separately.

Significant judgment is also required to assess collectability, particularly as it relates to students seeking funding under Title IV Programs. Because students are required to provide documentation, and in some cases extensive documentation, to the Department to be eligible and approved for funding, the timeframe for this process can sometimes span between 90 to 120 days. We monitor the progress of students through the eligibility and approval process and assess collectability for the portfolio each reporting period to monitor that the collectability threshold is met.

These assumptions and significant judgments are based upon our interpretation of accounting guidance and historical experience. Although management believes these assumptions and significant judgments to be reasonable, actual amounts may differ if historical experience is not reflective of future results.

Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: If actual performance is not consistent with historical experience in regards to our assessment of collectability, our revenue recognition may be materially different than what was originally recorded.

Allowance for Doubtful AccountsCredit Losses

Description:We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our academic institutions for tuition and certain other educational costs. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses with respect to student receivables which we estimate will ultimately not be collectible. As such, our results from operations only reflect the amount of revenue that is estimated to be reasonably collectible. Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an

44


estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on our collectionscollection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history, repayment practices of previous extended payment programs, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with students.the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trending analysis and comparing estimated and actual performance.

Assumptions and judgment: Management makes a range of assumptions to determine what is believed to be the appropriate level of allowance for credit losses. Management determines a reasonable and supportable forecast based on the expectation of future conditions over a supportable forecast period as described above, as well as qualitative adjustments based on current and future conditions that may not be fully captured in the historical modeling factors described above. All of these estimates are susceptible to significant change.

Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: We monitor our collections and write-off experience to assess whether or not adjustments to our allowance percentage estimates are necessary. Changes in trends in any of the factors that we believe impact the collection of our student receivables, as noted above, or modifications to our collection practices, and other related policies may impact our estimate of our allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses and our results from operations.

A one percentage point change in our allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses as a percentage of gross earned student receivables from continuing operations as of December 31, 20182021 would have resulted in a change in pretax income from continuing operations of $0.5$0.8 million during the year then ended.

Because a substantial portion of our revenue is derived from Title IV Programs, any legislative or regulatory action that significantly reduces the funding available under Title IV Programs, or the ability of our students or institutions to participate in Title IV Programs, would likely have a material adverse effectimpact on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, including the realizability of our receivables.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible AssetsImpairment

Description:Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair market value of identifiable net assets of acquired through business purchases. In accordance with FASBcompanies. Goodwill often involves estimates based on third party valuations, or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses or other valuation techniques. Under ASC Topic 350, – Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, we reviewconduct a goodwill for impairment onassessment at least an annual basis by applying a fair-value-based test. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill, we must make assumptions regardingannually, and more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more-likely-than-not reduce the fair value of the goodwill on our reporting units, as defined under FASB ASC Topic 350. Our reporting units that have goodwill balances remaining as of December 31, 2018 include CTU and AIU. Goodwillbalance sheet below its carrying amount. In making this assessment we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is evaluated by comparingmore-likely-than-not the bookfair value of the goodwill is less than its carrying amount. If we conclude based on the qualitative assessment that goodwill may be impaired, we then perform a reporting unit, including goodwill, with its fair value, as determined by a combination of incomequantitative one-step impairment test, and market approach valuation methodologies (“quantitative assessment”). If the book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered to be impaired. The amount ofan impairment loss is equal towould be recognized for the excess of the bookcarrying value of the goodwill over the fair value of the goodwill. In certain cases,Any subsequent increases in goodwill would not be recognized on the consolidated financial statements.

Assumptions and judgment: During the current year, we performed a qualitative assessment may be utilized to determine if it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value and iffor the quantitative assessment is needed.

When performing a qualitative assessment, management mustannual review of goodwill balances for impairment. Management first considerconsidered events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to determine whether it iswas necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. Management focusesfocused on the significant inputs utilized in the most recent quantitative assessment and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs, including, but not limited to, financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows, or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment or increased competition. Management evaluates all events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value. If management determines that it is not more likely than not that the goodwill of the reporting unit is impaired based on its qualitative assessment then it does not need to perform the quantitative assessment.

When performing a quantitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, we estimate the fair value of each of our reporting units based on projected future operating results and cash flows, market assumptions and/or comparative market multiple methods. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation of a number of factors, such as marketplace participants, relative market share, new student interest, student retention, future expansion or contraction expectations, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows.

55


Projected future operating results and cash flows used for valuation purposes do reflect improvements relative to recent historical periods with respect to, among other things, modest revenue growth and operating margins. Although we believe our projected future operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions. These assumptions could be adversely impacted by certain of the risks discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Intangible assets include indefinite-lived assets. Indefinite-lived assets include our CTU trade name45


Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and accreditation rights, which are recorded atjudgment: Changes in these qualitative and quantitative factors, as well as downturns in economic or business conditions, could have a significant adverse impact on the fair market value upon acquisition and subsequently reviewed on an annual basis for impairment. Accreditation rights represent the ability of our institutionsreporting units in relation to participatetheir respective carrying values of goodwill and could result in Title IV Programs.an impairment loss affecting our consolidated financial statements as a whole. Generally, an impairment loss would reduce our net income for the reporting period being presented, and proportionally reduce the value of the assets and equity reflected on our balance sheet.

We did not record any goodwill impairment charges during the yearyears ended December 31, 2018. The reporting units with remaining2021 and 2020, and have $162.6 million of goodwill as of December 31, 2018 are CTU and AIU which together had $87.4 million of goodwill remaining. As of the last time we performed a2021. The most recent quantitative fair value analysis which was performed as of October 1, 2017,2020, which indicated that the fair values of our CTU and AIUAIUS reporting units exceeded their carrying values by $536.9$458.4 million and $15.1$116.7 million (fair value as a percentage of carrying value for these reporting units of 1054%904% and 129%229%), respectively. During 2018, weWe performed a qualitative analysis as of October 1, 2021 to determine if any critical estimates or judgments were significantly different as compared to those utilized in the 2020 quantitative analysis and determined that ita quantitative analysis was not more likely than not that the carrying valuesrequired as of our reporting units exceeded their respective fair values.October 1, 2021.

See Note 9 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review property and equipment and other long-lived assets for impairment on an annual basis or whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. If such adverse events or changes in circumstances occur, we will recognize an impairment loss if the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets are less than the carrying value of the related assets. The impairment loss would reduce the carrying value of the assets to their estimated fair value.

In evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the estimated fair value of such assets. If our fair value estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges related to long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets. See Note 7 “Property and Equipment” to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of long-lived asset impairment considerations and related charges.

Contingencies

During the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims and contingencies. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450 – Contingencies, when we become aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any related loss or exposure. The probability of whether an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred, and whether the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, is analyzed, and if the loss contingency is both probable and reasonably estimable, then we accrue for costs, including direct costs incurred, associated with the loss contingency. If no accrual is made but the loss contingency is reasonably possible, we disclose the nature of the contingency and the related estimate of possible loss or range of loss if such an estimate can be made. For all matters that are currently being reviewed, we expense legal fees, including defense costs, as they are incurred. Loss contingencies include, but are not limited to, possible losses related to legal proceedings and regulatory compliance matters, and our assessment of exposure requires subjective assessment. Liabilities established to provide for contingencies are adjusted as further information develops, circumstances change, or contingencies are resolved. See Note 12 “Contingencies” for additional information.

Income Taxes

Description: We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S. and various state and local jurisdictions. These tax laws are complex and subject to interpretation. As a result, significant judgments and interpretations are required in determining our income tax provisions (benefits) and evaluating our uncertain tax positions.

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 – Income Taxes. Topic 740 requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the income tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax reporting by applying enacted statutory income tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Topic 740 also requires that deferred income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized.

56


Assumptions and judgment:In assessingestablishing a provision for income tax expense or a liability for an uncertain tax position, we must make judgments and interpretations about the need for a valuation allowance and/or releaseapplication of a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related toinherently complex tax laws. We must also make estimates about when in the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. Topic 740 provides that important factors in determining whether a deferred tax assetfuture certain items will be realized are whether there has been sufficientaffect taxable income in recent yearsthe various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be subject to review/adjudication by the court systems in the various tax jurisdictions or may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit.

Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and whether sufficient taxable income is expectedjudgment: Although we believe the judgments and estimates used are reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to changes in future yearstax liability that could be material. To the extent we prevail in ordermatters for which reserves have been established, or are required to utilize the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizabilitypay amounts in excess of deferredour reserves, our effective income tax assets, we consider, among other things, historical levels of taxable income along with possible sources of future taxable income, which include: the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, the existence of taxable incomerate in prior carryback year(s), the expected impact ofa given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of futuresettlement would result in an increase in our effective income tax benefits, expected future taxable income and earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the future deductible amount, coupled with evidence indicating the loss is not a continuing condition. Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable income levels could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods. If, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we record a valuation allowance, or release all or a portion of the valuation allowance if it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets are expected to be realized. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. A high degree of judgment is required to determine if, and the extent to which, valuation allowances should be recorded against deferred tax assets.

Topic 740 further clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

rate.

LIQUIDITY, FINANCIAL POSITION AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of December 31, 2018,2021, cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and available-for-sale short-term investments (“cash balances”) totaled $229.2$499.4 million. Restricted cash as of December 31, 20182021 was approximately $0.3$5.2 million and includes restricted cashrelates to provide securitization for lettersamounts held in escrow accounts to secure post-closing indemnification obligations of credit.the sellers pursuant to the Trident and Hippo acquisitions. Our cash flows from operating activities have historically been adequate to fulfill our liquidity requirements. We have historically financed our operating activities, organic growth and acquisitions primarily through cash generated from operations and existing cash balances. The recent losses from our All Other Campuses segment and associated lease payments for vacated spaces have driven a net cash usage in recent years. However, as we completed the closure of all our teach-out campuses during 2018, our cash usage began to moderate and weWe generated cash in 20182021 as a result of improved operating performance and reduced operating losses associated with closed campuses and expect to continue to do so in 2019. The expectation is based upon, and subject to, the key assumptions and factors discussed above in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis under the heading “Outlook.”2022. We anticipate that we will be able to satisfy the cash requirements associated with, among other things, our working capital needs, capital expenditures, and lease commitments and acquisitions through at least the next 12 months primarily with cash generated by operations and existing cash balances.

OurOn September 8, 2021, the Company and the subsidiary guarantors thereunder entered into a credit agreement allows uswith Wintrust Bank N.A. (“Wintrust”), in its capacities as the sole lead arranger, sole bookrunner, administrative agent and letter of credit issuer for the lenders from time to borrow up totime parties thereto. The credit agreement provides the Company with the benefit of a maximum amount of $50.0$125.0 million andsenior secured revolving credit facility. The $125.0 million revolving credit facility under the credit agreement is scheduled to mature on January 20, 2022. September 8, 2024. So long as no default has occurred and other conditions have been met, the Company may request an increase in the aggregate commitment in an amount not to exceed $50.0 million. The loans and letter of credit obligations under the credit agreement are secured by substantially all assets of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors.

The credit agreement containsand the ancillary documents executed in connection therewith contain customary affirmative, negative and financial maintenance covenants, including a requirementcovenants. The Company is required to maintain a balance ofunrestricted cash, cash equivalents and marketable securitiesshort-term investments in our domestic accounts with the bank ofin an amount at least $50.0 million at all times. Amounts borrowed underequal to the credit agreement are requiredaggregate loan commitments then in effect. Acquisitions to be 100% secured with deposits of cash and marketable securities with the bank. Under the credit agreement,undertaken by the Company maymust meet certain criteria, and the Company’s ability to make restricted payments, including payments in connection with an acquisition or a repurchase of shares of CEC’sour common stock, up to an aggregate maximum of $65.0 million through January 27, 2020 and upis subject to an aggregate maximum of $100.0 million duringper fiscal year. Upon the one year period ending Januaryoccurrence of certain regulatory events or if the Company’s unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short term investments are less

46


than 125% of the aggregate amount of the loan commitments then in effect, the Company is required to maintain cash in a segregated, restricted account in an amount not less than the aggregate loan commitments then in effect. The credit agreement also contains customary representations and warranties, events of default, and rights and remedies upon the occurrence of any event of default thereunder, including rights to accelerate the loans, terminate the commitments and realize upon the collateral securing the obligations under the credit agreement.

The credit agreement with Wintrust replaced the previous $50.0 million revolving credit facility set forth in the credit agreement dated as of December 27, 2021.2018 with BMO Harris Bank N.A. As of December 31, 2021, there were no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility.

OurWe maintain a balanced capital allocation strategy has been focusedthat focuses on buildingmaintaining a strong balance sheet and adequate liquidity, while prudently(i) investing in organic growth projects. As we further buildprojects at our cash balances, we will continueuniversities, in particular technology-related initiatives which are designed to evaluatebenefit our students, and (ii) evaluating diverse strategies to enhance shareholderstockholder value, including acquisitions of quality educational institutions or programs and programs,share repurchases. We completed two acquisitions with a combined initial cash consideration of approximately $57.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2021 and are pursuing additional acquisition opportunities similar in size to these two. We currently anticipate that we will complete another acquisition by the end of 2022. Ultimately, our goal is to deploy resources in a way that drives long term stockholder value while emphasizing organic student-serving investments atsupporting and enhancing the academic value of our universitiesinstitutions.

On November 4, 2019, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock repurchase program which authorizes the Company to repurchase up to $50.0 million of our common stock from time to time depending on market conditions and maintaining adequate liquidity.other considerations. The program’s original expiration date was December 31, 2021. On October 19, 2021, the Board of Directors of the Company extended the expiration date of the program to February 28, 2022. On January 27, 2022 the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million which commences March 1, 2022 and expires September 30, 2023. Share repurchases will remain a part of our capital allocation strategy and we intend to pursue them when deemed appropriate based on market and other conditions. Since the November 4, 2019 inception date, the Company repurchased approximately 3.9 million shares for $47.1 million as of December 31, 2021.

The discussion above reflects management’s expectations regarding liquidity; however, we are not able to assess the effect of loss contingencies on future cash requirements and liquidity. See Note 12 “Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements. Further, as a result of the significance of the Title IV Program funds received by our students, we are highly dependent on these funds to operate our business. Any reduction in the level of Title IV funds that our students are eligible to receive or any impact on timing or our ability to receive Title IV Program funds, or any requirement to post a significant letter of credit to ED,the Department, may have a significant impact on our operations and our financial condition. In addition, our financial performance is dependent on the level of student enrollments which could be impacted by external factors. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”

57


Sources and Uses of Cash

Operating Cash Flows

During the yearyears ended December 31, 2018,2021 and 2020, net cash flows provided by operating activities totaled $57.0$191.1 million compared to net cash flows used in operating activities of $21.8and $180.0 million, for the year ended December 31, 2017.respectively. The improvementincrease in cash flow from operations as compared to the prior year is primarily driven by lowerthe improvement in operating losses at our teach-out campuses, improved operating performance within our ongoing operations and payments of $32.0 million of legal settlements in the prior year as compared to $17.1 million inincome during the current year.

Our primary source of cash flows from operating activities is tuition collected from our students. Our students derive the ability to pay tuition costs through the use of a variety of funding sources, including, among others, federal loan and grant programs, state grant programs, private loans and grants, institutioninstitutional payment plans, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments.payments, as well as private loans for our non-degree programs. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021 and 2016,2020, approximately 79%, 78%81% and 76%, respectively,80% of our institutions’ aggregate cash receipts from tuition payments came from Title IV Program funding. This percentage differs from the Title IV Program percentage calculated under the 90-10 Rule due to the treatment of certain funding types and certain student level limitations on what and how much to count as prescribed under the rule.

For further discussion of Title IV Program funding and other funding sources for our students, see Item 1, “Business - Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation.”

Our primary uses of cash to support our operating activities include, among other things, cash paid and benefits provided to our employees for services, to vendors for products and services, to lessors for rents and operating costs related to leased facilities, to suppliers for textbooks and other institution supplies, and to federal, state and local governments for income and other taxes.

Investing Cash Flows

During the yearsyear ended December 31, 2018 and 2017,2021, net cash flows provided by investing activities totaled $54.3 million compared to net cash flows used in investing activities totaled $41.5of $165.9 million and $11.6 million, respectively.  for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Purchases and Sales of Available-for-Sale Investments. Purchases and sales of available-for-sale investments resulted in a net cash inflow of $121.9 million for the current year as compared to net cash outflow of $34.8$116.4 million and $5.3 million, respectively, duringfor the yearsprior year.  

47


Business acquisitions. For the year ended December 31, 20182021, the Company completed the DigitalCrafts and 2017.Hippo acquisitions and made initial payments of $57.1 million. The year ended December 31, 2020 includes $39.8 million for payments related to the Trident acquisition.

Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures increased to $6.7$10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 20182021 as compared to $6.3$9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.2020. Capital expenditures represented approximately 1%1.5% and 1.4% of total revenue during each offor the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017.2020, respectively. For the full year 2019,ending December 31, 2022, we expect capital expenditures to be approximately 1% to 2%2.0% of revenue.

Financing Cash Flows

During the yearyears ended December 31, 2018,2021 and 2020, net cash flows used in financing activities totaled $1.7$29.9 million compared to net cash flows provided by financing activities of $1.5and $13.1 million, for the year ended December 31, 2017.respectively.

Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation. Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation were $3.3$5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 20182021 and $1.2$0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.2020.

Credit Agreement. OnRepurchase of Stock. During the year ended December 27, 2018,31, 2021, we entered into a $50.0repurchased 2.3 million credit agreement with BMO Harris Bank N.A. (“BMO Harris”), in its capacitiesshares of our common stock for approximately $25.3 million at an average price of $10.94 per share as the sole lender and lettercompared to 1.3 million shares of credit issuer thereunder and the administrative agentcommon stock repurchased for $17.9 million at an average price of $13.53 per share for the lenders which from time to time may be parties to the credit agreement. The revolving credit facility under the credit agreement is scheduled to mature on January 20, 2022. Amounts borrowed under the credit agreement are required to be 100% secured with cash and marketable securities with the bank. The credit agreement, which includes certain financial covenants, requires that interest is payable at the end of each respective interest period or monthly in arrears, fees are payable quarterly in arrears and principal is payable at maturity. As ofyear ended December 31, 2018, we had no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit agreement2020. Repurchases of stock during 2021 and we remain in compliance with the covenants of the credit agreement.2020 were funded by cash generated from operating activities and existing cash balances. See Note 11 “Credit Agreement” to our consolidated financial statementsPart II, Item 5 for additionalmore information.

58


Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2018,2021, future minimum cash payments due under contractual obligations for our non-cancelable operating lease arrangements were $52.8 million, with approximately $11.5 million due within the next 12 months. These future minimum cash payments reflect base rent and other fixed lease-related costs identified in the lease agreements but excludes variable costs such as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2023 &

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

Gross operating lease obligations (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ongoing operations (2)

 

$

13,249

 

 

$

12,379

 

 

$

10,326

 

 

$

8,638

 

 

$

22,298

 

 

$

66,890

 

Teach-out campuses and discontinued operations (3)

 

 

8,635

 

 

 

5,349

 

 

 

1,744

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,728

 

Total gross operating lease obligations

 

$

21,884

 

 

$

17,728

 

 

$

12,070

 

 

$

8,638

 

 

$

22,298

 

 

$

82,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sublease income (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ongoing operations (2)

 

$

814

 

 

$

845

 

 

$

758

 

 

$

777

 

 

$

328

 

 

$

3,522

 

Teach-out campuses and discontinued operations (3)

 

 

2,817

 

 

 

1,905

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,243

 

Total sublease income

 

$

3,631

 

 

$

2,750

 

 

$

1,279

 

 

$

777

 

 

$

328

 

 

$

8,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating lease obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ongoing operations (2)

 

$

12,435

 

 

$

11,534

 

 

$

9,568

 

 

$

7,861

 

 

$

21,970

 

 

$

63,368

 

Teach-out campuses and discontinued operations (3)

 

 

5,818

 

 

 

3,444

 

 

 

1,223

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,485

 

Total net contractual lease obligations

 

$

18,253

 

 

$

14,978

 

 

$

10,791

 

 

$

7,861

 

 

$

21,970

 

 

$

73,853

 

(1)

Amounts exclude certain costs associated with real estate leases, such as expense for common area maintenance (i.e. “CAM”)common area maintenance payments and taxes, as these amounts are undeterminable at this time and may vary based on future circumstances.

(2)

Amounts relate to ongoing operations which include University Group and Corporate.

(3)

Amounts relate to teach-out campuses within our All Other Campuses segment and discontinued operations.

(4)

Amounts provided are for executed sublease arrangements.

Operating Lease Obligations. We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2028.2032. Lease terms generally range from one to ten years with one to twofour renewal options for extended terms. The amounts included in the table above represent future minimum lease payments for non-cancelable operating leases for continuing operations and discontinued operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.As of December 31, 2018,2021, we were not a party to any off-balance sheet financing or contingent payment arrangements, nor do we have any unconsolidated subsidiaries.

Changes in Financial Position – December 31, 20182021 compared to December 31, 20172020

Selected consolidated balance sheet account changes from December 31, 20172020 to December 31, 20182021 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

% Change

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

% Change

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments

 

$

229,159

 

 

$

180,147

 

 

 

27

%

 

$

499,391

 

 

$

410,360

 

 

 

22

%

Student receivables, net

 

 

28,751

 

 

 

18,875

 

 

 

52

%

NON-CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

81,628

 

 

 

98,084

 

 

 

-17

%

Right of use asset, net

 

 

36,664

 

 

 

44,773

 

 

 

-18

%

Goodwill

 

 

162,579

 

 

 

118,312

 

 

 

37

%

Intangible assets, net

 

 

32,208

 

 

 

15,522

 

 

 

107

%

Deferred income tax assets, net

 

 

25,114

 

 

 

40,351

 

 

 

-38

%

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses - payroll and related benefits

 

 

24,530

 

 

 

32,910

 

 

 

-25

%

Accrued expenses - other

 

 

19,668

 

 

 

31,233

 

 

 

-37

%

 

 

15,180

 

 

 

11,921

 

 

 

27

%

Liabilities of discontinued operations

 

 

536

 

 

 

5,701

 

 

 

-91

%

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

17,493

 

 

 

22,143

 

 

 

-21

%

Deferred revenue

 

 

70,613

 

 

 

34,534

 

 

 

104

%

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock

 

 

(276,895

)

 

 

(246,088

)

 

 

13

%

59


Total cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments: The increase is primarily driven by cash provided by operating activities, as a result of improved operating performance within our continuing operationspartially offset with payments made for business acquisitions and share repurchases during the current year.

Student receivables,Right of use asset, net: The increase is driven by a change in how we account for student receivables under ASC Topic 606.

Deferred tax assets: The decrease is driven byattributable to the reduction of future leased space, particularly associated with our campus support center relocation.

Goodwill: The increase in goodwill is attributable to the DigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions.

48


Intangible assets, net: The increase in intangible assets is attributable to the DigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions.

Deferred income tax assets, net: The decrease reflects the usage of deferred tax assets associated with depreciation and amortization and our net operating losses tothe offset of income taxes payable.

Accrued expenses - payroll and related benefitsother: The decreaseincrease is driven byprimarily related to the reductionreclassification of severance accruals$4.0 million of escrow liability related to the Trident acquisition from long term to short term.

Deferred revenue: The increase is primarily related to the timing of the academic calendar redesign at CTU as well as the DigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions during the current year, as payments were made upon employee exit dates as well as reduced accruals related to cash-basedyear.

Treasury stock compensation.

         Accrued expenses – other: The decreaseincrease is driven primarily by the paymentsrepurchase of legal settlementsthe Company’s common stock during the current year which were included within accrued expenses as of December 31, 2017 as well as continued reductions in liabilities associated with remaining lease obligations for our vacated facilities.approximately $25.3 million.

          Liabilities of discontinued operations: The decrease is driven by the continued reductions in liabilities associated with remaining lease obligations for our vacated facilities.

          Other non-current liabilities: The decrease is driven by the continued reductions in liabilities associated with remaining lease obligations for our vacated facilities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 34 “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements that may affect us.

 

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to financial market risks, includingprimarily changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We use various techniques to manage our marketinterest rate risk. We hadhave no derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments, and believe the risk related to cash equivalents and available for sale investments is limited due to the adherence to our investment policy, which focuses on capital preservation and liquidity. In addition, we utilizeuse asset managers who conduct initial and ongoing credit analysis on our investment portfolio and ensuremonitor that all investments are in compliance with our investment policy. Despite the investment risk mitigation strategies we employ, we may incur investment losses as a result of unusual and unpredictable market developments and may experience reduced investment earnings if the yields on investments deemed to be low risk remain low or decline further in this time of economic uncertainty.decline.

Interest Rate and Foreign Currency Exposure

We manage interest rate risk by investing excess funds in cash equivalents and available for sale investments bearing a combination of fixed and variable interest rates, which are tied to various market indices. Our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell investments that have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2018,2021, a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates applicable to our investments or borrowings would not have a material impact on our future earnings, fair values or cash flows.

AnyUnder the credit agreement, outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit agreementprincipal amounts bear annual interest at a fluctuating rates under eitherrate equal to 1.0% less than the Base Rate Loanadministrative agent’s prime commercial rate, subject to a 3.0% minimum rate. A higher rate may apply to late payments or as determined by the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) for the relevant currency, plus the applicable rate based on the typeif any event of loan.default exists. As of December 31, 2018,2021, we had no outstanding borrowings under this agreement.

During 2018 we were subject to foreign currency exchange exposures arising from transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and from the translation of foreign currency balance sheet accounts into U.S. dollar balance sheet accounts, primarily related to an equity investment. We are subject to risks associated with fluctuations in the value of the Euro versus the U.S. dollar.facility.

Our financial instruments are recorded at their fair values as of December 31, 20182021 and 2017.December 31, 2020. We believe that the exposure of our consolidated financial position and results of operations and cash flows to adverse changes in interest rates applicable to our investments or borrowings or to foreign currency fluctuations is not significant.

 

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial information required by Item 8 is contained in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

60


ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTSACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We completed an evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Report”) under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”(the “Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 20182021, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that (i) the information required to be disclosed by us in this Report was recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms provided by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”SEC), and (ii) information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and

49


communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Scope of Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

Management excluded the acquisitions of DigitalCrafts and Hippo Education in its evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act. DigitalCrafts and Hippo Education were not material to consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 and were each less than 1% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021. Additionally, DigitalCrafts and Hippo Education were approximately 2.5% and 5.8% of total assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2021.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2018,2021, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our Company have been detected.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Based upon the evaluation under the framework contained in the 2013 Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission Report, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2018,2021, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Grant Thornton LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, who audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 20182021 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued a report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This attestation report is included on page 7162 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

None.On January 27, 2022 the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million which commences March 1, 2022 and expires September 30, 2023. The timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the program will be determined by the Company’s management and will depend on a variety of factors including stock price, trading volume and other general market and economic conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory requirements and other factors. Repurchases will be made in open market transactions, including block purchases, conducted in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act as well as may be made pursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, which would permit shares to be repurchased when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing so under insider trading laws. The stock repurchase program does not obligate the Company to purchase shares and the Company may, in its discretion, begin, suspend or terminate repurchases at any time, without any prior notice.

On February 21, 2022, the Board approved the appointment of Greg E. Jansen, currently the Company’s Vice President and Deputy General Counsel, to the positions of Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary effective on March 16, 2022 (the “Transition Date”). Mr. Jansen joined the Company in 2005. On the same date, the Board approved the resignation of Jeffrey D. Ayers from the positions of Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary effective on the Transition Date. The Company and Mr. Ayers have mutually agreed that on the Transition Date, Mr. Ayers will transition to the role of Senior Counsel, and he will assist Mr. Jansen in his transition until Mr. Ayers’ retirement from the Company.

6150


PART IIIThe Company entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Ayers dated February 21, 2022 (the “Ayers Letter Agreement”), pursuant to which Mr. Ayers will remain employed by the Company as Senior Counsel from the Transition Date until the date that is the earlier of the date that the Company notifies him that his services are no longer needed or June 30, 2023 (the “Retirement Date”). Pursuant to the Ayers Letter Agreement, Mr. Ayers will continue to receive an annual base salary of $387,600, and he will be entitled to receive his annual incentive payment for 2021 and 2022 pursuant to the Company’s Annual Incentive Award Program. He will not be entitled to receive long-term incentive awards after the date of the Ayers Letter Agreement. In addition, the Compensation Committee has determined that on the Retirement Date, Mr. Ayers will be entitled to severance in the amount he would have been entitled to receive under the Company’s Executive Severance Plan in effect as of the date of the Ayers Letter Agreement, provided that he remains employed with the Company through the Retirement Date and his termination is not for cause (as defined in the Ayers Letter Agreement).  

The foregoing description of the terms of the Ayers Letter Agreement is a summary which does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Ayers Letter Agreement, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.21 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference into this Item 9B.

ITEM 10.9C.

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None.

51


PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Below is a list of our Executive Officers and Board of Directors:Directors as of February 24, 2022:

 

Executive Officers:

 

Board of Directors:

 

 

 

Todd S. NelsonAndrew H. Hurst

 

Thomas B. LallyTodd S. Nelson - Executive Chairman of the Board

President and Chief Executive Officer

Former President and Chief Executive Officer of Perdoceo Education Corporation

Ashish R. Ghia

Thomas B. Lally - Lead Independent Director

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Former President of Heller Equity Capital Corporation

 

 

 

Ashish R. GhiaJeffrey D. Ayers

 

Dennis H. Chookaszian

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Financial OfficerCorporate Secretary

 

Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CNA Financial Corporation

 

 

 

Jeffrey D. AyersElise L. Baskel

 

Kenda B. Gonzales

Senior Vice President General Counsel and Corporate Secretary- Colorado Technical University

 

Former Chief Financial Officer of Harrison Properties, LLC.LLC

 

 

 

David C. Czeszewski

 

Patrick W. Gross

Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

 

Chairman of the Lovell Group

 

 

 

Andrew H. HurstJohn R. Kline

 

William D. Hansen

Senior Vice President - Colorado TechnicalAmerican InterContinental University

 

Former Chief Executive Officer and President of Strada Education Network

 

 

 

John R. Kline

Gregory L. Jackson

Senior Vice President - American InterContinental University

Private Investor

Michele A. Peppers

 

Todd S. NelsonAndrew H. Hurst

Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

 

President and Chief Executive Officer of Perdoceo Education Corporation

Gregory L. Jackson

Private Investor

 

 

 

 

 

Leslie T. Thornton

 

 

Former Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of WGL Holdings, Inc.andInc. and Washington Gas

 

 

 

 

 

RichardAlan D. WangWheat

 

 

Managing MemberChair of Tenzing Global Investors LLCWheat Shroyer Government Relations

 

The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 20192022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 20192022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

52


ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Certain of the information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 20192022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

62


The following table provides information as of December 31, 2018,2021, with respect to shares of our common stock that may be issued under our existing equity compensation plans:

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

 

 

(a)

 

 

(b)

 

 

(c)

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

(b)

 

 

(c)

 

 

Plan Category

 

Number of shares to be

issued upon exercise of

outstanding options

 

 

Weighted-average exercise

price of outstanding options

 

 

Number of shares

remaining available for

future issuances under

equity compensation

plans (excluding

securities reflected in

column (a))

 

 

 

Number of shares to be

issued upon exercise of

outstanding options

 

 

Weighted-average exercise

price of outstanding options

 

 

Number of shares

remaining available for

future issuances under

equity compensation

plans (excluding

securities reflected in

column (a))

 

 

Equity compensation plans

approved by stockholders

 

 

2,818,433

 

(1)

$

9.59

 

 

 

2,147,842

 

(2)

 

 

995,091

 

(1)

$

9.02

 

 

 

7,019,463

 

(2)

Total

 

 

2,818,433

 

 

$

9.59

 

 

 

2,147,842

 

 

 

 

995,091

 

 

$

9.02

 

 

 

7,019,463

 

 

 

(1)

Includes outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock under the Career Education Corporation 1998 Employee Incentive Compensation Plan, 1998 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan,Company’s 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2008 Plan”) and Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2016 Plan”).

(2)

Includes shares available for future issuance under the 2016 Plan in addition to the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options referenced in column (a). In addition to stock options, the 2016 Plan provides for the issuance of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, performance awards and units, or cash incentive awards. The amount in column (c) is net of 2.12.0 million shares underlying restricted stock units outstanding as of December 31, 2018,2021, which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting conditions are met and thus reduce the common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan by the amount vested. These shares have been multiplied by the applicable factor under the 2016 Plan to determine the remaining shares available as of December 31, 2018.2021. Additionally, there were 0.5less than 0.1 million shares underlying restricted and deferred stock units outstanding under the previous 2008 Plan which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting conditions are met and do not affect the number of shares reflected in column (c) above. Cash-settled awards are not included in, and do not affect, shares remaining available for future issuances under the 2016 Plan.

See Note 14 “Share-Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements for more information regarding the Company’s share-based compensation.

 

ITEM 13.

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 20192022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 20192022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

6353


PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

1.

Financial Statements

The financial statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements on page 6959 are filed as part of this Annual Report.

 

2.

Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedule listed in the Index to Financial Statements on page 6959 is filed as part of this Annual Report. All other schedules have been omitted because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto or because they are not applicable or not required.

 

3.

Exhibits

The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits on pages 6555 - 6757 are filed as part of this Annual Report.

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.


54


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

64


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Exhibit

 

Incorporated by Reference to:

 

 

 

 

 

       3.12.1

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation ofAsset Purchase Agreement dated March 8, 2019 among Trident University International, LLC, TUI Learning, LLC, Athena NewCo, LLC and Career Education Corporation and Amendment thereto (originally incorporated on January 5, 1994)

 

Exhibit 3.12.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 20128-K filed on March 12, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

       3.22.2

 

Sixth AmendedFirst Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement effective February 4, 2020 among Trident University International, LLC, TUI Learning, LLC, Athena NewCo, LLC and Restated By-laws of CareerPerdoceo Education Corporation (as amended as of October 24, 2013)

 

Exhibit 3.22.2 to our Form 10-Q10-K for the periodyear ended September 30, 2013December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

       4.13.1

 

FormRestated Certificate of specimen stock certificate representing Common StockIncorporation of Perdoceo Education Corporation (originally incorporated on January 5, 1994)

 

Exhibit 4.13.2 to our Form S-1/A8-K filed January 2, 1998on December 18, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

Seventh Amended and Restated By-laws of Perdoceo Education Corporation effective January 1, 2020

Exhibit 3.3 to our Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2019

4.1

Form of specimen stock certificate representing Common Stock

Exhibit 4.1 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019

4.2

 

Description of Common Stock

Exhibit 4.2 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019

4.3

Credit Agreement dated as of December 27, 2018September 8, 2021 among CareerPerdoceo Education Corporation, CEC Educational Services, LLC, the subsidiary guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the lenders from time to time parties thereto, and BMO HarrisWintrust Bank, N.A.,N.A, as administrative agent and letter of credit issuer

 

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed December 28, 2018on September 13, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.1*10.1

 

Career Education Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan (“2008 Plan”)

 

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.2*10.2

 

First Amendment to the 2008 Plan

 

Exhibit 10.30 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.3*10.3

 

CareerPerdoceo Education Corporation Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan ("2016 Plan")

 

Appendix AExhibit 10.1 to our Definite Proxy StatementForm 8-K filed on Schedule 14A filed AprilJune 8, 20162021

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.4*10.4

 

20182021 Annual Incentive Award Program pursuant to the 2016 Plan

 

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended8-K filed on March 31, 20189, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.5*10.5

 

Form of Non-Employee Director Option Grant Agreement under the 2008 Plan

 

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.6*10.6

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (General Counsel) under the 2008 Plan

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2009

    *10.7

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan

 

Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.8*10.7

 

Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan

 

Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.9*10.8

 

Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan (used for awards in 2013)

 

Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on March 8, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.10*10.9

 

Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in 2014)

 

Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.11*10.10

 

Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in May 2016)

 

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.12*10.11

 

Form of Non-Employee Director Option Grant Agreement under the 2008 Plan (used for awards commencing May 2015)

 

Exhibit 10.4 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

55


    *10.13*10.12

 

Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2016 Plan (used for awards commencing May 2016)

 

Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.14*10.13

 

Form of Non-Employee Director Deferred Stock Unit Agreement under the 2008 Plan

 

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.15*10.14

 

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in 2014)

Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2014

65


    *10.16

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan (Performance-Based) (used for awards commencing in 2014)

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2014

    *10.17

Form of 2016 Employee Restricted Stock Unit Ownership Equity Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan (Performance-Based)

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 18, 2016

    *10.18

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in May 2016)

 

Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.19*10.15

 

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Performance-Based) (used for awards commencing in May 2016)

 

Exhibit 10.4 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.20*10.16

 

Form of Employee Cash-SettledNon-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 20082016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in 2014)May 2020)

 

Exhibit 10.410.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2014June 1, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.21*10.17

 

Form of Employee Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan (Performance-Based) (used for awards in March 2016)

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2016

    *10.22

Form of Employee Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in May 2016)

 

Exhibit 10.5 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.23*10.18

 

Form of Employee Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Performance-Based) (used for awards commencing in May 2016)

 

Exhibit 10.6 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.24*10.19

 

Form of Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between the Company and Todd Nelson under the 2008 Plan (used in 2015)

Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2015

    *10.25

Form of Stock-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between the Company and Todd Nelson under the 2008 Plan (used in 2015)

Exhibit 10.4 to our Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2015

    *10.26

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Todd Nelson under the 2008 Plan (used in 2015)

Exhibit 10.5 to our Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2015

    *10.27

Form of 2016 Performance Unit Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan

Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2016

    *10.28

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under the 2016 Plan (used for awards commencing in March 2017)

 

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.29*10.20

 

Amended and Restated Letter Agreement between CareerPerdoceo Education Corporation and Andrew HurstTodd Nelson dated March 7, 2014January 19, 2022

 

Exhibit 10.4710.1 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20158-K filed on January 20, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.30*+10.21

 

Letter Agreement between CareerPerdoceo Education Corporation and John KlineJeffrey Ayers dated October 12, 2015February 21, 2022

 

Exhibit 10.49 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

    *10.31*10.22

 

Letter Agreement between Career Education Corporation and Todd Nelson dated July 30, 2015

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2015

      10.32

Agreement, by and among Career Education Corporation, Tenzing Global Management LLC, Tenzing Global Investors LLC, Tenzing Global Investors Fund I LP and Richard Wang, dated March 10, 2015

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015

    *10.33

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Executive Officers

 

Exhibit 10.9 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

66


    *10.34*10.23

 

Career Education Corporation Executive Severance Plan (Amended and Restated as of November 2, 2015)

 

Exhibit 10.9 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

    +21*10.24

 

First Amendment and Summary of Material Modifications to the Career Education Corporation Executive Severance Plan & Summary Plan Description

Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2020

10.25

Agreement with the Attorney General of Iowa effective January 2, 2019, including schedule of substantially identical agreements with the attorneys general of other states

Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2019

10.26

Stipulated Order for Permanent Injunction and Monetary Judgment dated October 9, 2019 agreed to by the Federal Trade Commission and Career Education Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries

Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2019

+21

Subsidiaries of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    +23.1+23.1

 

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    +31.1+31.1

 

Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    +31.2+31.2

 

Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

56


+32.1

Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    +32.1+32.2

 

Certification of CEOCFO Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    +32.2+101.INS

 

Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002InLine XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the InLine XBRL document

+101.SCH

InLine XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

+101.CAL

InLine XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

+101.DEF

InLine XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

+101.LAB

InLine XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

+101.PRE

InLine XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    +101+104

 

The following financial informationcover page from ourthe Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2018, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2019,2021, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of  Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)  for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsInline XBRL (included in Exhibit 101)

 

 

___________________

  * Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit to this Form 10-K.

  +Filed herewith.

 

 

6757


SIGNATURES

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 20th24th day of February, 2019.2022.

 

CAREERPERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

             /s//s/ ASHISH R. GHIA

 

 

Ashish R. Ghia,

 

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  TODD S. NELSONANDREW H. HURST

 

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

February 20, 201924, 2022

Todd S. NelsonAndrew H. Hurst

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  ASHISH R. GHIA

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

February 20, 201924, 2022

Ashish R. Ghia

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  MICHELE A. PEPPERS

 

Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

 

February 20, 201924, 2022

Michele A. Peppers

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  THOMAS B. LALLYTODD S. NELSON

 

Executive Chairman of the Board

 

February 20, 201924, 2022

Todd S. Nelson

/s/  THOMAS B. LALLY

Lead Independent Director

February 24, 2022

Thomas B. Lally

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  DENNIS H. CHOOKASZIAN

 

Director

 

February 20, 201924, 2022

Dennis H. Chookaszian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  KENDA B. GONZALES

 

Director

 

February 20, 201924, 2022

Kenda B. Gonzales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  PATRICK W. GROSS

 

Director

 

February 20, 201924, 2022

Patrick W. Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  WILLIAM D. HANSEN

 

Director

 

February 20, 201924, 2022

William D. Hansen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  GREGORY L. JACKSON

 

Director

 

February 20, 201924, 2022

Gregory L. Jackson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  LESLIE T. THORNTON

 

Director

 

February 20, 201924, 2022

Leslie T. Thornton

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  RICHARDALAN D. WANGWHEAT

 

Director

 

February 20, 201924, 2022

RichardAlan D. WangWheat

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6858


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Page

Financial Statements

 

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID Number 248)

 

7060

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020

 

7263

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019

 

7364

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

64

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019

 

7465

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019

 

7566

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

7667

 

 

 

Financial Statement Schedule

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

10794

All other financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59


 

69


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTEREDREGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders

CareerPerdoceo Education Corporation

 

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanyingaccompanying consolidated balancebalance sheets of CareerPerdoceo Education CorporationCorporation (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the(the “Company”) as of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, the related consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income, (loss),changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018,2021, and the related notes and schedule (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018,2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018,2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated February 20, 2019,24, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Allowance for Credit Losses

As described further in Notes 2 and 7 to the financial statements, student receivables represent funds owed to the Company in exchange for the educational services provided to the student. Student receivables are reported net of an allowance for credit losses as determined by management at the end of each reporting period. Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student is out of school and it reaches greater than 90 days past due.

Management’s student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Its estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on collection experience, have an impact on repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact the estimate of the allowance for credit losses. The factors include, but are not limited to repayment history, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, the allowance estimation process for student receivables is assessed by comparing estimated and actual performance.

Our audit procedures related to the allowance for credit losses included the following, among others:

Assessed the appropriateness of management’s methodology for calculating the allowance including the significant inputs and assumptions utilized, including any changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student,

60


Recalculated the estimated allowance rates applied to the respective accounts receivable allowance categories determined according to funding sources and other criteria,

Tested the completeness and accuracy of data underlying management’s assertions and calculations for a selection of students, and compared our recalculations to management’s analysis to determine whether management’s conclusions were reasonable, and

Tested on a sample basis the write-offs, the rates of reserve percentages, and subsequent cash collections on a student account.

In addition, we tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to establishing the allowance for credit losses.

 

/s/ Grant ThorntonGRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

Chicago, Illinois

February 20, 201924, 2022

 

 

 

61


 

70


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders

CareerPerdoceo Education Corporation

 

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of CareerPerdoceo Education Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018,2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018,2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018,2021, and our report dated February 20, 2019,24, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Overover Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Our audit of, and opinion on, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not include the internal control over financial reporting of DigitalCrafts and Hippo Education, LLC, wholly-owned subsidiaries, whose financial statements reflect total assets constituting 2.5% and 5.8%, respectively, and revenues were each less than 1%, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021. As indicated in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, DigitalCrafts and Hippo Education, LLC were acquired during 2021. Management’s assertion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting excluded internal control over financial reporting of DigitalCrafts and Hippo Education, LLC.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the companyCompany are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’sCompany’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Grant ThorntonGRANT THORNTON LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 20, 201924, 2022

7162


CAREERPERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, unrestricted

 

$

32,394

 

 

$

18,110

 

 

$

319,982

 

 

$

105,684

 

Restricted cash

 

 

337

 

 

 

789

 

 

 

5,196

 

 

 

4,000

 

Restricted short-term investments

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,070

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

325,178

 

 

 

109,684

 

Short-term investments

 

 

196,428

 

 

 

156,178

 

 

 

174,213

 

 

 

300,676

 

Total cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments

 

 

229,159

 

 

 

180,147

 

 

 

499,391

 

 

 

410,360

 

Student receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $23,307 and $20,533 as of

December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

 

 

28,751

 

 

 

18,875

 

Receivables, other, net

 

 

2,567

 

 

 

1,163

 

Student receivables, gross

 

 

79,418

 

 

 

84,599

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

(36,385

)

 

 

(39,917

)

Student receivables, net

 

 

43,033

 

 

 

44,682

 

Receivables, other

 

 

1,692

 

 

 

2,873

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

7,771

 

 

 

7,722

 

 

 

6,919

 

 

 

8,209

 

Inventories

 

 

763

 

 

 

1,112

 

 

 

904

 

 

 

596

 

Other current assets

 

 

437

 

 

 

1,319

 

 

 

2,514

 

 

 

341

 

Assets of discontinued operations

 

 

-

 

 

 

382

 

Total current assets

 

 

269,448

 

 

 

210,720

 

 

 

554,453

 

 

 

467,061

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $198,052 and $213,825 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

 

 

30,048

 

 

 

33,230

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $113,711 and $101,380 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

28,355

 

 

 

27,761

 

Right of use asset, net

 

 

36,664

 

 

 

44,773

 

Goodwill

 

 

87,356

 

 

 

87,356

 

 

 

162,579

 

 

 

118,312

 

Intangible assets, net of amortization of $1,400 as of both December 31, 2018 and 2017

 

 

7,900

 

 

 

7,900

 

Student receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,529 and $2,001 as of

December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

 

 

942

 

 

 

2,548

 

Intangible assets, net of amortization of $8,662 and $4,178 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

32,208

 

 

 

15,522

 

Student receivables, gross

 

 

4,242

 

 

 

3,533

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

(2,870

)

 

 

(2,230

)

Student receivables, net

 

 

1,372

 

 

 

1,303

 

Deferred income tax assets, net

 

 

81,628

 

 

 

98,084

 

 

 

25,114

 

 

 

40,351

 

Other assets

 

 

4,993

 

 

 

5,673

 

 

 

6,688

 

 

 

6,434

 

Assets of discontinued operations

 

 

178

 

 

 

1,585

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

482,493

 

 

$

447,096

 

 

$

847,433

 

 

$

721,517

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease liability-operating

 

$

9,400

 

 

$

9,789

 

Accounts payable

 

$

9,195

 

 

$

8,515

 

 

 

10,838

 

 

 

13,259

 

Accrued expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payroll and related benefits

 

 

24,530

 

 

 

32,910

 

 

 

25,312

 

 

 

22,661

 

Advertising and marketing costs

 

 

9,300

 

 

 

9,245

 

 

 

8,690

 

 

 

10,249

 

Income taxes

 

 

1,472

 

 

 

2,185

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

1,402

 

Other

 

 

19,668

 

 

 

31,233

 

 

 

15,180

 

 

 

11,921

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

32,351

 

 

 

22,897

 

 

 

70,613

 

 

 

34,534

 

Liabilities of discontinued operations

 

 

536

 

 

 

5,701

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

97,052

 

 

 

112,686

 

 

 

140,244

 

 

 

103,815

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent obligations

 

 

12,745

 

 

 

15,277

 

Lease liability-operating

 

 

35,549

 

 

 

43,405

 

Other liabilities

 

 

17,493

 

 

 

22,143

 

 

 

21,530

 

 

 

18,390

 

Liabilities of discontinued operations

 

 

-

 

 

 

785

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

30,238

 

 

 

38,205

 

 

 

57,079

 

 

 

61,795

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 85,173,686 and 84,279,533

shares issued, 69,772,910 and 69,117,803 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and

2017, respectively

 

 

852

 

 

 

843

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; NaN issued or outstanding

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 88,724,438 and 87,264,910

shares issued, 68,748,662 and 70,062,364 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and

2020, respectively

 

 

887

 

 

 

873

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

628,295

 

 

 

621,008

 

 

 

674,242

 

 

 

658,423

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(298

)

 

 

(164

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(52,946

)

 

 

(108,127

)

Treasury stock, at cost, 15,400,776 and 15,161,730 shares as of December 31, 2018 and 2017,

respectively

 

 

(220,700

)

 

 

(217,355

)

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(96

)

 

 

364

 

Retained earnings

 

 

251,972

 

 

 

142,335

 

Treasury stock, at cost, 19,975,776 and 17,202,546 shares as of December 31, 2021 and 2020,

respectively

 

 

(276,895

)

 

 

(246,088

)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

355,203

 

 

 

296,205

 

 

 

650,110

 

 

 

555,907

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$

482,493

 

 

$

447,096

 

 

$

847,433

 

 

$

721,517

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

7263


CAREERPERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

REVENUE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tuition and fees

 

$

578,545

 

 

$

593,849

 

 

$

700,525

 

Tuition and fees, net

 

$

688,415

 

 

$

684,579

 

 

$

625,056

 

Other

 

 

2,751

 

 

 

2,586

 

 

 

3,867

 

 

 

4,619

 

 

 

2,735

 

 

 

2,648

 

Total revenue

 

 

581,296

 

 

 

596,435

 

 

 

704,392

 

 

 

693,034

 

 

 

687,314

 

 

 

627,704

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Educational services and facilities

 

 

109,897

 

 

 

143,344

 

 

 

235,100

 

 

 

108,743

 

 

 

111,768

 

 

 

101,944

 

General and administrative

 

 

390,707

 

 

 

404,965

 

 

 

477,725

 

 

 

418,509

 

 

 

417,214

 

 

 

430,153

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

9,394

 

 

 

13,990

 

 

 

22,747

 

 

 

16,766

 

 

 

14,786

 

 

 

9,145

 

Asset impairment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,164

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

612

 

 

 

-

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

509,998

 

 

 

562,299

 

 

 

736,736

 

 

 

544,018

 

 

 

544,380

 

 

 

541,242

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

71,298

 

 

 

34,136

 

 

 

(32,344

)

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

149,016

 

 

 

142,934

 

 

 

86,462

 

OTHER INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

3,539

 

 

 

1,900

 

 

 

1,262

 

 

 

930

 

 

 

3,852

 

 

 

6,392

 

Interest expense

 

 

(681

)

 

 

(451

)

 

 

(584

)

 

 

(920

)

 

 

(167

)

 

 

(167

)

Miscellaneous income

 

 

196

 

 

 

665

 

 

 

300

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

335

 

Total other income

 

 

3,054

 

 

 

2,114

 

 

 

978

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

3,896

 

 

 

6,560

 

PRETAX INCOME (LOSS)

 

 

74,352

 

 

 

36,250

 

 

 

(31,366

)

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

 

18,561

 

 

 

67,125

 

 

 

(16,550

)

INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

 

55,791

 

 

 

(30,875

)

 

 

(14,816

)

PRETAX INCOME

 

 

149,084

 

 

 

146,830

 

 

 

93,022

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

39,430

 

 

 

22,476

 

 

 

22,428

 

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

 

109,654

 

 

 

124,354

 

 

 

70,594

 

LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax

 

 

(610

)

 

 

(1,022

)

 

 

(3,896

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(90

)

 

 

(612

)

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

 

55,181

 

 

 

(31,897

)

 

 

(18,712

)

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(100

)

 

 

288

 

 

 

(77

)

Unrealized (losses) gains on investments

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(194

)

 

 

699

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(134

)

 

 

94

 

 

 

622

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

$

55,047

 

 

$

(31,803

)

 

$

(18,090

)

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - BASIC:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

0.80

 

 

$

(0.45

)

 

$

(0.22

)

NET INCOME

 

$

109,637

 

 

$

124,264

 

 

$

69,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME PER SHARE - BASIC:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

1.57

 

 

$

1.79

 

 

$

1.01

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(0.05

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.01

)

Net income (loss) per share

 

$

0.79

 

 

$

(0.46

)

 

$

(0.27

)

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - DILUTED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

0.78

 

 

$

(0.45

)

 

$

(0.22

)

Net income per share

 

$

1.57

 

 

$

1.79

 

 

$

1.00

 

NET INCOME PER SHARE - DILUTED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

1.55

 

 

$

1.74

 

 

$

0.98

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(0.05

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.01

)

Net income (loss) per share

 

$

0.77

 

 

$

(0.46

)

 

$

(0.27

)

Net income per share

 

$

1.55

 

 

$

1.74

 

 

$

0.97

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

69,598

 

 

 

68,949

 

 

 

68,373

 

 

 

70,024

 

 

 

69,414

 

 

 

70,088

 

Diluted

 

 

71,482

 

 

 

68,949

 

 

 

68,373

 

 

 

70,881

 

 

 

71,265

 

 

 

72,085

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

(In Thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

NET INCOME

 

$

109,637

 

 

$

124,264

 

 

$

69,982

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(177

)

 

 

199

 

 

 

(41

)

Unrealized (loss) gain on investments

 

 

(283

)

 

 

(179

)

 

 

683

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(460

)

 

 

20

 

 

 

642

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

$

109,177

 

 

$

124,284

 

 

$

70,624

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

7364


CAREER

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued Shares

 

 

$0.01 Par

Value

 

 

Purchased Shares

 

 

Cost

 

 

Additional Paid-in Capital

 

 

Comprehensive Loss

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

 

Total

 

 

Issued Shares

 

 

$0.01 Par

Value

 

 

Purchased Shares

 

 

Cost

 

 

Additional Paid-in Capital

 

 

Comprehensive (Loss) Income

 

 

Retained Earnings

 

 

Total

 

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2015

 

 

82,997

 

 

$

830

 

 

 

(14,898

)

 

$

(215,606

)

 

$

610,784

 

 

$

(880

)

 

$

(57,518

)

 

$

337,610

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(18,712

)

 

 

(18,712

)

BALANCE, December 31, 2018

 

 

85,174

 

 

$

852

 

 

 

(15,401

)

 

$

(220,700

)

 

$

628,295

 

 

$

(298

)

 

$

(52,946

)

 

$

355,203

 

 

Net income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

69,982

 

 

 

69,982

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(77

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(77

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(41

)

 

Unrealized gain on investments

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

699

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

699

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

683

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

683

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,090

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70,624

 

 

Adjustment for change in accounting method

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,035

 

 

 

1,035

 

 

Treasury stock purchased

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(235

)

 

 

(3,875

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,875

)

 

Share-based compensation expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option plans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,256

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,256

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,690

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,690

 

 

Restricted stock award plans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,960

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,960

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,569

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,569

 

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15

 

 

Common stock issued under:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option plans

 

 

90

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

374

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

375

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,486

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,489

 

 

Restricted stock award plans

 

 

387

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(121

)

 

 

(563

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(563

)

 

 

504

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(166

)

 

 

(2,740

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,739

)

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

64

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

397

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

398

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

284

 

 

Tax benefit of stock settlements

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,464

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,464

)

BALANCE, December 31, 2016

 

 

83,538

 

 

$

835

 

 

 

(15,019

)

 

$

(216,169

)

 

$

613,325

 

 

$

(258

)

 

$

(76,230

)

 

$

321,503

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(31,897

)

 

 

(31,897

)

BALANCE, December 31, 2019

 

 

85,953

 

 

$

860

 

 

 

(15,802

)

 

$

(227,315

)

 

$

639,335

 

 

$

344

 

 

$

18,071

 

 

$

431,295

 

 

Net income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

124,264

 

 

 

124,264

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

288

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

288

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

199

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

199

 

 

Unrealized loss on investments

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(194

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(194

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(179

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(179

)

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31,803

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

124,284

 

 

Treasury stock purchased

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,320

)

 

 

(17,862

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(17,862

)

 

Share-based compensation expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option plans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,585

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,585

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,134

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,134

 

 

Restricted stock award plans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,366

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,366

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,227

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,227

 

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

18

 

 

Common stock issued under:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option plans

 

 

289

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,357

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,360

 

 

 

1,040

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,374

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,384

 

 

Restricted stock award plans

 

 

416

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(143

)

 

 

(1,186

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,187

)

 

 

243

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(911

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(912

)

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

37

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

361

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

362

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

339

 

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2017

 

 

84,280

 

 

$

843

 

 

 

(15,162

)

 

$

(217,355

)

 

$

621,008

 

 

$

(164

)

 

$

(108,127

)

 

$

296,205

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2020

 

 

87,265

 

 

$

873

 

 

 

(17,203

)

 

$

(246,088

)

 

$

658,423

 

 

$

364

 

 

$

142,335

 

 

$

555,907

 

 

Net income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

55,181

 

 

 

55,181

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

109,637

 

 

 

109,637

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(177

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(177

)

 

Unrealized loss on investments

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(34

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(34

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(283

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(283

)

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

109,177

 

 

Treasury stock purchased

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,313

)

 

 

(25,296

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(25,296

)

 

Share-based compensation expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option plans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,956

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,956

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

464

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

464

 

 

Restricted stock award plans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,641

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,641

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

14,495

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

14,495

 

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

13

 

 

Common stock issued under:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option plans

 

 

161

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,361

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,363

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

548

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

549

 

 

Restricted stock award plans

 

 

709

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

(239

)

 

 

(3,345

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,345

)

 

 

1,329

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

(460

)

 

 

(5,511

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(5,511

)

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

24

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

319

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

319

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

312

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

312

 

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2018

 

 

85,174

 

 

$

852

 

 

 

(15,401

)

 

$

(220,700

)

 

$

628,295

 

 

$

(298

)

 

$

(52,946

)

 

$

355,203

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2021

 

 

88,724

 

 

$

887

 

 

 

(19,976

)

 

$

(276,895

)

 

$

674,242

 

 

$

(96

)

 

$

251,972

 

 

$

650,110

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

65


PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

109,637

 

 

$

124,264

 

 

$

69,982

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset impairment

 

 

-

 

 

 

612

 

 

 

-

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

16,766

 

 

 

14,786

 

 

 

9,145

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

44,344

 

 

 

47,556

 

 

 

43,454

 

Compensation expense related to share-based awards

 

 

14,972

 

 

 

13,379

 

 

 

9,274

 

Loss on disposition of asset

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

14

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

15,330

 

 

 

20,353

 

 

 

21,556

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student receivables, gross

 

 

6,631

 

 

 

7,092

 

 

 

(33,697

)

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

(47,417

)

 

 

(39,546

)

 

 

(36,326

)

Receivables, other

 

 

5,396

 

 

 

(99

)

 

 

1,189

 

Inventories, prepaid expenses, and other current assets

 

 

3,285

 

 

 

3,031

 

 

 

(1,180

)

Other non-current assets

 

 

72

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

(489

)

Accounts payable

 

 

(2,744

)

 

 

374

 

 

 

2,320

 

Accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities

 

 

(3,404

)

 

 

(11,135

)

 

 

5,066

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

30,724

 

 

 

5,138

 

 

 

(7,704

)

Right of use asset and lease liability

 

 

(2,476

)

 

 

(6,000

)

 

 

(9,519

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

191,116

 

 

 

179,956

 

 

 

73,085

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of available-for-sale investments

 

 

(269,739

)

 

 

(403,673

)

 

 

(449,367

)

Sales of available-for-sale investments

 

 

391,659

 

 

 

287,249

 

 

 

462,325

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(10,453

)

 

 

(9,768

)

 

 

(5,174

)

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

(57,143

)

 

 

(39,819

)

 

 

-

 

Other

 

 

-

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

(85

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

54,324

 

 

 

(165,908

)

 

 

7,699

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

(25,296

)

 

 

(17,862

)

 

 

(3,875

)

Issuance of common stock

 

 

861

 

 

 

5,723

 

 

 

1,774

 

Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation

 

 

(5,511

)

 

 

(912

)

 

 

(2,740

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(29,946

)

 

 

(13,051

)

 

 

(4,841

)

EFFECT OF FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON

   CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH:

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

13

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH

 

 

215,494

 

 

 

997

 

 

 

75,956

 

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, beginning of the year

 

 

109,684

 

 

 

108,687

 

 

 

32,731

 

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, end of the year

 

$

325,178

 

 

$

109,684

 

 

$

108,687

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

23,224

 

 

$

611

 

 

$

46

 

Supplemental Non-Cash Disclosures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount placed in escrow to secure indemnification obligations from business acquisitions

 

$

1,210

 

 

$

4,000

 

 

$

-

 

Non-cash additions to property and equipment

 

$

2,287

 

 

$

52

 

 

$

38

 

Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities

 

$

727

 

 

$

552

 

 

$

-

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

7466


CAREER

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

55,181

 

 

$

(31,897

)

 

$

(18,712

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset impairment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,164

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

9,394

 

 

 

13,990

 

 

 

22,747

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

31,940

 

 

 

27,436

 

 

 

31,885

 

Compensation expense related to share-based awards

 

 

5,614

 

 

 

4,970

 

 

 

3,237

 

Gain on disposition of property and equipment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(438

)

Deferred income taxes

 

 

17,863

 

 

 

64,225

 

 

 

(18,087

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Student receivables, gross

 

 

(10,541

)

 

 

5,129

 

 

 

6,925

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(29,646

)

 

 

(28,075

)

 

 

(29,033

)

Other receivables, net

 

 

(1,286

)

 

 

(257

)

 

 

1,127

 

Inventories, prepaid expenses, and other current assets

 

 

3,053

 

 

 

8,742

 

 

 

2,783

 

Deposits and other non-current assets

 

 

711

 

 

 

1,706

 

 

 

1,634

 

Accounts payable

 

 

698

 

 

 

(1,588

)

 

 

(16,264

)

Accrued expenses and deferred rent obligations

 

 

(35,448

)

 

 

(80,703

)

 

 

29,254

 

Deferred tuition revenue

 

 

9,454

 

 

 

(5,467

)

 

 

(11,747

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

56,987

 

 

 

(21,789

)

 

 

6,475

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of available-for-sale investments

 

 

(309,784

)

 

 

(256,243

)

 

 

(160,590

)

Sales of available-for-sale investments

 

 

275,024

 

 

 

250,928

 

 

 

126,830

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(6,732

)

 

 

(6,332

)

 

 

(4,129

)

Proceeds on the sale of assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,600

 

Payments of cash upon sale of businesses, net of cash divested

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(62

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(41,492

)

 

 

(11,647

)

 

 

(34,351

)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

2,722

 

 

 

773

 

Payments on borrowings

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(38,000

)

Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation

 

 

(3,345

)

 

 

(1,187

)

 

 

(563

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(1,663

)

 

 

1,535

 

 

 

(37,790

)

EFFECT OF FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON

   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

 

 

-

 

 

 

(82

)

 

 

(192

)

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

13,832

 

 

 

(31,983

)

 

 

(65,858

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of the year

 

 

18,899

 

 

 

50,882

 

 

 

116,740

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of the year

 

$

32,731

 

 

$

18,899

 

 

$

50,882

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

153

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

266

 

 

$

120

 

 

$

334

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

75


CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY

Career Education’sPerdoceo’s academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education primarily online to a diverse student population, in a variety of disciplines through online,along with campus-based and blendedblended learning programs. Our two regionally-accredited universitiesaccredited institutions – Colorado Technical University (“CTU”) and the American InterContinental University (“AIU”System (“AIUS” or “AIU System”) -- provide degree programs from associate through the master’s or doctoral level as well as associatenon-degree professional development and bachelor’s levels. Bothcontinuing education offerings. Our universities predominantly serveoffer students online withindustry-relevant and career-focused degreeacademic programs that are designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy adults. CTU and AIUAIUS continue to show innovation in higher education, advancing new personalized learning technologies like their intellipath® learning platform. Career Educationplatform and using data analytics and technology to support students and enhance learning. Perdoceo is committed to providing quality education that closes the gap between learners who seek to advance their careers and employers needing a qualified workforce.

During 2018, CEC completed the multi-year process of teaching out campuses within its All Other Campuses segment. Students enrolled at these campuses were afforded the reasonable opportunity to complete their program of study prior to the final teach-out date.

A listing of individual campus locations and web links to Career Education’s University Group institutions can be found at www.careered.com.

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company”Company,” “Perdoceo” and “CEC”“PEC” refer to CareerPerdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The terms “institution” and “university” refer to an individual, branded, for-profit educational institution, owned by us and includes its campus locations. The term “campus” refers to an individual main or branch campus operated by one of our institutions.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

These consolidated financial statements presented herein include the accounts of CareerPerdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively “CEC”“Perdoceo”or “PEC”). All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Our reporting segments are determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 – Segment Reporting and are based upon how the Company analyzes performance and makes decisions. Each segment represents a group of postsecondary education providersprovider that offeroffers a variety of academic programs. During 2018 we organizedWe organize our business across three2 reporting segments: CTU AIU (comprises University Group)and All Other Campuses. CampusesAIUS.

On August 2, 2021, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of DigitalCrafts. DigitalCrafts operations were brought within the All Other CampusesAIUS segment, completedpreserving the process of teaching out prior to December 31, 2018. The results of operations for these campuses will remain reported“DigitalCrafts” name and programs as part of continuingAIUS’ operations. Results of operations related to the DigitalCrafts acquisition are included in accordance with ASC Topic 360.

During 2018, the Company adopted ASU No. 2014-09, Revenueconsolidated financial statements from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), a new accounting standard intended to improve and converge the financial reporting requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, which supersedes virtually all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The fundamental principlesdate of the new guidance are that companies should recognize revenueacquisition. See Note 3 “Business Acquisitions in a manner that reflects the timing of the transfer of services to customers and the amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration that a company expects to receive for the goods and services provided. The new guidance establishes a five step approach for the recognition of revenue. We adopted this guidance using the modified retrospective approach which applies to contracts that have remaining obligations as of January 1, 2018 and new contracts entered into subsequent to January 1, 2018. Under the modified retrospective approach, we do not restate comparative periods on our consolidated financial statements.statements for further information.

As a result of this change in accounting guidance, we updated our revenue recognition policies and disclosures. The guidance under Topic 606 did not impactOn September 10, 2021, the amount of revenue we recognized in previous periods, and also does not impact the amount of revenue recognized prospectively as our revenue recognition methodology remained relatively the same under the new guidance. The guidance under Topic 606 did impact our presentation of financial condition and disclosures. Previously, a student’s entire accounts receivable balance along with their deferred revenue balance was evaluated to determine the net positionCompany acquired substantially all of the twoassets of Hippo Education (“Hippo”). Hippo’s operations were brought within the CTU segment, preserving the “Hippo Education” name and programs as part of the proper reportingCTU’s operations. Results of that balance within student receivables, net, or within deferred revenue, net, onoperations related to the Hippo acquisition are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. See Note 3 “Business Acquisitions” in our consolidated balance sheets. Under Topic 606, we now separate the contract asset balance from the student receivable balance to determine the amount reported as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheetsfinancial statements for each student. See Note 5 “Revenue Recognition” for morefurther information.

76


b. Management’s Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“GAAP”) requires managementus to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the disclosure of contingent liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. We regularly evaluate the accounting policies and estimates that we use to prepare our financial statements. Significant estimates, among others, include the allowance for doubtful accounts,credit losses, the assumptions surrounding future projections of revenues and expenses utilizedused in determining the probable outcome of performance conditions related to performance-based compensation, the assumptions surrounding sublease income utilizedused in determining the fair valuediscount rate to calculate right of remaininguse assets and lease obligations,liabilities, assumptions utilizedused in calculating income tax related matters including our deferred tax balances and any respective valuation allowance, fair values used in establishing the opening balance sheet for business combinations and fair values used in asset impairment evaluations including goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets. Although these estimates are based upon management’s best knowledge of current events and actions that we may undertake in the future, actualActual results could differ from these estimates.

c. Concentration of Credit Risk

A substantial portion of credit extended to students is repaid through the students’ participation in various federal financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“Higher Education Act”), which we refer to as “Title IV Programs.” For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, approximately 79%, 78% and 76%, respectively, of our institutions’ cash receipts from tuition payments came from Title IV Program funding.

Transfers of funds received from Title IV Programs are made in accordance with the U.S. Department of Education’s (“ED”) requirements. Changes in ED funding of Title IV Programs could have a material impact on our ability to attract students and the realizability of our student receivables. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of the risks associated with Title IV Programs.

d. Student Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful AccountsCredit Losses

Student receivables represent funds owed to us in exchange for the educational services that we provided to a student. Student receivables are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses at the end of the reporting period. Student receivables which are due to be paid in less than one year are recorded as current assets within our consolidated balance sheets. Student receivables which are due to be paid more than one year from the balance sheet date are reported as non-current assets within our consolidated balance sheets.

A substantial portion of credit extended to students is repaid through the students’ participation in various federal financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“Higher Education Act”), which we refer to as

67


Title IV Programs.” For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, approximately 81%, 80% and 79%, respectively, of our institutions’ cash receipts from tuition payments came from Title IV Program funding.

Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student is out of school and it reaches greater than 90 days past due. Although we analyze past due receivables, it is not practical to provide an aging of our non-current student receivable balances as a result of the methodology utilizedused in determining our earned student receivable balances. Student receivables are recognized on our consolidated balance sheets as they are deemed earned over the course of a student’s program and/or term, and therefore cash collections are not applied against specifically dated transactions.

We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our academic institutions for tuition and certain other educational costs. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses with respect to student receivables which we estimate will ultimately not be collectible. As such, our results from operations only reflect the amount of revenue that is estimated to be reasonably collectible. Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on our collectionscollection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history, repayment practices of previous extended payment programs, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with students.the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trending analysis and comparing estimated and actual performance. 

We monitor our collections and write-off experience to assess whether or not adjustments to our allowance percentage estimates are necessary. Changes in trends in any of the factors that we believe impact the collection of our student receivables, as noted above, or modifications to our collection practices, and other related policies may impact our estimate of our allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses and our results from operations.

e. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value measure of accounting for financial instruments establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

The fair value for restricted short-term investments and short-term investments reported in our consolidated balance sheets are valued at Level 1 and Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. Restricted short-term investments are comprised of certificates of

77


deposit to provide securitization of our letters of credit pursuant to our credit agreement. See Note 4 “Financial Instruments” for further details.

f.d. Revenue Recognition

Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our institutions,universities, is generally segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational services provided by our institutions.universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our institutionsuniversities charge tuition and fees at varying amounts, depending on the institution,university, the type of program and specific curriculum. Our institutionsuniversities bill students a single charge that covers tuition, fees and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each academic period,term for our degree programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term, which includes any applicable externship period.term. As part of a student’s course of instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees graduation fees and laboratorygraduation fees, are billed to students. These fees are earned over the applicable term and are not considered separate performance obligations. We bill student tuition upon enrollment for our non-degree professional development and continuing education offerings and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the length of the course.

TheFor each term, the portion of tuition and fees billed tofee payments received from students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred revenue and reported as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as we expect to earn these revenues within the next year. A contract asset is recorded for each student for the current term for which studentsthey are enrolled for the amount billedcharged for the current term but paymentthat has not yet been received as payment and to which the Company doeswe do not have the unconditional right to receive payment because the student has not reached the point in the student’s current academic term at which the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student. On a student by student basis, the contract asset is offset against the deferred revenue balance for the current term and the net deferred revenue balance is reflected within current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. For AIUS’ Trident and DigitalCrafts programs and CTU’s Hippo programs, students are billed as they enroll in courses, including courses related to future periods. Any billings for future periods would meet the definition of a contract asset as we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment as the course has not yet started. Contract assets related to future periods are offset against the respective deferred revenue associated with the future period.

If a student withdraws from one of our institutionsuniversities prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition and fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards, we are not entitled to retain. Generally, the amount to be refunded to a student is calculated based upon the percent of the term attended and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of their withdrawal date. Students are typically entitled to a partial refund throughuntil approximately halfway ofthrough their term. Pursuant to each institution’suniversity’s policy, once a student reaches the point in the term where no refund is given, the student would not have a refund due if withdrawing from the institutionuniversity subsequent to that date. Management reassesses collectability when a student withdraws from the institutionuniversity and has unpaid tuition charges for the current term which the institutionuniversity is entitled to retain per the applicable refund policy. Such unpaid charges generally do not meet the threshold of reasonably collectible and are recognized as revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606 when cash is received and the contract is terminated and neither party has further performance obligations.

68


Our institutions’ academic year is generally at least 30 weeks in length but varies both by institution and program of study and is divided by academic terms. Academic terms are determined by regulatory requirements mandated by the federal government and/or applicable accrediting body, which also vary by institutionuniversity and program. Academic terms are determined by start dates, which vary by institutionuniversity and program and are generally 10-118-12 weeks in length.Our non-degree professional development and continuing education offerings are generally 16-52 weeks in length. Our students finance costs through a variety of funding sources, including, among others, federal loan and grant programs, institutional payment plans, employer reimbursement, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments.payments, as well as private loans for our non-degree programs.

Other revenue, which consists primarily of contract training revenue, and bookstore sales and miscellaneous non-student related revenue, is billed and recognized as goods are delivered or services are performed. Contract training revenue results from individual training courses that are stand-alone courses and not part of a degree or certificate program. Bookstore sales are primarily initiated by the student and are not included in the enrollment agreement at the onset of a student’s entrance to the institution. Miscellaneous non-student related revenue consists of staffing services provided to third parties and software license fees. These types of sales constitute a separate performance obligation from classroom instruction.

g.e. Cash, and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash, and cash equivalents consist ofand restricted cash include cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The fair market value of cash, and cash equivalents and restricted cash approximate their carrying value. The cash in the Company’s banks is not fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. RestrictedThe Company has not experienced any material losses in such accounts. The restricted cash balances are used to provide securitization for letters of credit. Restricted cash balancesbalance as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 total $0.32021 was $5.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively.relates to amounts held in escrow accounts to secure post-closing indemnification obligations of the seller pursuant to the Trident and Hippo acquisitions.

Students at our institutions may receive grants, loans and work-study opportunities to fund their education under Title IV Programs. In certain instances, students may request that we retain a portion of their Title IV funds provided to them in excess of tuition billings. Students maybillings and authorize us to apply these funds to historical balances or future charges and/or distribute them directly to the student in certain cases. As of December 31, 2018,2021 and 2020, we held $6.2$10.4 million and $10.0 million, respectively, of these funds on behalf of students within cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheet.

h. Discontinued Operations

Discontinued operations are accounted for in accordancesheet, with FASB ASC Section 360-10-35 Property, Plant, and Equipment. In accordance with FASB ASC Section 360-10-35, the net assets of discontinued operations areoffset recorded as prepaid revenue within deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets.

78


sheets at estimated fair value. The results of operations of discontinued operations are segregated from continuing operations and reported separately as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss). See Note 18 “Discontinued Operations” for further discussion.

Effective January 1, 2015, ASC Topic 360 limits discontinued operations reporting to disposals of components of an entity that represent a strategic shift upon disposal that have or will have a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. We did not have any disposals since the 2015 effective date which met the revised definition of discontinued operations and accordingly all disposals since January 1, 2015 continue to be reported within continuing operations for all periods presented.

i.f. Investments

Our investments, which primarily consist of municipal bonds, non-governmental debt securities and treasury and federal agencies and municipal bondssecurities are classified as “available-for-sale” and recorded at fair value. The Company measures the fair value of financial instruments under the guidance of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. Any unrealized holding gains or temporary unrealized holding losses, net of income tax effects, are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income within stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses are computed on the basis of specific identification and are included in miscellaneousother income (expense)(loss) in our consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).income.

We use the equity method to account for our investment in equity securities if our investment gives us the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of the investee. We include our proportionate share of earnings and/or losses of our equity method investee in other income (expense) within our consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).income. The carrying value of our equity investment is reported within other non-current assets on our consolidated balance sheets.

Our investment in an equity affiliate equated to a 30.7%, or $2.7$3.2 million, non-controlling interest in CCKF, a Dublin-based educational technology company providing intelligent systems to power the delivery of individualized and personalized learning.

j. Inventories

Inventories, consisting principally of program materials, textbooks and supplies, are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. The cost of inventory is reflected as a component of educational services and facilities expense as the items are used or sold.

k.g. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets for financial reporting purposes and an accelerated method for income tax reporting purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the life of the lease or the useful life. Maintenance, repairs, minor renewals and betterments are expensed as incurred, and major improvements, which extend the useful life of the asset, are capitalized.

l.h. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair market value of identifiable net assets acquired through business purchases. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 – Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, we review goodwill for impairment on at least an annual basis by applying a fair-value-based test. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill, we must make assumptions regarding the fair value of our reporting units, as defined under FASB ASC Topic 350. Our reporting units that have goodwill balances remaining as of December 31, 2018 include CTU and AIU. Goodwill is evaluated by comparing the book value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, with its fair value, as determined by a combination of income and market approach valuation methodologies (“quantitative assessment”). If the book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value,

69


goodwill of the reporting unit is considered to be impaired.The amount of impairment loss is equal to the excess of the book value of the goodwill over the fair value of goodwill. In certain cases, a qualitative assessment may be utilizedused to determine if it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value and if the quantitative assessment is needed.

When performing a qualitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, management must first consider events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. Management focuses on the significant inputs and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs, including, but not limited to, financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows, or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment or increased competition. Management evaluates all events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value. If management determines that it is not more likely than not that the goodwill of the reporting unit is impaired based upon its qualitative assessment then it does not need to perform the quantitative assessment.

79


When performing a quantitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, we estimate the fair value of each of our reporting units based on projected future operating results and cash flows, market assumptions and/or comparative market multiple methods. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation of a number of factors, such as marketplace participants, relative market share, new student interest, student retention, future expansion or contraction expectations, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Projected future operating results and cash flows used for valuation purposes do reflect improvements relative to recent historical periods with respect to, among other things, modest revenue growth and operating margins. Although we believe our projected future operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions. These assumptions could be adversely impacted by certain of the risks discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Intangible assets include indefinite-lived assets. Indefinite-lived assets include our CTU trade name and accreditation rights, which are recorded at fair market value upon acquisition and subsequently reviewed on an annual basis for impairment. Accreditation rights represent the ability of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs.

Definite-lived intangible assets consist of the Trident, DigitalCrafts and Hippo trade names, customer relationships, course curriculum and developed technology. Customer relationships represent the value of acquired student and third party contracts and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated future benefit period for those contracts. Course curriculum represents the value of acquired curriculum, including lesson plans and syllabi, used to deliver educational services. Acquired course curriculum balances are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which are estimated by management based upon, among other things, the expected future utilization period and the nature of the related academic programs. Developed technology represents online auditory and video course program materials related to our non-degree professional development and continuing education offerings and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of future benefit.

See Note 910 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for further discussion.

m. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review property and equipment and other long-lived assets for impairment on an annual basis or whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. If such adverse events or changes in circumstances occur, we will recognize an impairment loss if the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets are less than the carrying value of the related assets. The impairment loss would reduce the carrying value of the assets to their estimated fair value.

See Note 7 “Property and Equipment” for further discussion.

n.i. Contingencies

During the ordinary course of business, we arethe Company may be subject to various claims and contingencies. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450 – Contingencies, when we become aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any related loss or exposure. The probability of whether an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred, and whether the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, is analyzed, and if the loss contingency is both probable and reasonably estimable, then we accrue for costs, including direct costs incurred, associated with the loss contingency. If no accrual is made but the loss contingency is reasonably possible, we disclose the nature of the contingency and the related estimate of possible loss or range of loss if such an estimate can be made. For all matters that are currently being reviewed, we expense legal fees, including defense costs, as they are incurred. Loss contingencies include, but are not limited to, possible losses related to legal proceedings and regulatory compliance matters, and our assessment of exposure requires subjective assessment. Liabilities established to provide for contingencies are adjusted as further information develops, circumstances change, or contingencies are resolved. See Note 12 “Contingencies” for additional information.

o.j. Income Taxes

We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S. and various state and local jurisdictions. These tax laws are complex and subject to interpretation. As a result, significant judgments and interpretations are required in determining our income tax provisions (benefits) and evaluating our uncertain tax positions.

70


We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 – Income Taxes. Topic 740 requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the income tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax reporting by applying enacted statutory income tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Topic 740 also requires that deferred income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized.

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance and/or release of a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. Topic 740 provides that important factors in determining whether a deferred tax asset will be realized are whether there has been sufficient taxable income in recent years and whether sufficient taxable income is expected in future years in order to utilizeuse the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, we consider, among other things, historical levels of taxable income along with possible sources of future taxable

80


income, which include: the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, the existence of taxable income in prior carryback year(s), the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits, expected future taxable income and earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the future deductible amount, coupled with evidence indicating the loss is not a continuing condition. Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable income levels could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods. If, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we record a valuation allowance, or release all or a portion of the valuation allowance if it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets are expected to be realized. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. A high degree of judgment is required to determine if, and the extent to which, valuation allowances should be recorded against deferred tax assets.

Topic 740 further clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

p. Deferred Rent Obligationsk. Leases

ManyFASB ASC Topic 842 – Leases states that all leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB Concept Statements No. 6 Elements of Financial Statements, and thus requires the recognition of a lease liability and a right of use asset at the lease inception date. We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates with terms that generally range from five to ten years with one to four renewal options for extended terms. In most cases, we are required to make additional payments under facility operating leases for taxes, insurance and other operating expenses incurred during the operating lease period. We determine if a contract contains a lease when the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Upon such identification and commencement of a lease, we establish a right of use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability in our consolidated balance sheets.

A lease component is defined as an asset within the lease contract that a lessee can benefit from the use of and is not highly dependent or interrelated with other assets in the arrangement. A lease contract may contain multiple lease components. A non-lease component is defined as a component of the real estate operating lease agreementsthat transfers a good or service for the underlying asset, such as maintenance services. We have determined that all of our leases contain one lease component related to whichthe building and land. We have determined that treating the land together with the building as one lease component would not result in a significant difference from accounting for them as separate lease components. Additionally, we have elected the practical expedient to include both the lease component and the non-lease component as a single component when accounting for each lease and calculating the resulting lease liability and ROU asset. Any remaining contract consideration, such as property taxes and insurance, that does not meet the definition of a lease component or non-lease component would be allocated to the single lease component based on our election.

The lease liability represents future lease payments for lease and non-lease components discounted for present value. Lease payments that may be included in the lease liability include fixed payments, variable lease payments that are partybased on an index or rate and payments for penalties for terminating the lease if the lessee is reasonably certain to use a termination option, among others. Certain of our leases contain rent escalation clauses orthat are specifically stated in the lease incentives, such as rent abatements or tenant improvement allowances. Rent escalation clauses and lease incentivesthese are taken into accountincluded in determining total rent expense to be recognized during the termcalculation of the lease liability. Variable lease payments for lease and non-lease components which beginsare not based on an index or rate are excluded from the date that we take controlcalculation of the leased space. Renewal optionslease liability and are considered when evaluatingrecognized in the overall termstatement of income during the period incurred.

The ROU asset consists of the lease. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 840 – Leases, differences between periodicamount of the initial measurement of the lease liability and adjusted for any lease incentives, including rent expenseabatements and periodic cash rental payments, caused primarilytenant improvement allowances, and any initial direct costs incurred by the recognition of rent expenselessee. The ROU asset is amortized over the remaining lease term on a straight-line basis and tenant improvement allowances due or received from lessors, are recorded as deferred rent obligations on our consolidated balance sheets.

We record tenant improvement allowances as a deferred rent obligation on our consolidated balance sheetswithin educational services and as a cash inflow from operating activitiesfacilities on our consolidated statements of cash flows. income.

71


The lease term is determined by taking into account the initial period as stated in the lease contract and adjusted for any renewal options that the company is reasonably certain to exercise as well as any period of time that the lessee has control of the space before the stated initial term of the lease. If we determine that we are reasonably certain to exercise a termination option, the lease term is then adjusted to account for the expected termination date.

We record capital expenditures funded by tenant improvement allowances received asuse discount rates to determine the net present value of our gross lease obligations when calculating the lease liability and related ROU asset. In cases in which the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable, we use that discount rate for purposes of the net present value calculation. In most cases, our lease agreements do not have a leasehold improvementdiscount rate that is readily determinable and therefore we use an estimate of our incremental borrowing rate. Our incremental borrowing rate is determined at lease commencement or lease modification and represents the rate of interest we would have to pay to borrow on our consolidated balance sheets and asa collateralized basis over a similar term an investing activity within our consolidated statements of cash flows.amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.

q.See Note 9 “Leases” for further details.

l. Share-Based Compensation

FASB ASC Topic 718 – Compensation-Stock Compensation requires that all share-based payments to employees and non-employee directors, including grants of stock options, shares or units of restricted stock, and the compensatory elements of employee stock purchase plans, be recognized in the financial statements based on the estimated fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued.

Our share-based awards are measured at fair value and recognized over the requisite service or performance period. The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-ScholesBlack-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, based on the market price of the underlying common stock, expected life, expected stock price volatility and expected risk-free interest rate. Expected volatility is computed using a combination of historical volatility for a period equal to the expected term; the risk-free interest rates are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve, with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected term used in the option pricing model. The fair value of each restricted stock unit award is estimated based on the market price of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant. The fair value of each market-based performance grant is estimated using the Monte Carlo Simulation methodology to assess the grant date fair value. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise our estimate in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. For our performance-based awards, the performance criteria is assessed each reporting period to determine the probability of attainment.

See Note 14 “Share-Based Compensation” for further discussion of our share-based compensation plans, the nature of share-based awards issued under the plans and our accounting for share-based awards.

r.m. Advertising and Marketing Costs

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising and marketing costs, which are included in general and administrative expensesexpense on our consolidated statements of income, (loss) and comprehensive income (loss), were $126.4$137.2 million, $136.1$143.3 million and $154.9$130.9 million, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company completed the DigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions on August 2, 2021 and September 10, 2021, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Trident University International (“Trident University”) on March 2, 2020.

DigitalCrafts, launched in 2015, helps provide individuals an opportunity in the technology area through reskilling and upskilling courses within the areas of web development, web design and cybersecurity. DigitalCrafts’ programs are now offered by AIUS under the ‘DigitalCrafts’ name. On the date of acquisition, the Company made a cash payment of $16.3 million for the DigitalCrafts assets and a subsequent working capital payment of $0.2 million. The initial and working capital payments were fully funded with the Company’s available cash balances. Pursuant to the acquisition agreement, a post-closing contingent consideration payment of up to $2.5 million is expected to be paid in early 2024 based upon the achievement of certain financial metrics.

The purchase price of $18.4 million for the DigitalCrafts assets consists of the initial purchase price of $16.3 million, the working capital payment of $0.2 million and the fair value calculation of contingent consideration of $1.9 million. The purchase price was allocated to the fair values of acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets of $20.0 million and assumed liabilities of $1.7 million as of August 2, 2021. The fair value of student receivables is equal to the gross contractual amount of student receivables. Intangible assets acquired include a trade name with a fair value of approximately $0.7 million with an estimated useful life of 5 years and customer relationships and developed technology with an aggregate fair value of $1.0 million with estimated useful lives of 3 years each. Based on our purchase price allocation, we recorded goodwill of $16.5 million. Goodwill reflects the revenue growth opportunities following the acquisition. We expect substantially all of this goodwill balance to be deductible for income tax reporting purposes.

72


Hippo, founded in 2011, is a provider of continuing medical education and exam preparation for medical professionals with a quality technology platform and strong course content. Hippo programs are now offered by CTU under the ‘Hippo Education’ name. On the date of acquisition, the Company made an initial cash payment of $42.0 million. Pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreement, $1.2 million of this payment was set aside in an escrow account to secure indemnification obligations of the seller after closing and is reflected as restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheets. The initial payment was fully funded with the Company’s available cash balances. Additionally, pursuant to the purchase agreement, a post-closing contingent consideration payment of up to $4.0 million is expected to be paid in early 2024 based upon the achievement of certain financial metrics.

The purchase price of $43.3 million for Hippo represents the initial purchase price of $42.0 million as well as the fair value calculation of contingent consideration of $1.3 million. The purchase price was allocated to the fair values of acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets of $47.5 million and assumed liabilities of $4.3 million as of September 10, 2021. The fair value of student receivables is equal to the gross contractual amount of student receivables. Intangible assets acquired include a trade name with a fair value of approximately $3.3 million with an estimated useful life of 10 years, customer relationships with a fair value of approximately $14.1 million with an estimated useful life of 7 years and developed technology with a fair value of $2.0 million with an estimated useful life of 4 years. Based on our purchase price allocation, we recorded goodwill of $27.8 million. Goodwill reflects the revenue growth opportunities following the acquisition. We expect substantially all of this goodwill balance to be deductible for income tax reporting purposes.

Trident University, a regionally accredited university, offers online undergraduate, master’s and doctoral programs with a strong focus on graduate programs. Trident University’s operations were brought within the scope of the state licensure, accreditation and Department of Education (“Department”) approval of American InterContinental University, with Trident University relinquishing its accreditor and Department approvals. Trident University’s programs are now offered by AIU under the “Trident” name. The combined institution continues to serve existing and future students with a broader range of program offerings and resources.

During 2020, the Company made a total cash payment of $43.8 million for the acquisition of Trident University assets. Pursuant to the purchase agreement, $4.0 million of this payment was set aside in an escrow account to secure indemnification obligations of the seller after closing and is reflected as restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheets. The purchase price of $43.8 million was allocated to the fair values of acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets of $53.1 million and assumed liabilities of $9.3 million as of March 2, 2020. Intangible assets acquired include a trade name with a fair value of $1.0 million with an estimated useful life of 5 years and customer relationships and course curriculum with an aggregate fair value of $9.4 million with estimated useful lives of 3 years each. Based on the final purchase price allocation, we recorded goodwill of $31.0 million. We expect substantially all of this goodwill balance to be deductible for income tax reporting purposes.

The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of respective acquisition dates (dollars in thousands):

 

 

Trident University

 

 

DigitalCrafts

 

 

Hippo

 

 

 

March 2, 2020

 

 

August 2, 2021

 

 

September 10, 2021

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

93

 

Student receivables

 

 

6,212

 

 

 

1,777

 

 

 

202

 

Other current assets

 

 

912

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

25

 

Property and equipment

 

 

3,932

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

27

 

Intangible assets subject to amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade name

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

740

 

 

 

3,340

 

Customer relationships

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

14,100

 

Course curriculum

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Developed technology

 

 

-

 

 

 

830

 

 

 

1,960

 

Goodwill

 

 

30,956

 

 

 

16,477

 

 

 

27,790

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

454

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

270

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

         Total assets acquired

 

$

53,136

 

 

$

20,028

 

 

$

47,537

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities

 

$

2,622

 

 

$

268

 

 

$

315

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

4,749

 

 

 

1,404

 

 

 

3,952

 

Loan discharge reserve

 

 

1,900

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

46

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

         Total liabilities assumed

 

$

9,317

 

 

$

1,672

 

 

$

4,267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

43,819

 

 

$

18,356

 

 

$

43,270

 

73


Pro forma financial information relating to the Trident, DigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions is not presented because the acquisitions are not material to the Company.

4. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Recent accounting guidance adopted in 20182021

In June 2018,October 2021, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 718)805): Improvements to Non-Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. The amendments in this ASU expandedprovide guidance to improve the accounting scopefor acquired revenue contracts with customers in a business combination. This ASU addresses the inconsistency by providing specific guidance on how to include share-based

81


payments issuedrecognize and measure acquired contract assets and contract liabilities from revenue contracts in a business combination. The amendment in this ASU requires an entity (acquirer) to non-employees for goods or services to substantially alignrecognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with share-based payments issued to employees.Topic 606. For all public business entities, ASU 2018-072021-08 is effective for annual reporting periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018;2022; early adoption is permitted.permitted for public organizations for which financial statements have not yet been issued. We have early adopted this guidance during 2021 and applied this guidance to both the DigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions. The adoption of this guidance did not significantly impact the accounting for these acquisitions.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. The amendments in this ASU simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions, including the exception to the incremental approach for intraperiod tax allocation when there is a loss from continuing operations and income or a gain from other items and the exception to the general methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period when a year-to-date loss exceeds the anticipated loss for the year. The amendments in this ASU also simplify the accounting for income taxes by requiring that an entity recognize a franchise tax (or similar tax) that is partially based on income as an income-based tax and account for any incremental amount incurred as a non-income-based tax and requiring that an entity reflect the effect of an enacted change in tax laws or rates in the annual effective tax rate computation in the interim period that includes the enactment date. For all public business entities, ASU 2019-12 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2020. We have evaluated and early adopted this guidance effective 2018.January 1, 2021. The adoption did not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.disclosures.

In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-05, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118. The amendments in this ASU allow public companies to record provisional amounts in their annual and interim financial statements using an approach similar to the “measurement period” that U.S. GAAP permits in connection with the accounting for a recently acquired business. During the measurement period, management records provisional amounts for the effects of the tax law changes that can be reasonably estimated. If the finalization of the effect results in a different number, the adjustment to the provisional amount that was initially recorded does not represent the correction of an error. Instead, the adjustment is recorded to income tax expense in the period it is identified. For all entities, ASU 2018-05 is effective for annual periods and interim periods upon discovery. We have evaluated and adopted this guidance beginning 2018. The adoption did not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

In February 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-05, Other Income - Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets (Subtopic 610-20): Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets. The amendments in this ASU clarify and provide guidance for partial sales of nonfinancial assets and recognizing gains and losses from the transfer of nonfinancial assets in contracts with noncustomers. For all public entities, ASU 2017-05 is effective for annual reporting periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We have evaluated and adopted this guidance beginning 2018. The adoption did not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory. The amendments in this ASU improve the accounting for the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory by reducing complexity in accounting standards. The amendments eliminate the exception prohibiting the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory until the asset has been sold to an outside party. For all public entities, ASU 2016-16 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We have evaluated and adopted this guidance beginning 2018. The adoption did not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The amendments in this ASU address eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows under Topic 230. The eight topics include debt prepayment or extinguishments costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. For all public business entities, ASU 2016-15 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We have evaluated and adopted this guidance beginning 2018. The adoption did not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), a new accounting standard intended to improve and converge the financial reporting requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, which supersedes virtually all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The fundamental principles of the new guidance are that companies should recognize revenue in a manner that reflects the timing of the transfer of services to customers and the amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration that a company expects to receive for the goods and services provided. The new guidance establishes a five step approach for the recognition of revenue. For all public business entities, ASU No. 2014-09 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We completed the assessment of our evaluation of the new standard on our accounting policies, processes and system requirements and adopted this guidance beginning 2018. We have adopted this guidance using the modified retrospective approach which applies to contracts that have remaining obligations as of January 1, 2018 and new contracts entered into subsequent to January 1, 2018. Under the modified retrospective approach, we do not restate comparative periods on our consolidated financial statements. The adoption impacted the presentation of our financial condition and disclosures but did not impact our results of operations. See Note 5 “Revenue Recognition” for more information.

Accounting guidance to be adopted in 2019

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The amendments in this ASU provide financial statement preparers with an option to reclassify stranded tax effects within accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) to retained earnings in each period when the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is recorded. For all entities, ASU 2018-02 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after

82


December 15, 2018; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance and believe the adoption will not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The objective of Topic 842 is to establish transparency and comparability that lessees and lessors shall apply to report useful information to users of financial statements about the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from a lease. The core principle of Topic 842 is that lessees should recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases. All leases create an asset and liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB Concept Statements No. 6 Elements of Financial Statements, and, therefore, recognition of those lease assets and liabilities represents an improvement over previous GAAP. The accounting applied for lessors largely remained unchanged. The amendment in this ASU requires recognition of a lease liability and a right of use asset at the lease inception date. Subsequently, the FASB issued three additional Updates to the guidance as follows: In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements and In December 2018, ASU No. 2018-20, Leases (Topic 842): Narrow-Scope Improvements for Lessors, together providing additional clarity on certain narrow aspects of the guidance, providing an additional optional transition method to adopt the new leases standard and providing guidance to lessors on sales taxes and similar taxes collected from lessees including certain lessor costs and recognition of variable payments for contracts with lease and non-lease payments. For all public business entities, ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018; early adoption is permitted. We completed the assessment of the impacts related to the accounting for leases and the most significant impact primarily relates to our accounting for real estate leases and real estate subleases. We expect to have a material amount now reported as a right of use asset and lease liability related to these leases as well as expect to separate lease components from the non-lease components for recognition. Additionally, based on our assessment we do not expect a material impact to the consolidated statement of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) prospectively. Based on ASU 2018-11, we will recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the adoption date which will be January 1, 2019 for CEC. Any cumulative effect adjustments will be recorded as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings beginning 2019. We evaluated this guidance and anticipate the adoption will significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition and disclosures, but will not significantly impact our results of operations.

Recent accounting guidance not yet adopted

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract. The amendments in this ASU provide clarifications which align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software or software licenses. The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract is not affected by these amendments. For public entities, ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance and the impact on the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The amendments in this ASU include removals, modifications of and additions to the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements, including the consideration of costs and benefits. The guidance removed the requirements of the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the policy for timing of transfers between levels and the valuation process for Level 3 fair value measurements. The modifications include requirements to disclose timing of liquidation of an investee’s assets and the date when restrictions from redemption might lapse if the investee has communicated the timing to the entity or announced the timing publicly for those investments in entities which calculate net asset value as well as provides clarity for disclosures surrounding uncertainties in measurement as of the reporting date. Furthermore, this ASU added additional requirements regarding changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in other comprehensive income for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of the reporting period and the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. For all entities, ASU 2018-13 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance and believe the adoption will not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The amendments in this ASU require a financial asset measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected and credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities to be recorded through an allowance for credit losses. For all public business entities, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019; early adoption is permitted for all organizations for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018. We are currently evaluating this guidance and believe the adoption will not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

83


4.5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Investments consist of the following as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Gain

 

 

(Loss)

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Cost

 

 

Gain

 

 

(Loss)

 

 

Fair Value

 

Short-term investments (available for sale):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal bonds

 

$

5,028

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

(1

)

 

$

5,027

 

Non-governmental debt securities

 

$

179,393

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

(337

)

 

$

179,091

 

 

 

168,623

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

(184

)

 

 

168,466

 

Treasury and federal agencies

 

 

17,417

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(85

)

 

 

17,337

 

 

 

720

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

720

 

Total short-term investments (available for sale)

 

$

196,810

 

 

$

40

 

 

$

(422

)

 

$

196,428

 

 

$

174,371

 

 

$

27

 

 

$

(185

)

 

$

174,213

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Gain

 

 

(Loss)

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Cost

 

 

Gain

 

 

(Loss)

 

 

Fair Value

 

Short-term investments (available for sale):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Municipal bonds

 

$

830

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

830

 

 

$

139

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

140

 

Non-governmental debt securities

 

 

125,485

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

(222

)

 

 

125,270

 

 

 

288,578

 

 

 

331

 

 

 

(176

)

 

 

288,733

 

Treasury and federal agencies

 

 

30,211

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(133

)

 

 

30,078

 

 

 

11,799

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

11,803

 

Total short-term investments

 

 

156,526

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

(355

)

 

 

156,178

 

Restricted short-term investments (available for sale):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-governmental debt securities

 

 

5,070

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,070

 

Total short-term investments (available for sale)

 

$

161,596

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

(355

)

 

$

161,248

 

 

$

300,516

 

 

$

338

 

 

$

(178

)

 

$

300,676

 

 

In the table above, unrealized holding gains (losses) as of December 31, 2018 relate to short-term investments that have been in a continuous unrealized gain (loss) position for less than one year.

74


Our unrestricted non-governmental debt securities primarily consist of commercial paper andcorporate bonds, certificates of deposit.deposit and commercial paper. Our treasury and federal agencies primarily consist of U.S. Treasury bills and federal home loan debt securities. We do not intend to sell our investments in these securities prior to maturity and it is not likely that we will be required to sell these investments before recovery of the amortized cost basis. Our restricted short-term investments were comprised entirely of certificates of deposit, which secured our letters of credit.

A schedule of available-for-sale investments segregated by their original stated terms to maturity as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 are as follows (dollars in thousands): 

 

 

Less than

one year

 

 

One to

five years

 

 

Six to

ten years

 

 

Greater

than ten

years

 

 

Total

 

Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-

   investments as of December 31, 2018

 

$

156,657

 

 

$

38,845

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

926

 

 

$

196,428

 

Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-

   investments as of December 31, 2017

 

$

113,634

 

 

$

46,586

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

1,028

 

 

$

161,248

 

 

 

Less than

one year

 

 

One to

five years

 

 

Six to

ten years

 

 

Greater

than ten

years

 

 

Total

 

Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-

   investments as of December 31, 2021

 

$

133,728

 

 

$

40,485

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

174,213

 

Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-

   investments as of December 31, 2020

 

$

182,959

 

 

$

117,641

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

76

 

 

$

300,676

 

 

Realized gains or losses resulting from sales of investments during the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 were not significant.

Fair Value Measurements

FASB ASC Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurements establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs infor which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

As of December 31, 2018,2021 and 2020, we held investments that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. These investments (available-for-sale)(available for sale) consist of municipal bonds, non-governmental debt securities and treasury and federal agencies securities. Available for sale securities included in Level 1 are valued at quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities. Available for sale securities included in Level 2 are estimated based on observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, such as quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

84


InvestmentsAll of our available for sale investments were measured at fair value on a recurring basis subject to the disclosure requirementsunder Level 2 as of FASB ASC Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 20182021 and 2017December 31, 2020. Additionally, money market funds of $225.3 million and $1.7 million included within cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, were measured under Level 1 and certificates of deposit, commercial paper and treasury bills of $5.1 million included within cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheets as follows (dollars in thousands):of December 31, 2020 were measured under Level 2.

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Non-governmental debt securities

 

$

20,000

 

 

$

159,091

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

179,091

 

Treasury and federal agencies

 

 

-

 

 

 

17,337

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

17,337

 

Totals

 

$

20,000

 

 

$

176,428

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

196,428

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Municipal bonds

 

$

-

 

 

$

830

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

830

 

Non-governmental debt securities

 

 

31,500

 

 

 

98,840

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

130,340

 

Treasury and federal agencies

 

 

-

 

 

 

30,078

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

30,078

 

Totals

 

$

31,500

 

 

$

129,748

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

161,248

 

 

Equity Method Investment

Our investment in an equity affiliate, which is recorded within other noncurrent assets on our consolidated balance sheets, represents an international investment in a private company. As of December 31, 2018,2021, our investment in an equity affiliate equated to a 30.7%, or $2.7$3.2 million, non-controlling interest in CCKF, a Dublin-based educational technology company providing intelligent systems to power the delivery of individualized and personalized learning. For

We recorded a gain of approximately $0.2 million each for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021 and 2016, we2020, respectively, and recorded a gain of approximately $0.4$0.1 million $0.3 million and $0.9 million of loss, respectively,for the year ended December 31, 2019, related to our proportionate investment in CCKF within miscellaneous income (expense) on our consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).income.

We make periodic operating maintenance payments to CCKF related to proprietary rights that we use in our intellipath® personalized learning technology. The total fees paid to CCKFrecorded for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Maintenance Fee Payments

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018

 

$

1,462

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017

 

$

1,371

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

$

1,375

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021

 

$

1,726

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020

 

$

1,596

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019

 

$

1,418

 

 

8575


5.

6. REVENUE RECOGNITION

 

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following tables disaggregate our revenue by major source for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016 (dollars2019 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

AIU

 

 

All Other Campuses

 

 

Total

 

Tuition

 

 

$

359,929

 

 

$

196,712

 

 

$

550

 

 

$

557,191

 

Technology fees

 

 

 

11,560

 

 

 

7,590

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

19,150

 

Other miscellaneous fees(1)

 

 

 

1,769

 

 

 

416

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

2,204

 

      Total tuition and fees

 

 

 

373,258

 

 

 

204,718

 

 

 

569

 

 

 

578,545

 

Other revenue(2)

 

 

 

2,512

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

2,751

 

Total revenue

 

 

$

375,770

 

 

$

204,920

 

 

$

606

 

 

$

581,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

AIU

 

 

All Other Campuses

 

 

Total

 

Tuition

 

 

$

356,091

 

 

$

190,739

 

 

$

26,615

 

 

$

573,445

 

Technology fees

 

 

 

11,175

 

 

 

6,791

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

17,966

 

Other miscellaneous fees(1)

 

 

 

1,964

 

 

 

451

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

2,438

 

      Total tuition and fees

 

 

 

369,230

 

 

 

197,981

 

 

 

26,638

 

 

 

593,849

 

Other revenue(2)

 

 

 

2,095

 

 

 

270

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

2,586

 

Total revenue

 

 

$

371,325

 

 

$

198,251

 

 

$

26,859

 

 

$

596,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

AIU

 

 

All Other Campuses

 

 

Total

 

Tuition

 

 

$

354,295

 

 

$

185,929

 

 

$

140,470

 

 

$

680,694

 

Technology fees

 

 

 

10,839

 

 

 

6,013

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

16,855

 

Other miscellaneous fees(1)

 

 

 

1,946

 

 

 

855

 

 

 

175

 

 

 

2,976

 

      Total tuition and fees

 

 

 

367,080

 

 

 

192,797

 

 

 

140,648

 

 

 

700,525

 

Other revenue(2)

 

 

 

2,239

 

 

 

235

 

 

 

1,393

 

 

 

3,867

 

Total revenue

 

 

$

369,319

 

 

$

193,032

 

 

$

142,041

 

 

$

704,392

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

CTU (4)

 

 

AIUS (5)

 

 

Corporate and Other (6)

 

 

Total

 

Tuition, net (1)

 

 

$

384,307

 

 

$

269,645

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

653,952

 

Technology fees

 

 

 

21,249

 

 

 

11,322

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

32,571

 

Other miscellaneous fees(2)

 

 

 

1,227

 

 

 

665

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,892

 

      Total tuition and fees, net

 

 

 

406,783

 

 

 

281,632

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

688,415

 

Other revenue(3)

 

 

 

1,766

 

 

 

1,728

 

 

 

1,125

 

 

 

4,619

 

Total revenue

 

 

$

408,549

 

 

$

283,360

 

 

$

1,125

 

 

$

693,034

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

AIUS

 

 

Corporate and Other (6)

 

 

Total

 

Tuition, net

 

 

$

381,371

 

 

$

270,430

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

651,801

 

Technology fees

 

 

 

20,687

 

 

 

10,122

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

30,809

 

Other miscellaneous fees(2)

 

 

 

1,283

 

 

 

686

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,969

 

      Total tuition and fees, net

 

 

 

403,341

 

 

 

281,238

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

684,579

 

Other revenue(3)

 

 

 

2,166

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

446

 

 

 

2,735

 

Total revenue

 

 

$

405,507

 

 

$

281,361

 

 

$

446

 

 

$

687,314

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

AIUS

 

 

Corporate and Other (6)

 

 

Total

 

Tuition, net

 

 

$

370,318

 

 

$

225,364

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

595,682

 

Technology fees

 

 

 

17,844

 

 

 

9,412

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

27,256

 

Other miscellaneous fees(2)

 

 

 

1,690

 

 

 

428

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,118

 

      Total tuition and fees, net

 

 

 

389,852

 

 

 

235,204

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

625,056

 

Other revenue(3)

 

 

 

2,411

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

2,648

 

Total revenue

 

 

$

392,263

 

 

$

235,374

 

 

$

67

 

 

$

627,704

 

__________________

 

(1)

Other miscellaneous fees include graduation fees, laboratory feesTuition includes revenue earned for degree-granting programs as well as revenue earned for non-degree professional development and activity fees.continuing education offerings related to the DigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions from the date of acquisitions.

 

(2)

Other miscellaneous fees include student activity fees and graduation fees.

(3)    Other revenue primarily includes contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue.

(4)

CTU includes revenue primarilyrelated to the Hippo acquisition commencing on the September 10, 2021 date of acquisition.

(5)

AIUS includes contract training revenue related to the (i) DigitalCrafts acquisition commencing on the August 2, 2021 date of acquisition, and bookstore(ii) Trident acquisition commencing on the March 2, 2020 date of acquisition.

(6)

Revenue recorded within Corporate and laptop sales.Other relates to miscellaneous non-student related revenue.

 

Performance Obligations

Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our institutions,universities, is generally segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational services provided by our institutions.universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our institutionsuniversities charge tuition and fees at varying amounts, depending on the institution,university, the type of program and specific curriculum. Our institutionsuniversities bill students a single charge that covers tuition, fees and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each academic period,term for our degree programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term, which includes any applicable externship period.term. As part of a student’s course of instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees graduation fees and laboratorygraduation fees, are billed to students. These fees are earned over the applicable term and are not

76


considered separate performance obligations. We bill student tuition upon enrollment for our non-degree professional development and continuing education offerings and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the length of the course.

Other revenue, which consists primarily of contract trainingrevenue, and bookstore sales and miscellaneous non-student related revenue, is billed and recognized as goods are delivered or services are performed. Contract training revenue results from individual training courses that are stand-alone courses and not part of a degree or certificate program. Bookstore sales are primarily initiated by the student and are not included in the enrollment agreement at the onset of a student’s entrance to the institution. Miscellaneous non-student related revenue consists of staffing services provided to third parties and software license fees. These types of sales constitute a separate performance obligation from classroom instruction.

Our institutions’ academic year is generally at least 30 weeks in length but varies both by institution and program of study and is divided by academic terms. Academic terms are determined by regulatory requirements mandated by the federal government and/or

86


applicable accrediting body, which also vary by institutionuniversity and program. Academic terms are determined by start dates, which vary by institutionuniversity and program and are generally 10 – 118-12 weeks in length. Our non-degree professional development and continuing education offerings are generally 16-52 weeks in length.

Contract Assets

Prior to the adoption of ASC Topic 606, we offset our student receivable balances with deferred revenue on a student by student basis. Deferred revenue was previously stated net of outstanding student receivables on a student-by-student basis as of the end of each reporting period. Upon adoption of ASC Topic 606, we determined that a portion of the student receivable balance which was previously offset with deferred revenue now meets the definition of student receivables and is not considered a contract asset and therefore is no longer offset with deferred revenue. The previously reported balances along with the adjustment and beginning January 1, 2018 balances are provided below (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Impact of Modified Retrospective Adoption of ASC 606

 

 

January 1, 2018 Post ASC 606 Adoption

 

Student receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, current

 

$

18,875

 

 

$

6,663

 

 

$

25,538

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

22,897

 

 

$

6,663

 

 

$

29,560

 

For each term, the portion of tuition and fee payments billed toreceived from students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred revenue and reported as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as we expect to earn these revenues within the next year. A contract asset is recorded for each student for the current term for which they are enrolled for the amount billedcharged for the current term that has not yet been received as payment and to which we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment because the student has not reached the point in the student’s current academic term at which the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student. On a student by student basis, the contract asset is offset against the deferred revenue balance for the current term and the net deferred revenue balance is reflected within current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. For AIUS’ Trident and DigitalCrafts programs and CTU’s Hippo programs, students are billed as they enroll in courses, including courses related to future periods. Any billings for future periods would meet the definition of a contract asset as we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment as the course has not yet started. Contract assets related to future periods are offset against the respective deferred revenue associated with the future period.

Due to the short-term nature of our academic terms, the contract asset balance which exists at the beginning of each quarter will no longer be a contract asset at the end of that quarter.quarter, with the exception of the contract assets associated with future periods. The decrease in contract asset balances are a result of one of the following: it becomes a student receivable balance once a student reaches the point in a student’s academic term where the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student; a refund is made to withdrawn students for the portion entitled to be refunded under each institutions’ refund policy; we receive funds to apply against the contract asset balance; or a student makes a change into the number of classes they are enrolled in which may cause an adjustment to their previously billed amount. As of the end of each quarter, a new contract asset is determined on a student by student basis based on the most recently started term and a student’s progress within that term as compared to the date at which the student is no longer entitled to a refund under each institution’s refund policy. Contract assets associated with future periods remain as contract assets until the course begins and the student reaches the point in that course that they are no longer entitled to a refund.

The amount of contract assetsdeferred revenue balances which are being offset with deferred revenuecontract assets balances as of January 1, 2018 and December 31, 20182021 and 2020 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

As of

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

January 1, 2018

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Gross deferred revenue

 

$

39,544

 

 

$

51,694

 

 

$

113,719

 

 

$

85,402

 

Gross contract assets

 

 

(9,984

)

 

 

(19,343

)

 

 

(43,106

)

 

 

(50,868

)

Deferred revenue, net

 

$

29,560

 

 

$

32,351

 

 

$

70,613

 

 

$

34,534

 

Deferred Revenue

Changes in our deferred revenue balances for the yearyears ended December 31, 20182021 and 2020 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

77


 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

AIU

 

 

All Other Campuses

 

 

Total

 

Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2018

 

$

23,933

 

 

$

15,507

 

 

$

104

 

 

$

39,544

 

Revenue earned from balances existing as of January 1, 2018

 

 

(22,218

)

 

 

(14,086

)

 

 

(104

)

 

 

(36,408

)

Billings during period(1)

 

 

373,671

 

 

 

216,670

 

 

 

510

 

 

 

590,851

 

Revenue earned for new billings during the period

 

 

(351,040

)

 

 

(190,632

)

 

 

(465

)

 

 

(542,137

)

Other adjustments

 

 

(96

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(156

)

Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2018

 

$

24,250

 

 

$

27,444

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

51,694

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2021

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

AIUS

 

 

Total

 

Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2021

 

$

28,522

 

 

$

56,880

 

 

$

85,402

 

Business acquisitions, beginning balance

 

 

3,952

 

 

 

1,404

 

 

 

5,356

 

Revenue earned from prior balances

 

 

(27,857

)

 

 

(46,591

)

 

 

(74,448

)

Billings during period (1)

 

 

439,836

 

 

 

271,053

 

 

 

710,889

 

Revenue earned for new billings during the period

 

 

(378,926

)

 

 

(235,041

)

 

 

(613,967

)

Other adjustments

 

 

(853

)

 

 

1,340

 

 

 

487

 

Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2021

 

$

64,674

 

 

$

49,045

 

 

$

113,719

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

AIUS

 

 

Total

 

Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2020

 

$

27,845

 

 

$

35,359

 

 

$

63,204

 

Business acquisition, beginning balance

 

 

-

 

 

 

13,395

 

 

 

13,395

 

Revenue earned from prior balances

 

 

(25,179

)

 

 

(40,402

)

 

 

(65,581

)

Billings during period (1)

 

 

404,930

 

 

 

289,751

 

 

 

694,681

 

Revenue earned for new billings during the period

 

 

(378,161

)

 

 

(240,836

)

 

 

(618,997

)

Other adjustments

 

 

(913

)

 

 

(387

)

 

 

(1,300

)

Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2020

 

$

28,522

 

 

$

56,880

 

 

$

85,402

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_____________________________

87


 

(1)

Billings during period includes adjustments for prior billings.

Cash Receipts

Our students financepay for their costs through a variety of funding sources, including among others, federal loan and grant programs, institutional payment plans, employer reimbursement, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments.payments, as well as private loans for our non-degree programs. Cash receipts from government related sources are typically received during the current academic term. We typically receive funds after the end of an academic term for students who receive employer reimbursements. Students who have not applied for any type of financial aid generally set up a payment plan with the institutionuniversity and make payments on a monthly basis per the terms of the payment plan.

If a student withdraws from one of our institutionsuniversities prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition and fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards, we are not entitled to retain. Generally, the amount to be refunded to a student is calculated based upon the percent of the term attended and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of their withdrawal date. In certain circumstances, we have recognized revenue for students who have withdrawn that we are not entitled to retain. We have estimated a reserve for these limited circumstances based on historical evidence in the amount of $0.9$2.1 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 20182021 and December 31, 2017.2020, respectively. Students are typically entitled to a partial refund throughuntil approximately halfway ofthrough their term. Pursuant to each institution’suniversity’s policy, once a student reaches the point in the term where no refund is given, the student would not have a refund due if withdrawing from the institutionuniversity subsequent to that date.

Management reassesses collectability when a student withdraws from the institutionuniversity and has unpaid tuition charges for the current term which the institutionuniversity is entitled to retain per the applicable refund policy. SuchCertain unpaid charges do not meet the threshold of reasonably collectible and are recognized as revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606 when cash is received and the contract is terminated and neither party has further performance obligations. We have no remaining performance obligations for students who have withdrawn from our institutions,universities, and once the refund calculation is performed and funds are returned to the student, if applicable under our refund policy, no further consideration is due back to the student. We recognized $1.4$1.6 million, $1.1 million and $1.5$1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 20182021, 2020 and 2017,2019, respectively, for payments received from withdrawn students.

Significant Judgments

We analyze revenue recognition on a portfolio approach under ASC Topic 606. Significant judgment is utilizedused in determining the appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606. We have determined that all of our students can be grouped into one1 portfolio. Based on our past experience, students at different campuses,universities, in different programs or with different funding all behave similarly. Enrollment agreements all contain similar terms, refund policies are similar across all institutions and all students work with the campusuniversity to obtain some type of funding, for example, Title IV Program funds, Veterans Administration funds, military funding, employer reimbursement or self-pay. We have significant historical data for our students which allows us to analyze collectability. We do not expect that revenue earned for the portfolio is significantly different as compared to revenue that would be earned if we were to assess each student contract separately.

78


Significant judgment is also required to assess collectability, particularly as it relates to students seeking funding under Title IV Programs. Because students are required to provide documentation, and in some cases extensive documentation, to the Department of Education to be eligible and approved for funding, the timeframe for this process can sometimes span between 90 to 120 days. We monitor the progress of students through the eligibility and approval process and assess collectability for the portfolio each reporting period to monitor that the collectability threshold is met.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, we received a majority of our institutions’universities’ cash receipts for tuition payments from various government agencies as well as our corporate partnerships. These cash receipts represent a substantial portion of our consolidated revenues and all have low risk of collectability.

6.7. STUDENT RECEIVABLES

Student receivables represent funds owed to us in exchange for the educational services provided to a student. Student receivables are reflected net of an allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses at the end of the reporting period. Student receivables, net, are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets as components of both current and non-current assets. We do not accruecharge interest on pastany of our payment plans.

Our students pay for their costs through a variety of funding sources, including federal loan and grant programs, institutional payment plans, employer reimbursement, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments, as well as private loans for our non-degree programs. Cash receipts from government related sources are typically received during the current academic term. We typically receive funds after the end of an academic term for students who receive employer reimbursements. Students who have not applied for any type of financial aid generally set up a payment plan with the institution and make payments on a monthly basis per the terms of the payment plan. For those balances that are not received during the academic term, the balance is typically due student receivables; interestwithin the current academic year which is recorded only upon collection.

approximately 30 weeks in length. Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student is out of school and it reaches greater than 90 days past due. Although we analyze past due receivables, it is not practical to provide an aging of our non-current student receivable balances as a result of the methodology utilized in determining our earned student receivable balances. Student receivables are recognized on our consolidated balance sheets as they are deemed earned over the course of a student’s program and/or term, and therefore cash collections are not applied against specifically dated transactions.

88


Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on our collection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts.credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history, repayment practices of previous extended payment programs, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trendingtrend analysis and comparing estimated and actual performance.

Student Receivables Under Extended Payment Plans

To assist students in completing their educational programs, we previously provided extended payment plans to certain students. We discontinued providing extended payment plans to students duringhave an immaterial amount of student receivables that are due greater than 12 months from the first quarterdate of 2011.

our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, the amount of non-current student receivables under these plans along with payment plans that are longer than 12 months in duration, net of allowance for doubtful accounts,credit losses, was $0.9$1.4 million and $2.5$1.3 million, respectively.

Student Receivables Valuation Allowance for Credit Losses

We define student receivables as a portfolio segment under ASC Topic 326 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses.Changes in our current and non-current receivables allowance for credit losses related to our student receivable portfolio in accordance with the guidance under ASU 2016-13 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Balance,

Beginning of

Period

 

 

Charges to

Expense (1)

 

 

Amounts

Written-off

 

 

Balance,

End of

Period

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018

 

$

22,534

 

 

$

32,042

 

 

$

(29,740

)

 

$

24,836

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017

 

$

23,142

 

 

$

27,571

 

 

$

(28,179

)

 

$

22,534

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

$

20,229

 

 

$

32,049

 

 

$

(29,136

)

 

$

23,142

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

42,147

 

 

$

31,964

 

 

$

24,836

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

44,349

 

 

 

47,561

 

 

 

43,470

 

Amounts written-off

 

 

(50,514

)

 

 

(40,053

)

 

 

(38,921

)

Recoveries

 

 

3,273

 

 

 

2,675

 

 

 

2,579

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

39,255

 

 

$

42,147

 

 

$

31,964

 

 

(1)

Charges to expense include an offset for recoveries of amounts previously written off of $5.7 million, $4.2 million and $6.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amount reported in our consolidated balance sheets for the current portion of student receivables approximates fair value because of the nature of these financial instruments as they generally have short maturity periods. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of the non-current portion of student receivables, since observable market data is not readily available, and no reasonable estimation methodology exists.

7.79


8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The cost basis and estimated useful lives of property and equipment as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Life

 

2021 (1)

 

 

2020 (1)

 

 

Life

Computer hardware and software

 

$

105,175

 

 

$

105,244

 

 

3 years

 

$

45,482

 

 

$

40,587

 

 

3 years

Leasehold improvements

 

 

73,951

 

 

 

90,486

 

 

Shorter of Life of Lease

or Useful Life

 

 

60,520

 

 

 

56,095

 

 

Shorter of Life of Lease

or Useful Life

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

37,362

 

 

 

40,464

 

 

5-10 years

 

 

23,633

 

 

 

23,071

 

 

5-10 years

Building and improvements

 

 

8,578

 

 

 

8,578

 

 

15-35 years

 

 

9,163

 

 

 

8,485

 

 

15-35 years

Library materials

 

 

982

 

 

 

1,522

 

 

10 years

 

 

24

 

 

 

24

 

 

10 years

Vehicles

 

 

107

 

 

 

464

 

 

5 years

 

 

55

 

 

 

56

 

 

5 years

Construction in progress

 

 

1,945

 

 

 

297

 

 

 

 

 

3,189

 

 

 

823

 

 

 

 

 

228,100

 

 

 

247,055

 

 

 

 

 

142,066

 

 

 

129,141

 

 

 

Less-accumulated depreciation

 

 

(198,052

)

 

 

(213,825

)

 

 

 

 

(113,711

)

 

 

(101,380

)

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

 

$

30,048

 

 

$

33,230

 

 

 

 

$

28,355

 

 

$

27,761

 

 

 

 

___________________

(1)

Property and equipment which were fully depreciated and no longer in use by the Company were retired during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020; therefore, both the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation balances were reduced to zero for these assets.

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 was $9.4$12.3 million, $13.4$12.0 million and $21.9$9.1 million, respectively.

89


There were no asset impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. Property and equipment was affected by asset impairment charges of approximately $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily as a result of the reduction in carrying values for campuses that were being taught out and decisions made to exit certain leased facilities. The fair value for these assets was determined based upon management’s assumptions regarding an estimated percentage of replacement value for similar assets and estimated salvage values. Because the determination of the estimated fair value of these assets requires significant estimation and assumptions, these fair value measurements are categorized as Level 3 per ASC Topic 820.

8.9. LEASES

We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2028.2032. Lease terms generally range from onefive to ten years with one to twofour renewal options for extended terms. In most cases, we are required to make additional payments under facility operating leases for taxes, insurance and other operating expenses incurred during the operating lease period.period, which are typically variable in nature.

We determine if a contract contains a lease when the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Upon identification and commencement of a lease, we establish a right of use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability.

Contract components

A lease component is defined as an asset within the lease contract that a lessee can benefit from the use of and is not highly dependent or interrelated with other assets in the arrangement. A lease contract may contain multiple lease components. A non-lease component is defined as a component of the lease that transfers a good or service for the underlying asset, such as maintenance services. We have determined that all of our leases contain one lease component related to the building and land. We have determined that treating the land together with the building as one lease component would not result in a significant difference from accounting for them as separate lease components. Additionally, we have elected the practical expedient to include both the lease component and the non-lease component as a single component when accounting for each lease and calculating the resulting lease liability and ROU asset. Any remaining contract consideration, such as property taxes and insurance, that does not meet the definition of a lease component or non-lease component would be allocated to the single lease component based on our election.

Lease liability and ROU asset

The lease liability represents future lease payments for lease and non-lease components discounted for present value. Lease payments that may be included in the lease liability include fixed payments, variable lease payments that are based on an index or rate and payments for penalties for terminating the lease if the lessee is reasonably certain to use a termination option, among others. Certain of our leases contain rent escalation clauses that are specifically stated in the lease and these are included in the calculation of the lease liability. Variable lease payments for lease and non-lease components which are not based on an index or rate are excluded from the calculation of the lease liability and are recognized in the statements of income during the period incurred.

The ROU asset consists of the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability and adjusted for any lease incentives, including rent abatements and tenant improvement allowances. Rent escalation clausesallowances, and lease incentives are taken into account in determining total rent expense to be recognized during the term of the lease, which begins on the date we take control of the leased space. Renewal options are considered when determining the overall lease term. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 840—Leases, differences between periodic rent expense and periodic cash rental payments, caused primarilyany initial direct costs incurred by the recognition of rent expenselessee. The ROU asset is amortized over the remaining lease term on a straight-line basis and tenant improvement allowances due or received from lessors, are recorded as deferred rent obligations on our consolidated balance sheet.

Rent expense, including charges recorded for vacated space, exclusive of related taxes, insurance, and maintenance costs, for continuing operations totaled approximately $15.5 million, $28.1 million and $70.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and is reflected in educational services and facilities expense for our institutions and within general and administrative expense for our corporate offices in our consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).

Remaining Lease Obligations of Continuing Operations

We have recorded lease exit costs associated with the exit of real estate space for certain campuses related to our continuing operations, primarily associated with our teach-out campuses. These costs are recorded within educational services and facilities expense on our consolidated statements of income (loss)income.

80


Lease term

The lease term is determined by taking into account the initial period as stated in the lease contract and comprehensive income (loss). The current portionadjusted for any renewal options that the company is reasonably certain to exercise as well as any period of time that the lessee has control of the liabilityspace before the stated initial term of the lease. If we determine that we are reasonably certain to exercise a termination option, the lease term is then adjusted to account for these charges is reflected within other accrued expenses under current liabilities and the long-term portion of these charges are included in other liabilities under the non-current liabilities section of our consolidated balance sheets. Changes in our future minimumexpected termination date.

Quantitative lease obligations for vacated spaceinformation

Quantitative information related to our continuing operationsleases for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016 were as follows2019 is presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Balance,

Beginning

of Period

 

 

Charges

Incurred (1)

 

 

Net Cash

Payments

 

 

Other (2)

 

 

Balance,

End of

Period

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018

 

$

20,763

 

 

$

10,955

 

 

$

(20,659

)

 

$

41

 

 

$

11,100

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017

 

$

36,814

 

 

$

14,838

 

 

$

(33,313

)

 

$

2,424

 

 

$

20,763

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

$

12,892

 

 

$

32,351

 

 

$

(16,413

)

 

$

7,984

 

 

$

36,814

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Lease expenses (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed lease expenses - operating

$

11,442

 

 

$

12,379

 

 

$

12,869

 

Variable lease expenses - operating

 

3,173

 

 

 

6,389

 

 

 

8,534

 

Sublease income

 

(1,359

)

 

 

(2,347

)

 

 

(4,179

)

Total lease expenses

$

13,256

 

 

$

16,421

 

 

$

17,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross operating cash flows for operating leases (2)

$

(18,390

)

 

$

(23,577

)

 

$

(32,827

)

Operating cash flows from subleases (2)

$

1,430

 

 

$

2,254

 

 

$

4,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021

 

 

As of December 31, 2020

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (in months) – operating leases

 

69

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

76

 

Weighted average discount rate – operating leases

 

4.9

%

 

 

4.9

%

 

 

5.1

%

_____________

(1) Lease expense and sublease income represent the amount recorded within our consolidated statements of income. Variable lease amounts represent expenses recognized as incurred which are not included in the lease liability. Fixed lease expenses and sublease income are recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term and therefore are not necessarily representative of cash payments during the same period.

(2)   Cash flows are presented on a consolidated basis and represent cash payments for fixed and variable lease costs.

 

Gross Lease Obligations

          

(1)

Includes charges for newly vacated spaces and subsequent adjustments for accretion, revised estimates and variances between estimated and actual charges, net of any reversals for terminated lease obligations.

(2)

Includes existing prepaid rent and deferred rent liability balances for newly vacated spaces that offset the losses incurred in the period recorded.

As of December 31, 2018,2021, future minimum lease payments under operating leases for continuing and discontinued operationswhich are included in lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Operating Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing

 

 

Discontinued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operations

 

 

Operations

 

 

Total

 

2019 (1)

 

$

21,076

 

 

$

808

 

 

$

21,884

 

2020

 

 

17,728

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

17,728

 

2021

 

 

12,070

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,070

 

2022

 

 

8,638

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

8,638

 

2023 and thereafter

 

 

22,298

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

22,298

 

Total

 

$

81,810

 

 

$

808

 

 

$

82,618

 

 

 

Operating Leases Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022 (1)

 

$

11,504

 

2023

 

 

8,444

 

2024

 

 

7,580

 

2025

 

 

7,374

 

2026 and thereafter

 

 

17,890

 

Total

 

$

52,792

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

7,843

 

Present value of future minimum lease payments

 

 

44,949

 

Less: current lease liabilities

 

 

9,400

 

Non-current lease liabilities

 

$

35,549

 

_______________________________________

90


 

(1)

Amounts include payments due associated with executed early terminationsprovided are for liabilities remaining as of real estate leases.December 31, 2021.

Of81


Subleases

Historically, for certain of our leased locations, we have vacated the facility and have fully or partially subleased the space. For each sublease that has been entered into, we remain the guarantor under the lease and therefore become the intermediate lessor. As of December 31, 2021, we have 1 sublease remaining $81.8 millionwith a term ending May, 30, 2023. We recognize sublease income as on offset to lease expense on our consolidated statements of lease payments for continuing operations, $14.9 million relates to our All Other Campuses leases. See Note 18 “Discontinued Operations” and Note 10 “Restructuring Charges” for further discussion.income.

As of December 31, 2018,2021, future minimum sublease rental income under operating leases, which will decrease our future minimum lease payments presented above, for continuing and discontinued operations is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Operating Subleases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing

 

 

Discontinued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operations

 

 

Operations

 

 

Total

 

2019

 

$

3,457

 

 

$

174

 

 

$

3,631

 

2020

 

 

2,750

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,750

 

2021

 

 

1,279

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,279

 

2022

 

 

777

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

777

 

2023 and thereafter

 

 

328

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

328

 

Total

 

$

8,591

 

 

$

174

 

 

$

8,765

 

 

 

Operating Subleases Total

 

2022 (1)

 

$

685

 

2023

 

 

330

 

Total

 

$

1,015

 

_________________

(1)

Sublease receivables remaining as of December 31, 2021.

 

9.Significant Judgments and Assumptions

We use discount rates to determine the net present value of our gross lease obligations when calculating the lease liability and related ROU asset. In cases in which the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable, we use that discount rate for purposes of the net present value calculation. In most cases, our lease agreements do not have a discount rate that is readily determinable and therefore we use an estimate of our incremental borrowing rate. Our incremental borrowing rate is determined at lease commencement or lease modification and represents the rate of interest we would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.  

We have 12 leases related to our ongoing operations which consist of administrative offices and university locations, and we are not reasonably certain that we will extend or terminate any of those leases.

10. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for continuing operations as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. The carrying values of goodwill for CTU and AIU were $45.9$162.6 million and $41.4$118.3 million respectively, as of December 31, 20182021 and 2017.2020, respectively.

We performed our annual impairment analysisA reconciliation of the changes in the carrying value of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 is as of October 1, 2018 and determined that neither of our reporting units were impaired as of October 1, 2018.follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

CTU

 

 

AIUS

 

 

Total

 

 

CTU

 

 

AIUS

 

 

Total

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

45,938

 

 

$

72,374

 

 

$

118,312

 

 

$

45,938

 

 

$

41,418

 

 

$

87,356

 

Business acquisitions

 

 

27,790

 

 

 

16,477

 

 

 

44,267

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

30,956

 

 

 

30,956

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

73,728

 

 

$

88,851

 

 

$

162,579

 

 

$

45,938

 

 

$

72,374

 

 

$

118,312

 

In assessing the fair value for CTU and AIU,AIUS, we performed a qualitative assessment as of October 1, 2021 to determine if we believe it is more likely than not that our reporting unit’s carrying values exceed their respective fair values, in our goodwill assessment process.values. When performing the qualitative assessment, management first considered events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. Management focused on the significant inputs, including its projections of revenue growth, operating expense leverage and the discount rate utilizedused in the prior year quantitative assessment, and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs. These events and circumstances included, but were not limited to, financial performance, such as negative or declining cash flows, or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected resultsfuture expectations of relevant prior periods,financial performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment or increased competition. Management evaluated all events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value. Additionally, management evaluated its most recent quantitative assessment completed during 2020 to determine by how much the previous fair value exceeded the carrying value for each indefinite-lived intangible asset.

The determination of estimated fair value of each reporting unit requires significant estimates and assumptions, and as such, these fair value measurements are categorized as Level 3 per ASC Topic 820. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, the discount rate, terminal growth rates, operating cash flow projections and capital expenditure forecasts. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in deriving those estimates, actual results could differ from those estimates. We evaluate the merits

82


of each significant assumption used, both individually and in the aggregate, to determineassess the fair value of each reporting unit for reasonableness.

As of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, the net book value of other intangible assets other than goodwill are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net Book Value

 

 

Cost

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net Book Value

 

 

Amortizable intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Course curriculum (1)

 

$

1,400

 

 

$

(856

)

 

$

544

 

 

$

1,400

 

 

$

(389

)

 

$

1,011

 

 

Customer relationships (1)

 

 

22,300

 

 

 

(5,588

)

 

 

16,712

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

(2,222

)

 

 

5,778

 

 

Developed technology (1)

 

 

2,790

 

 

 

(278

)

 

 

2,512

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Trade names (1)

 

 

6,480

 

 

 

(1,940

)

 

 

4,540

 

 

 

2,400

 

 

 

(1,567

)

 

 

833

 

 

Net book value, amortizable intangible assets:

 

$

32,970

 

 

$

(8,662

)

 

$

24,308

 

 

$

11,800

 

 

$

(4,178

)

 

$

7,622

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-amortizable intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accreditation rights

 

$

1,000

 

 

$

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,000

 

 

CTU trade name

 

 

6,900

 

 

 

6,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,900

 

 

Net book value, non-amortizable intangible assets:

 

$

7,900

 

 

$

7,900

 

Non-amortizable intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,900

 

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

32,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

15,522

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

____________________

(1)

See Note 3 “Business Acquisitions” for further details on acquired intangible assets.

Amortizable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their remaining estimated useful lives, which range from one to ten years. Amortization expense from continuing operations was $4.5 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We did not have any amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2018,2021, net intangible assets include certain accreditation rights and trade names that are considered to have indefinite useful lives and, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350—Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, are not subject to amortization but rather reviewed for impairment on at least an annual basis by applying a fair-value-based test.

We performed our annual impairment testing of other indefinite-lived intangible asset balances as of October 1, 20182021 utilizing the qualitative assessment approach and concluded that no indicators existed that would suggest that it is more likely than not that the

91


assets would be impaired. We continue to monitor the operating results and revenue projections related to our CTU trade name and accreditation rights on a quarterly basis for signs of possible declines in estimated fair value.

10. RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

During When performing the past several years, we have carried out reductions in force related toqualitative assessment, management considered events and circumstances that may affect the continued reorganization of our corporate and campus functions to better align with current total enrollments and made decisions to teach out a number of campuses, meaning gradually close the campuses through an orderly process. All of these teach-out campuses have ceased operations as of December 31, 2018. The Company continues to evaluate our corporate and campus functions to best align with our current enrollments to promote efficient and effective support.

The following table details the changes in our accrual for severance and related costs associated with all restructuring events during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

Balance,

Beginning of

Period

 

 

Severance and related

charges (1)

 

 

Payments

 

 

Non-cash adjustments (2)

 

 

Balance, End

of Period

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018

 

$

2,170

 

 

$

1,898

 

 

$

(2,883

)

 

$

(589

)

 

$

596

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017

 

$

8,686

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

(6,767

)

 

$

251

 

 

$

2,170

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

$

18,985

 

 

$

507

 

 

$

(11,015

)

 

$

209

 

 

$

8,686

 

_________________________

(1)

Includes charges related to COBRA and outplacement services which are assumed to be completed by the third month following an employee’s departure.

(2)

Includes cancellations due to employee departures prior to agreed upon end dates, employee transfers to open positions within the organization and subsequent adjustments to severance and related costs.

Severance and related expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 by reporting segment is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

CTU

 

$

782

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

18

 

AIU

 

 

1,083

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

66

 

Total University Group

 

 

1,865

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

84

 

Corporate and Other

 

 

33

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

388

 

Subtotal

 

 

1,898

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

472

 

All Other Campuses

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

35

 

Total

 

$

1,898

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

507

 

The current portionfair value of the accrual for severanceintangible assets to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. These events and related charges was $0.6 millioncircumstances included, but were not limited to, financial performance, future expectations of financial performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business, and $2.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2018industry and 2017, which is recorded within current accrued expenses – payrollmarket considerations. Management evaluated these events and related benefits.

In addition, as of December 31, 2018, we have an accrual of approximately $0.4 million relatedcircumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to retention bonuses that have been offered to certain employees. These amounts are recorded ratably over the period the employees are retained.

In addition to the severance charges detailed above, a number of teach-out campuses will have remaining lease obligations following their campus closure, with the longest lease term being through 2021. We do not expect to have any significant future charges for remaining lease obligations related to the campuses which completed their teach-out. We have recorded approximately $78.7 million of charges related to remaining obligations for continuing operations since 2015. See Note 8 “Leases” and Note 18 “Discontinued Operations” for further information regarding remaining lease obligations of continuing operations and discontinued operations.determine fair value.

 

11. CREDIT AGREEMENT

On December 27, 2018,September 8, 2021, the Company; its wholly-owned subsidiary, CEC Educational Services, LLC;Company and the subsidiary guarantors thereunder entered into a credit agreement with BMO HarrisWintrust Bank N.A. (“BMO Harris”(“Wintrust), in its capacities as the sole lender, thelead arranger, sole bookrunner, administrative agent and letter of credit issuer thereunder and the administrative agent for the lenders which from time to time may be parties to the credit agreement.thereto. The credit agreement provides the Company with the benefit of a $50.0$125.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The $125.0 million revolving credit facility andunder the credit agreement is scheduled to mature on January 20, 2022.September 8, 2024. So long as no default has occurred and other conditions have been met, the Company may request an increase in the aggregate commitment in an amount not to exceed $50.0 million. The loans and letter of credit obligations under the credit agreement are secured by substantially all assets of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors. The credit agreement requires that interest is payable at the end of each respective interest period or monthly in arrears, fees are payable quarterly in arrears and principal is payable at maturity. Any borrowingsUnder the credit agreement, outstanding principal amounts bear annual interest at

92


a fluctuating interest rates based on eitherrate equal to 1.0% less than the baseadministrative agent’s prime commercial rate, subject to a 3.0% minimum rate. A higher rate may apply to late payments or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), plus the applicable rate based on the typeif any event of loan.default exists.

We may prepay amounts outstanding or terminate or reduce the commitments, under the credit agreement upon three or five business days’ priorprovided notice respectively,be received by Administrative agent on the date of prepayment by early morning, in each case without premium or penalty.penalty, and terminate or reduce the commitments provided

83


notice received by Administrative agent five business days prior. The credit agreement containsand the ancillary documents executed in connection therewith contain customary affirmative, negative and financial maintenance covenants, including a requirementcovenants. The Company is required to maintain a balance ofunrestricted cash, cash equivalents and marketable securitiesshort-term investments in our domestic accounts ofin an amount at least $50.0equal to the aggregate loan commitments then in effect. Acquisitions to be undertaken by the Company must meet certain criteria, and the Company’s ability to make restricted payments, including payments in connection with a repurchase of shares of our common stock, is subject to an aggregate maximum of $100.0 million at all times. The loansper fiscal year. Upon the occurrence of certain regulatory events or if the Company’s unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and lettershort term investments are less than 125% of credit obligations under the credit agreement areaggregate amount of the loan commitments then in effect, the Company is required to be 100% secured withmaintain cash and marketable securities deposited within a segregated, restricted account in an amount not less than the bank. aggregate loan commitments then in effect. The credit agreement also contains customary representations and warranties, events of default, and rights and remedies upon the occurrence of any event of default thereunder, including rights to accelerate the loans, terminate the commitments and rights to realize upon the collateral securing the obligations under the credit agreement.

This credit agreement with Wintrust replaced the previous $50.0 million revolving credit facility set forth in the credit agreement dated as of December 27, 2018 with BMO Harris Bank N.A. As of December 31, 2018,2021 and 2020, there were no0 outstanding borrowings under the current or prior revolving credit facility.

Selected details of our applicable credit agreement as of and for the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017 (1)

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Credit Agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit facility remaining availability

 

$

47,782

 

 

$

89,930

 

 

$

124,082

 

 

$

48,582

 

Outstanding letters of credit (3)

 

$

2,218

 

 

$

5,070

 

 

$

918

 

 

$

1,418

 

Availability of additional letters of credit (4)(1)

 

$

22,782

 

 

$

54,930

 

 

$

124,082

 

 

$

23,582

 

Weighted average daily revolving credit borrowings

for the year ended

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

Weighted average annual interest rate

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

Commitment fee rate

 

 

0.30

%

 

 

0.25

%

 

 

0.30

%

 

 

0.30

%

Letter of credit fee rate(2)

 

 

1.25

%

 

 

0.75

%

 

 

3.00

%

 

 

1.25

%

________________  

(1)

Amounts listed as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017 relate to our previous credit agreement.

(2)

As of December 31, 2017, $5.1 million of restricted short-term investments provided collateral for our letters of credit.

(3)

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, outstanding letters of credit not related to the credit agreements totaled $0.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, which amounts are fully collateralized with restricted cash, which is in addition to the $5.1 million referenced in this Note 11 as of December 31, 2017.

(4)

The letters of credit availability under the credit agreement with Wintrust is up to the borrowing limit of $125.0 million. For the previous credit agreement with BMO Harris Bank N.A., a sublimit of $25.0 million and $60.0 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, under the credit agreements isagreement was part of, not in addition to, the $50.0 million and $95.0 million aggregate commitmentsborrowing limit under the credit agreement.

(2)

The 2021 letter of credit fee rate is based on prime minus 1.0%, subject to a minimum rate of 3.0%. The prime rate as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.2021 was 3.25%, which would yield a 2.25% fee rate, therefore the minimum rate of 3.0% is reflected in the table above.

12. CONTINGENCIES

An accrual for estimated legal fees and settlements of $6.1$1.1 million and $8.7$1.0 million at December 31, 20182021 and December 31, 2017,2020, respectively, is presented within other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. We evaluate, at least quarterly, developments in our legal matters that could affect the amount of liability that was previously accrued and make adjustments as appropriate.further information develops, circumstances change or contingencies are resolved. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. We may be unable to estimate a possible loss or range of possible loss due to various reasons, including, among others: (1) if the damages sought are indeterminate; (2) if the proceedings are in early stages; (3) if there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals, motions or settlements; (4) if there are significant factual issues to be determined or resolved; and (5) if there are novel or unsettled legal theories presented. In such instances, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the ultimate resolution of such matters, including a possible eventual loss, if any.

We are, or were, a party to the following legal proceedings that we consider to be outside the scope of ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these matters. An unfavorable outcome of any one or more of these matters could have a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

Oregon Arbitrations. There are 319 active individual arbitration claims which were filed against Western Culinary Institute, Ltd. (“WCI”)receive from March through July 2018, all of which are being administered by the American Arbitration Association. These individual arbitrations involve students who attended WCI from approximately 2008 to 2010. Each arbitration seeks monetary damages and alleges that WCI made a variety of misrepresentations to the individual student filing the arbitration, relating generally to

93


WCI’s placement statistics, students’ employment prospects upon graduation from WCI, the value and quality of an education at WCI, and the amount of tuition students could expect to pay as compared to salaries they could expect to earn after graduation. The institution is no longer in operation and closed in 2017.

Because of the early stages of these individual arbitrations, the unique circumstances with respect to each individual student and the many questions of fact and law that have already arisen and that may arise in the future, the outcome of each of these individual arbitrations is uncertain at this point. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any, for these actions because of the inherent difficulty in assessing damages, if any, in each individual arbitration and the number of individual students, if any, who might be entitled to recover damages. Accordingly, we have not recognized any liability associated with any of these actions.

Multi-State AGs. On January 3, 2019, the Company entered into agreements (the “AG Agreements”) with attorneys general from 48 states and the District of Columbia to bring closure to the previously disclosed multi-state inquiries ongoing since January 2014. The state of California is expected, per its own procedures, to enter into a stipulated judgment with the Company at a later date reflecting the terms of the AG Agreements. As part of the AG Agreements, the Company expressly denies any allegations of wrongdoing. In addition, the attorneys general have provided a release of potential claims that they may have brought. Under the terms of the AG Agreements, the Company has agreed to specific financial, operational and compliance commitments as more specifically described below:

Financial Commitments:

In connection with the AG Agreements, the Company recorded an aggregate pre-tax charge of $6.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2018, consisting of:

o

A $5.0 million payment to the collective group of attorneys general to cover expenses incurred during the course of their inquiry over the last five years (which the attorneys general will distribute as they elect).

o

The write-off of approximately $1.4 million of accounts receivable. Although the Company agreed to forgo efforts to collect on approximately $556 million of old accounts receivable that were incurred during the last 30 years by students at over 100 campuses who reside in participating states, all but approximately $1.4 million of these old accounts receivable were written-off in prior reporting periods over the last 30 years in the ordinary course of the Company’s operations. The agreement to forgo efforts to collect on these previously written-off receivables does not require any additional write-off expense to the Company’s financial statements.

Additionally, the Company agreed to work with a third-party administrator that will report annually on the Company’s compliance with various obligations the Company has committed to in the AG Agreements and to reimburse a total of $2.0 million of the administrator’s fees and expenses to be paid over the next three years.

Operational Commitments:

The Company will provide students with additional communication of important policies, academic program information and financial aid information during the enrollment process, including a single page program disclosure as well as disclosure of applicable refund policies.

The Company will provide newly enrolling students an online financial aid interactive tool that can assist them in understanding their financial commitments.

The Company will continue its current practice of offering a no cost orientation and/or an introductory course with materials designed to support new college students (if they have less than 24 college credits).

Undergraduate students will have the ability to withdraw with no monetary obligation up to seven days after their first class at on-campus schools and up to 21 days after the start of the term at online programs (if they have less than 24 online college credits).

Compliance Commitments:

The Company agreed to continue many of its existing compliance programs that it uses to monitor for accurate communication with prospective students.

The Company will continue its monitoring of third-party marketing vendors and agreed on a process to continue to hold them accountable for complying with the Company’s advertising guidelines.

The Company will continue to monitor and review conversations that its admissions and financial aid staff have with prospective students during the student recruitment process.

The Company will enhance current training to staff working with students regarding the additional information and tools that are part of the commitments in the Agreements.

94


The Company agreed to continue its compliance with applicable state laws in its interactions with students and prospective students.

Generally, the operational aspects agreed to as part of the AG Agreements are for a six-year period.

The Company entered into the AG Agreements with the attorneys general of all states except for New York and California. The state of California is expected, per its own procedures, to enter into a stipulated judgment with the Company at a later date reflecting the terms of the AG Agreements and as a result the amounts above include California. The Company had previously entered into an agreement with the attorney general of New York.

FTC. On August 20, 2015, the Company received a request for information pursuant to a Civil Investigative Demand (“CID”) from the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”). The request was made pursuant to a November 2013 resolution by the FTC directing an investigation to determine whether unnamed persons, partnerships, corporations, or others have engaged or are engaging in deceptive or unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in the advertising, marketing or sale of secondary or postsecondary educational products or services, or educational accreditation products or services. The information request requires the Company to provide documents and information regarding a broad spectrum of the business and practices of its subsidiaries and institutions for the time period of January 1, 2010 to the present. The Company continues to respond to supplemental requests for information, including a CID dated July 5, 2018 requesting specific information about telephone calls placed to prospective students from 2013 to the present. The FTC recently requested information regarding lead aggregators and our related compliance efforts. The Company is cooperating with the FTC, and is presently in discussions with the FTC’s staff regarding concerns and potential claims the staff may recommend for consideration by more senior representatives within the FTC. The Company agreed with the FTC to toll the statute of limitations from October 18, 2018 until such time as the tolling may be terminated with respect to any claims the FTC may have under the Federal Trade Commission Act or the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act.

The ultimate outcome of the FTC’s inquiry is uncertain. As a result of this inquiry or pursuant to any related action against us, the Company or certain of its institutions may be subject to claims of failure to comply with federal laws or regulations, required to pay significant financial penalties and/or required to curtail or modify their operations. Based on information available to us at present and the uncertain outcome of this inquiry, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential loss this inquiry might have on the Company.

Other. In addition to the legal proceedings and other matters described above, we receive informaltime-to-time requests from state attorneys general, federal and otherstate government agencies and accreditors relating to our institutions, to specific complaints they have received from students or former students or to student loan forgiveness claims which seek information about the student,students, our programs, and other matters relating to our activities in the relevant state.activities. These requests can be broad and time consuming to respond to, and there is a risk that they could expand and/or lead to a formal inquiryaction or investigation into our practices in a particular state.claims of non-compliance. We are also subject to a variety of other claims, lawsuits, arbitrations and investigations that arise from time to time out of the conduct of our business, including, but not limited to, matters involving prospective students, students or graduates,former students, alleged violations of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, both individually and on behalf of a putative class, and employment matters. Periodically matters arise that we consider outside the scope of ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business. While we

84


currently believe that these additional matters, individually or in aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations, these additional matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, and management’s view of these matters may change in the future. Were an unfavorable final outcome to occur in any one or more of these matters, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial position and cash flows.

Contingent Consideration for Business Acquisitions

We recorded contingent consideration amounts for the DigitalCrafts and Hippo acquisitions in the aggregate amount of $3.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. This aggregate amount was calculated based upon third party valuation reports in conjunction with the purchase price allocations for these acquisitions. Pursuant to the acquisition agreements, post-closing contingent consideration payments are expected to be paid in early 2024 based upon the achievement of certain financial metrics, with an aggregate maximum amount of $6.5 million.

13. INCOME TAXES

Pretax income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 20182021, 2020 and 20172019 was $74.4$149.1 million, $146.8 million and $36.3$93.0 million, respectively, and pretax loss from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $31.4 million.respectively.

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 consists of the following (dollars in thousands):  

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Current provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

19,143

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

State and local

 

$

524

 

 

$

1,870

 

 

$

704

 

 

 

4,956

 

 

 

2,110

 

 

 

754

 

Total current provision

 

 

524

 

 

 

1,870

 

 

 

704

 

 

 

24,099

 

 

 

2,110

 

 

 

754

 

Deferred provision (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

16,144

 

 

 

67,936

 

 

 

(16,247

)

 

 

13,389

 

 

 

15,425

 

 

 

19,230

 

State and local

 

 

1,893

 

 

 

(2,681

)

 

 

(1,007

)

 

 

1,942

 

 

 

4,941

 

 

 

2,444

 

Total deferred provision (benefit)

 

 

18,037

 

 

 

65,255

 

 

 

(17,254

)

Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

$

18,561

 

 

$

67,125

 

 

$

(16,550

)

Total deferred provision

 

 

15,331

 

 

 

20,366

 

 

 

21,674

 

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

39,430

 

 

$

22,476

 

 

$

22,428

 

 

95


A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to our effective income tax rate for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 is as follows:

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate

 

 

21.0

 

%

 

35.0

 

%

 

(35.0

)

%

 

 

21.0

 

%

 

21.0

 

%

 

21.0

 

%

State and local income taxes

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

(3.4

)

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(1.3

)

 

Capital loss

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

(10.9

)

 

 

-

 

 

Legal settlement

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Federal audit settlement

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(6.7

)

 

State audit settlement

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

(4.6

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.5

)

 

Federal income tax rate change

 

 

-

 

 

 

145.3

 

 

 

-

 

 

Worthless stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(11.9

)

 

Tax credits

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

Other

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

4.4

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

Effective income tax rate

 

 

25.0

 

%

 

185.2

 

%

 

(52.8

)

%

 

 

26.4

 

%

 

15.3

 

%

 

24.1

 

%

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 20182021 includes a $1.0$1.6 million favorableunfavorable adjustment or 1.4% impact, associated with the tax effect of stock-based compensation, and a $1.1 million unfavorable adjustment, or 1.4% impact, related towhich increased the non-deductibility of the AG agreements.effective tax rate by 1.0%. The 20182021 effective tax rate also reflects the reduction in the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35%a $0.5 million favorable adjustment related to 21% resulting from the enactment of the Tax Cutsfederal and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) that became effective in January 2018. Due to the enactment of TCJA, the effective tax ratestate credits claimed for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by 145.3% as a result of revaluing our net deferred2020 tax assetsreturn and net state unrecognized tax positions to reflect the new tax rate for future periods. This revaluation increased tax expense by $52.7 millionanticipated for the year ended December 31, 2017. The 2017 effective2021 tax rate also includes a $1.7 million net benefit associated with the results of an Illinois income tax audit covering the years ended December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2014 and amended return filings,year, which decreased the effective tax rate by 4.6%. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2017, we recognized0.3% and a $1.1$3.1 million unfavorablefavorable adjustment associated with a capital loss incurred for tax purposes on the adoptionelimination of ASU 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,a wholly-owned subsidiary, which decreased the effective tax rate by 2.1%.  Since utilization of the capital loss is not anticipated, a valuation allowance of $3.1 million was established against the full amount of the deferred tax balance for the capital loss carryforward, which increased the effective tax rate by 3.2%2.1%.

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 included2020 includes a $3.7$16.0 million net benefit forfavorable adjustment related to the release of a worthless stock deduction,valuation allowance maintained against the portion of the foreign tax credit carryforward supported by an overall domestic loss (“ODL”) account balance, which decreased the effective tax rate by 11.9%10.9%. The 20162020 effective tax rate also includedreflects a $2.1$0.4 million favorable adjustment associated with the tax effect of stock-based compensation, which decreased the effective tax rate by 0.3%.

85


The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes a $1.2 million favorable adjustment related toassociated with the closuretax effect of stock-based compensation, which decreased the effective tax rate by 1.3% and a $0.5 million net benefit associated with the results of a federalFlorida income tax audit covering the years ended December 31, 20132014 through December 31, 2014,2016, which decreased the effective tax rate by 6.7%0.5%. The 2019 effective tax rate also reflects the deductibility of $29.7 million of the FTC settlement, which is the amount paid for the purpose of restitution.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of the year

 

$

8,564

 

 

$

8,132

 

 

$

7,737

 

 

$

11,794

 

 

$

9,859

 

 

$

9,009

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

5

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

941

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

 

 

1,839

 

 

 

1,625

 

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

4,250

 

 

 

2,954

 

 

 

1,957

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

-

 

 

 

(51

)

 

 

(58

)

Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations

 

 

(1,399

)

 

 

(1,217

)

 

 

(1,115

)

 

 

(1,034

)

 

 

(968

)

 

 

(1,049

)

Subtotal

 

 

9,009

 

 

 

8,564

 

 

 

8,132

 

 

 

15,951

 

 

 

11,794

 

 

 

9,859

 

Interest and penalties

 

 

1,862

 

 

 

1,909

 

 

 

2,008

 

 

 

2,020

 

 

 

1,919

 

 

 

1,901

 

Total gross unrecognized tax benefits, end of the year

 

$

10,871

 

 

$

10,473

 

 

$

10,140

 

 

$

17,971

 

 

$

13,713

 

 

$

11,760

 

The total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods was $8.6$14.2 million and $8.3$10.8 million for the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2018,2021, our short and long-term reserves, recorded within current accrued income taxes and other non-current liabilities, respectively, related to FASB’s interpretation No. 48 of ASC Topic 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes or (“FIN 48”), were $1.0$1.2 million and $8.0$14.8 million, respectively. We record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within provision for (benefit from) income taxes on our consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).income. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties resulting from such unrecognized tax benefits was $2.0 million and $1.9 million for eachas of the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017.2020, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, we recognized less than $0.1 million of benefit, less than $0.2 million of expense and less than $0.1 million of benefit, respectively,each year, related to interest and penalties from unrecognized tax benefits in our consolidated results of continuing operations.

CECPerdoceo and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. and in various state and local jurisdictions. CECjurisdictions and its subsidiaries are routinely examined by tax authorities in these jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2018, CEC2021, Perdoceo had been examined by the Internal Revenue Service through our tax year ending December 31, 2014. Due to the expiration of various statutes of limitations, it is

96


reasonably possible that CEC’sPerdoceo’s gross unrecognized tax benefits balance may change within the next twelve months by a range of zero0 to $1.6 million.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result primarily from temporary differences in the recognition of various expenses for tax and financial statement purposes, and from the recognition of the tax benefits of net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for continuing operations as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

86


 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2021

 

��

2020

 

Deferred income tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued occupancy

 

$

2,871

 

 

$

5,133

 

 

$

11,012

 

 

$

13,028

 

Deferred rent obligations

 

 

1,382

 

 

 

1,746

 

Foreign tax credits

 

 

32,998

 

 

 

32,998

 

 

 

16,958

 

 

 

27,321

 

Valuation allowance foreign tax credits

 

 

(32,998

)

 

 

(32,998

)

 

 

(16,958

)

 

 

(16,958

)

Compensation and employee benefits

 

 

7,038

 

 

 

8,520

 

 

 

6,371

 

 

 

7,054

 

Tax net operating loss carry forwards

 

 

66,319

 

 

 

71,911

 

 

 

17,832

 

 

 

19,183

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(13,656

)

 

 

(14,561

)

 

 

(12,090

)

 

 

(12,069

)

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

3,388

 

 

 

2,943

 

 

 

5,721

 

 

 

5,363

 

Covenant not-to-compete

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

Accrued settlements and legal

 

 

252

 

 

 

2,065

 

 

 

199

 

 

 

203

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

494

 

 

 

890

 

Accrued restructuring and severance

 

 

156

 

 

 

394

 

 

 

343

 

 

 

353

 

Equity method for investments

 

 

525

 

 

 

394

 

 

 

401

 

 

 

406

 

General business tax credits

 

 

1,292

 

 

 

1,192

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,620

 

Illinois edge credits

 

 

1,383

 

 

 

2,960

 

Valuation allowance edge credits

 

 

(1,383

)

 

 

(2,960

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

12,403

 

 

 

18,223

 

Capital loss

 

 

3,130

 

 

 

-

 

Capital loss valuation allowance

 

 

(3,130

)

 

 

-

 

Amortization

 

 

3,486

 

 

 

5,656

 

Depreciation

 

 

851

 

 

 

-

 

Other

 

 

331

 

 

 

491

 

 

 

1,587

 

 

 

1,388

 

Total deferred income tax assets

 

 

82,797

 

 

 

99,344

 

 

 

35,713

 

 

 

52,548

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

-

 

 

 

111

 

Right of use asset, net

 

 

9,244

 

 

 

10,611

 

Other

 

 

1,169

 

 

 

1,260

 

 

 

1,355

 

 

 

1,475

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

1,169

 

 

 

1,260

 

 

 

10,599

 

 

 

12,197

 

Net deferred income tax assets

 

$

81,628

 

 

$

98,084

 

 

$

25,114

 

 

$

40,351

 

As of December 31, 2018,2021, the Company has a gross deferred tax asset before valuation allowance of $382.8$179.2 million and a gross deferred tax liability of $4.9$44.7 million. As of December 31, 2017,2020, the Company had a gross deferred tax asset before valuation allowance of $457.9$194.4 million and a gross deferred tax liability of $5.3$51.5 million.

As ofFor the tax year ended December 31, 2018,2021, we have federal Net Operating Loss (“NOL”) carry forwards of approximately $193.6 million, availableexpect to offset future taxable income, which do not begin expiring until 2034 and are fully expired in 2037. Additionally, we have $33.0utilize $10.2 million of foreign tax creditscredit carryforward and $1.8 million of general business tax credit carryforward to offset the federal tax liability that would otherwise be due in 2021. As for the remaining $17.0 million of foreign tax credit carryforward, which expireexpires during 2022 and 2023 and is not supported by an ODL account balance, we continue to maintain a full valuation allowance. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company incurred a capital loss for tax purposes of $13.2 million on the elimination of a wholly-owned subsidiary. Given the absence of offsetting capital gains, the capital loss has no impact on the federal and state tax liability for both the current and prior years, and a valuation allowance has been established against the foreign tax creditsfull amount of the deferred tax balance.balance for the capital loss carryforward. We have state net operating loss (“NOL carry forwards”) carryforwards of approximately $437.1$291.8 million, which expire between 20192022 and 2037. Of this amount, approximately $193.4$180.5 million relates to separate state NOL carryforwards and $38.8$16.0 million relates to combined state NOL carryforwards, which we anticipate will not be utilizedused due to the teach-out of the schools in the applicable combined filing jurisdictions. We also have Illinois edge credits of $1.8 million gross available to offset future Illinois state income tax, which expire in 2019. Valuation allowances have been established against the full amounts of the deferred tax balances for the separate state NOL and the combined state NOL and the Illinois edge credits.NOL.

In assessing the continued need for a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. Topic 740 provides that important factors in determining whether a deferred tax asset will be realized include whether sufficient taxable income is expected in future years in order to utilizeuse the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, we consider, among other things, historical levels of taxable income along with possible sources of future taxable income, which include: the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, the existence of taxable income in prior carryback years, the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits and expected future taxable income. Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable income levels could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods. If, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we record a valuation allowance, or release all or a portion of the valuation allowance if it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets are expected to be

97


realized. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. A high degree of judgment is required to determine if, and the extent to which, valuation allowances should be recorded against deferred tax assets.

87


As of December 31, 2017, 2020 and for the first three quarters of 2021,a valuation allowance of $50.5$29.0 million was maintained with respect to our foreign tax credits and state net operating losses and Illinois edge credits. After consideringbased on a consideration at each period end of both positive and negative evidence related to the realization of ourthe deferred tax assets,assets. During the quarter ended December 31, 2021, the Company incurred a $13.2 million capital loss for tax purposes on the elimination of a wholly-owned subsidiary, which generated a deferred tax asset of $3.1 million. In assessing whether the deferred tax asset on the capital loss was realizable, the Company considered the fact that capital losses can only be utilized to offset capital gains and there were no available capital gains in the current year. Furthermore, for federal tax purposes capital losses can generally only be carried back 3 years and carried forward 5 years. Since there is no opportunity to carry back the capital loss and no material capital gains are anticipated within the carry forward period, we have determined that it is necessary to continue to record thea full valuation allowance against these items.was needed with respect to the capital loss. As of December 31, 2018,2021, the total valuation allowance attributable to our non-ODL supported foreign tax credits, state net operating losses and Illinois edge creditscapital loss carryforward is $48.0$32.2 million. The Company concluded it was not more likely than not for the deferred tax assets related to the non-ODL supported foreign tax credits to be realized and maintained the valuation allowance with respect to these assets. The separate state NOLs can generally only be used by the originating entity and relate to entities that no longer maintain active schools. Since these entities are not expected to generate future operating income, the more likely than not threshold was not reached with respect to this portion of the deferred tax assets. Similarly, the Company determined a valuation allowance was needed with respect to the portion of the combined state net operating losses which will likely go unused due to the teach-out of the schools located in the applicable combined filing jurisdictions. The Illinois edge credits expire in 2019. Given the limited life of these credits and the need to first exhaust an available NOL carryforward, the valuation allowance pertaining to this item was also not released. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are increased or decreased, and additional weight may be given to subjective evidence such as our projections for growth. We will continue to evaluate our valuation allowance in future years for any change in circumstances that causes a change in judgment about the realizability of the deferred tax asset.

14. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Overview of Share-Based Compensation Plans

The Perdoceo Education Corporation Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (“the “2016 Plan”) became effective (as the Career Education Corporation 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan) on May 24, 2016, and the amendment and restatement of the 2016 Plan (became effective on June 3, 2021, upon its approval by the “2016 Plan”) authorizesCompany’s stockholders. Under the 2016 Plan, Perdoceo may grant to eligible participants awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, performance units, annual incentive awards, and substitute awards, which generally may be settled in cash or shares of our common stock. Any shares of our common stock that are subject to awards of stock options or stock appreciation rights payable in shares will be counted as 1.0 share for each share issued for purposes of the aggregate share limit and any shares of our common stock that are subject to any other form of award payable in shares will be counted as 1.35 shares for each share issued for purposes of the aggregate share limit. As of December 31, 2018,2021, there were approximately 2.17.0 million shares of common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan, which is net of (i) 0.80.6 million shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and (ii) 2.12.0 million shares underlying restricted stock units, which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting conditions are met and thus reduce the common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan by the amount vested. These shares have been multiplied by the applicable factor under the 2016 Plan to determine the remaining shares available as of December 31, 2018.2021. Additionally, as of December 31, 20182021 under the Company’s previous Career Education Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan, there were approximately 2.00.4 million shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and 0.50.1 million shares underlying outstanding restricted and deferred stock units, which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting conditions are met. This plan was replaced by the 2016 Plan and effective May 24, 2016 all future awards will be made under the 2016 Plan. The vesting of all types of equity awards (stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and deferred stock units) is subject to possible acceleration in certain circumstances. Generally, ifIf a plan participant terminates employment for any reason other than by death or disability during the vesting period, the right to unvested equity awards is generally forfeited.

As of December 31, 2018,2021, we estimate that compensation expense of approximately $10.0$13.0 million will be recognized over the next four years for all unvested share-based awards that have been granted to participants, including stock options, restricted stock units and deferred stock units to be settled in shares of stock but excluding restricted stock units to be settled in cash and cash-based performance unit awards andparticipants. This amount excludes any estimates of forfeitures. This amount generally does not include expense associated with performance-based restricted stock unit awards granted in the fourth quarter of 2018 as the Company does not currently believe it is probable that it will meet the performance targets.

Stock Options. The exercise price of stock options granted under each of the plans is equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Employee stock options generally become exercisable 25% per year over a four-year service period beginning on the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. Non-employee directors’ stock options expire ten years from the date of grant and generally become 100% exercisable after the first anniversary of the grant date. Grants of stock options are generally only subject to the service conditions discussed previously.

9888


Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 under our plans was as follows:

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted Average

Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic Value

(in thousands)

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted Average

Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic Value

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015

 

 

2,657,723

 

 

$

14.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

 

 

2,818,433

 

 

$

9.59

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

915,122

 

 

 

4.81

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,958

 

 

 

21.29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(89,773

)

 

 

4.17

 

 

 

 

$

189

 

 

 

(258,621

)

 

 

5.76

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,902

 

Forfeited

 

 

(120,964

)

 

 

5.11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,017

)

 

 

15.39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(276,220

)

 

 

24.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(156,144

)

 

 

22.99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016

 

 

3,085,888

 

 

$

11.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

 

 

2,437,609

 

 

$

9.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

365,709

 

 

 

8.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(288,618

)

 

 

8.18

 

 

 

 

$

250

 

 

 

(1,040,304

)

 

 

5.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,615

 

Forfeited

 

 

(75,426

)

 

 

6.97

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,719

)

 

 

11.79

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(219,500

)

 

 

29.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(161,512

)

 

 

30.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

 

 

2,868,053

 

 

$

9.86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020

 

 

1,227,074

 

 

$

10.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

336,768

 

 

 

14.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(161,072

)

 

 

8.46

 

 

 

 

$

987

 

 

 

(103,407

)

 

 

5.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

725

 

Forfeited

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(225,316

)

 

 

20.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(128,576

)

 

 

22.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

 

 

2,818,433

 

 

$

9.59

 

 

6.14 years

 

$

12,275

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2018

 

 

1,847,335

 

 

$

10.13

 

 

5.16 years

 

$

8,605

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2021

 

 

995,091

 

 

$

9.02

 

 

 

4.57

 

 

$

3,823

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2021

 

 

929,700

 

 

$

8.68

 

 

 

4.46

 

 

$

3,823

 

 

The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding and exercisable stock options under all of our plans as of December 31, 2018:2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

Options Exercisable

 

Range of

Exercise Prices

 

 

Number of

Options

Outstanding

 

 

Weighted Average

Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted Average

Remaining

Contractual Term

(in Years)

 

 

Number

Exercisable

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

 

$

2.65

 

 

$

4.07

 

 

 

326,324

 

 

$

3.57

 

 

 

5.81

 

 

 

312,162

 

 

$

3.54

 

$

4.15

 

 

$

4.15

 

 

 

250,732

 

 

$

4.15

 

 

 

6.61

 

 

 

188,049

 

 

$

4.15

 

$

4.49

 

 

$

4.49

 

 

 

683,104

 

 

$

4.49

 

 

 

7.18

 

 

 

341,552

 

 

$

4.49

 

$

5.00

 

 

$

6.51

 

 

 

346,012

 

 

$

6.00

 

 

 

5.76

 

 

 

316,904

 

 

$

6.01

 

$

7.22

 

 

$

8.30

 

 

 

324,832

 

 

$

8.07

 

 

 

7.41

 

 

 

138,007

 

 

$

7.76

 

$

8.63

 

 

$

13.80

 

 

 

377,061

 

 

$

12.65

 

 

 

8.69

 

 

 

104,429

 

 

$

9.65

 

$

15.39

 

 

$

22.13

 

 

 

312,712

 

 

$

20.66

 

 

 

3.01

 

 

 

248,576

 

 

$

22.02

 

$

26.15

 

 

$

26.15

 

 

 

36,144

 

 

$

26.15

 

 

 

0.15

 

 

 

36,144

 

 

$

26.15

 

$

29.02

 

 

$

29.02

 

 

 

41,512

 

 

$

29.02

 

 

 

1.17

 

 

 

41,512

 

 

$

29.02

 

$

30.67

 

 

$

30.67

 

 

 

120,000

 

 

$

30.67

 

 

 

1.38

 

 

 

120,000

 

 

$

30.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,818,433

 

 

$

9.59

 

 

 

6.14

 

 

 

1,847,335

 

 

$

10.13

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

Options Exercisable

 

Number of

Options

Outstanding

 

 

Weighted Average

Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted Average

Remaining

Contractual Term

(in Years)

 

 

Number

Exercisable

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

 

 

64,000

 

 

$

2.82

 

 

 

1.36

 

 

 

64,000

 

 

$

2.82

 

 

106,656

 

 

$

3.93

 

 

 

3.38

 

 

 

106,656

 

 

$

3.93

 

 

108,922

 

 

$

4.60

 

 

 

3.80

 

 

 

108,922

 

 

$

4.60

 

 

23,704

 

 

$

5.90

 

 

 

3.18

 

 

 

23,704

 

 

$

5.90

 

 

105,645

 

 

$

5.96

 

 

 

4.39

 

 

 

105,645

 

 

$

5.96

 

 

73,308

 

 

$

6.60

 

 

 

0.94

 

 

 

73,308

 

 

$

6.60

 

 

105,533

 

 

$

8.30

 

 

 

5.18

 

 

 

105,533

 

 

$

8.30

 

 

72,794

 

 

$

9.94

 

 

 

5.42

 

 

 

72,794

 

 

$

9.94

 

 

236,452

 

 

$

13.80

 

 

 

6.18

 

 

 

171,061

 

 

$

13.80

 

 

98,077

 

 

$

17.91

 

 

 

6.92

 

 

 

98,077

 

 

$

17.91

 

 

995,091

 

 

$

9.02

 

 

 

4.57

 

 

 

929,700

 

 

$

8.68

 

 

Restricted Stock Units to be Settled in Stock. Restricted stock units to be settled in shares of stock which are not “performance-based” generally vest 25% per year over a four-year service period. Restricted stock units which are “performance-based” are subject to performance or market conditions that, even if the requisite service period is met, may reduce the number of units of restricted stock units that vest at the end of the requisite service period or result in all units being forfeited. The performance-based restricted stock units generally vest three years after the grant date or vest 20% after the first year, 50% after the second and 30% after the third year.date.

9989


The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding restricted stock units to be settled in shares of stock under our plans during the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016:2019:

 

 

 

Restricted Stock to be Settled in Shares of Stock

 

 

 

Units

 

 

Weighted

Average

Grant-Date

Fair Value

Per Unit

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015

 

 

757,871

 

 

$

5.55

 

Granted

 

 

1,555,828

 

 

 

4.58

 

Vested (1)

 

 

(381,850

)

 

 

5.98

 

Forfeited

 

 

(219,645

)

 

 

5.06

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016

 

 

1,712,204

 

 

$

4.63

 

Granted

 

 

289,392

 

 

 

8.49

 

Vested (1)

 

 

(422,284

)

 

 

4.64

 

Forfeited

 

 

(125,489

)

 

 

5.56

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

 

 

1,453,823

 

 

$

5.32

 

Granted

 

 

1,397,644

 

 

 

12.91

 

Vested

 

 

(709,132

)

 

 

4.97

 

Forfeited

 

 

(124,858

)

 

 

7.14

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

 

 

2,017,477

 

 

$

10.59

 

_______________

(1)

The total vested awards include 6.3 thousand and 9.2 thousand of vested restricted stock units settled in cash for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These awards granted in 2015 for retention purposes are subject to accelerated vesting and cash settlement in the event of an involuntary not-for-cause termination of employment by the Company.

 

 

Restricted Stock to be Settled in Shares of Stock

 

 

 

Units

 

 

Weighted

Average

Grant-Date

Fair Value

Per Unit

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

 

 

2,017,477

 

 

$

12.70

 

Granted

 

 

427,488

 

 

 

21.31

 

Vested

 

 

(500,818

)

 

 

6.14

 

Forfeited

 

 

(22,955

)

 

 

11.42

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

 

 

1,921,192

 

 

$

16.34

 

Granted

 

 

534,471

 

 

 

15.45

 

Vested

 

 

(242,515

)

 

 

11.02

 

Forfeited

 

 

(67,098

)

 

 

17.18

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020

 

 

2,146,050

 

 

$

16.70

 

Granted

 

 

723,245

 

 

 

11.87

 

Vested

 

 

(1,329,017

)

 

 

16.35

 

Forfeited

 

 

(77,085

)

 

 

11.98

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2021

 

 

1,463,193

 

 

$

14.87

 

 

Deferred Stock Units to be Settled in Stock. During 2014, we Perdoceogranted deferred stock units to our non-employee directors.directorsprior to 2017. The deferred stock units are to be settled in shares of stock and generally vest one-third per year over a three-year service period beginning on the date of grant.stock. Settlement of the deferred stock units and delivery of the underlying shares of stock to the plan participants does not occur until he or she ceases to provide services to the Company in the capacity of a director, employee or consultant.

The following table summarizes information with respect to all As of December 31, 2021, there are 73 thousand deferred stock units during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

Deferred

Stock Units

to be Settled

in Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Grant-Date

Fair Value

Per Unit

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015 (1)

 

 

90,642

 

 

$

4.43

 

Granted

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Vested

 

 

(14,619

)

 

 

4.39

 

Forfeited

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016 (1)

 

 

76,023

 

 

$

4.44

 

Granted

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Vested

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Forfeited

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 (1)

 

 

76,023

 

 

$

4.44

 

Granted

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Vested

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Forfeited

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018 (1)

 

 

76,023

 

 

$

4.44

 

(1)

Includes vested but unreleased awards. These awards are included in total outstanding awards until they are released under the terms of the agreement.

100


Restricted Stock Units to be Settled in Cash. Restricted stock units to be settled in cash generally vest 25% per year over a four-year service period beginning on the date of grant. Cash-settled restricted stock units are recorded as liabilities as the expense is recognized and the fair value for these awards is determined at each period end date with changes in fair value recorded in our statement of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) in the current period. Cash-settled restricted stock units are settled with a cash payment for each unit vested equal to the closing price on the vesting date. Cash-settled restricted stock units are not included in common shares reserved for issuance or available for issuance under the 2016 Plan.

The following table summarizes information with respect to all cash-settled restricted stock units for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

Restricted

Stock Units

to be Settled

in Cash

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015

1,575,050

Granted

461,428

Vested

(610,680

)

Forfeited

(233,720

)

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016

1,192,078

Granted

-

Vested

(650,729

)

Forfeited

(69,621

)

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

471,728

Granted

-

Vested

(214,192

)

Forfeited

(44,742

)

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

212,794

Upon vesting, based on the conditions set forth in the award agreements, these units will be settled in cash. We valued these units in accordance with the guidance set forth by FASB ASC Topic 718 – Compensation-Stock Compensation and recognized $2.2 million, $4.1 million and $5.6 million of expense for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for all cash-settled restricted stock units.outstanding.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense. Total stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 for all types of awards was as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

Award Type

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Stock options

 

$

1,956

 

 

$

1,585

 

 

$

1,256

 

 

$

464

 

 

$

1,134

 

 

$

1,690

 

Restricted stock units settled in stock

 

 

3,641

 

 

 

3,366

 

 

 

1,960

 

 

 

14,495

 

 

 

12,227

 

 

 

7,569

 

Restricted stock units settled in cash

 

 

2,197

 

 

 

4,134

 

 

 

5,569

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(240

)

 

 

2,301

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

7,794

 

 

$

9,085

 

 

$

8,785

 

 

$

14,959

 

 

$

13,121

 

 

$

11,560

 

 

Performance Unit Awards. Performance unit awards granted during 2016 and 2017 are long-term incentive, cash-based awards. Payment of these awards is based upon a calculation of Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) of CEC as compared to TSR across a specified peer group of our competitors over a three-year performance period ending primarily on December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. These awards are recorded as liabilities as the expense is recognized and the fair value for these awards is determined at each period end date with changes in fair value recorded in our statement of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) in the current period. We recorded $3.1 million, $5.3 million and $5.4 million of expense related to these awards for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Share-Based Awards Assumptions

We recognize the value of share-based compensation as expense in our consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) during the vesting periods of the underlying share-based awards using the straight-line method. FASB ASC Topic 718 allows companies to estimate forfeitures of share-based awards at the time of grant and revise such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from original projections.

The fair value of each stock option award granted during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016awards was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. During 2021, Perdoceo did not grant any stock options. Our determination of the fair value of each stock option is

101


affected by our stock price on the date of grant, as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, our expected stock price volatility over the expected life of the awards and actual and projected stock option exercise behavior. The weighted average fair value per share of stock option awards granted during the yearsyear ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016,2019 and assumptions used to value stock options are as follows:

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2021 (1)

 

2020 (1)

 

2019

 

Dividend yield

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

-

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

1.9

%

 

 

1.3

%

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

1.6

%

Weighted average volatility

 

 

56.1

%

 

 

64.2

%

 

 

70.4

%

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

62.6

%

Expected life (in years)

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

 

4.8

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

8.0

 

Weighted average grant date fair value per share of options granted

 

$

7.09

 

 

$

4.81

 

 

$

2.75

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

$

13.78

 

90


 

_________________

(1)

There were 0 stock options awarded during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Volatility is calculated based on the actual historical daily prices of our common stock based onover the same time period ofas the expected term of the stock option award. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we utilized a range of expected volatility assumptions for purposes of estimating the fair value of stock options awarded during the period. Such volatility assumptions ranged from 54.2% to 64.1%.

The expected life of each stock option award is estimated based primarily on our actual historical director and employee exercise behavior and forfeiture rates.

The fair value of each share of restricted stock and restricted stock units to be settled in stock is equal to the fair market value of our common stock as of the date of grant, which is the closing price per share of our common stock on NASDAQ.

 

15. STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

On November 4, 2019, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock repurchase program which authorizes the Company to repurchase up to $50.0 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The program replaced all prior stock repurchase programs authorized by the Board of Directors. The program’s original expiration date was December 31, 2021. On October 19, 2021, the Board of Directors of the Company extended the expiration date of the program to February 28, 2022.

The timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the program will be determined by the Company’s management and will depend on a variety of factors including stock price, trading volume and other general market and economic conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory requirements and other factors. Repurchases will be made in open market transactions, including block purchases, conducted in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act as well as may be made pursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, which would permit shares to be repurchased when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing so under insider trading laws. The stock repurchase program does not obligate the Company to purchase shares and the Company may, in its discretion, begin, suspend or terminate repurchases at any time, without any prior notice.  

During the year ended December 31, 2021, we repurchased 2.3 million shares of our common stock for approximately $25.3 million at an average price of $10.94 per share and during the year ended December 31, 2020, we repurchased 1.3 million shares of our common stock for approximately $17.9 million at an average price of $13.53 per share. As of December 31, 2021, approximately $2.9 million was available under our authorized stock repurchase program to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock. Shares of stock repurchased under the program are held as treasury shares. These repurchased shares have reduced the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.

On January 27, 2022 the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million which commences March 1, 2022 and expires September 30, 2023. The other terms of the new stock repurchase program are consistent with the Company’s current stock repurchase program described above which expires February 28, 2022.

16. WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares assuming dilution. Dilutive common shares outstanding is computed using the Treasury Stock Method and reflects the additional shares that would be outstanding if dilutive stock options were exercised and restricted stock units were settled for common shares during the period.

The weighted average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 were as follows:

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

2018

 

 

2017 (1)

 

 

2016 (1)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Basic common shares outstanding

 

69,598

 

 

 

68,949

 

 

 

68,373

 

 

70,024

 

 

 

69,414

 

 

 

70,088

 

Common stock equivalents

 

1,884

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

857

 

 

 

1,851

 

 

 

1,997

 

Diluted common shares outstanding

 

71,482

 

 

 

68,949

 

 

 

68,373

 

 

70,881

 

 

 

71,265

 

 

 

72,085

 

_________________

(1)Due to the fact that we reported a loss from continuing operations forFor the years ended December 31, 20172021, 2020 and 2016, potential common stock equivalents were excluded from the diluted common shares outstanding calculation. Per FASB ASC Topic 260 – Earnings per Share, an entity that reports discontinued operations shall use income or loss from continuing operations as the benchmark for calculating diluted common shares outstanding, and as such, we have zero common stock equivalents since these shares would have an anti-dilutive effect on our net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

For the year ended December 31, 2018,2019, certain unexercised stock optionsoption awards are excluded from our computation of diluted earnings per share, as these shares were out-of-the-money and their effect would have been anti-dilutive. The anti-dilutive options that were excluded from our computation of diluted earnings per share were 0.80.4 million, 0.5 million and 0.7 million shares for the yearyears ended December 31, 2018.2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

91


In addition to the common stock issued upon the exercise of employee stock options and the vesting of restricted stock units to be settled in stock, we issued less than 0.1 million shares for each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, pursuant to our employee stock purchase plan.

16.17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plan

We maintain a defined contribution 401(k) retirement savings plan which is available to all employees who have worked greater than 1,000 hours within a fiscal year. Under the plan, an eligible employee may elect to defer receipt of a portion of their annual pay, including salary and bonus. During 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, we contributed this amount to the plan on the employee’s behalf and also made

102


a matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 2% and 25% of the next 4% of the percentage of annual pay that the employee elected to defer. AFor employees hired on or after January 1, 2020, the participant is 100% vested at all times in the amounts the employee defers from annual pay andcompany’s matching contribution after two years of service. Employees hired before January 1, 2020 are fully vested in the company’s matching contribution. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, we recorded expense under this plan of approximately $2.7$3.0 million, $2.8$3.0 million, and $2.9$2.6 million, respectively, net of any forfeited Company matching contributions.respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We maintain an employee stock purchase plan that allows substantially all full-time and part-time employees to acquire shares of our common stock through payroll deductions over three-month offering periods. The per share purchase price is equal to 95% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the last day of the offering period, and purchases are limited to 10% of an employee’s salary, up to a maximum of $25,000 per calendar year. We are authorized to issue up to 4.0 million shares of common stock under the employee stock purchase plan, and, as of December 31, 2018, 3.32021, 3.4 million shares of common stock have been issued under the plan.

Share-basedThe compensation expense for employee share purchases recorded during the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 in connection with the compensatory elements of our employee stock purchase plan was not significant.

 

 

17.18. SEGMENT REPORTING

Our segments are determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 280—Segment Reporting and are based upon how the Company analyzes performance and makes decisions. Each segment represents a groupis comprised of an accredited postsecondary education providersinstitution that offeroffers a variety of degree and non-degree academic programs. These segments are organized by key market segments to enhance operational alignment and for our two universities, to enhance brand focus within each segment to more effectively execute our strategicbusiness plan.

Our three2 reporting segments are described below.

    

 

Colorado Technical University (CTU) placesis committed to providing quality and industry-relevant higher education to a strong focusdiverse student population through innovative technology and experienced faculty, enabling the pursuit of personal and professional goals. CTU is focused on providing industry-relevant degree programs to meet the needs of ourserving adult, non-traditional students forseeking career advancement, and of employersas well as addressing employer’s needs for a well-educated workforce andworkforce. CTU offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies,and management, nursing, healthcare management, computer science, engineering, information systems and technology, project management, cybersecurity criminal justice and healthcare management. Students pursue their degrees through fully-online programs, local campuses and blended formats which combine campus-based and online education. As of December 31, 2018, students enrolled at CTU represented approximately 66% of our total enrollments. Approximately 93% of CTU’s enrollments are fully online.

American InterContinental University (AIU) focuses on helping busy non-traditional students get the degree they need to move forward in their career as efficiently as possible and offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies, information technologies, education and criminal justice. Students pursue their degrees through fully-online programs, local campuses and blended formats, which combine campus-based and online education. As of December 31, 2018,2021, students enrolled at AIUCTU represented approximately 34%61% of our total enrollments. Approximately 94%96% of AIU’s enrollmentsCTU’s students are enrolled in programs offered fully online. Through December 31, 2021 CTU’s campus-based and blended-format students pursued their education solely through CTU’s online platform as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

 

All Other Campuses includes those campuses which have completed their teach-out activitiesThe American InterContinental University System (AIUS or have been sold subsequentAIU System) is comprised of 2 universities: American InterContinental University (“AIU”) and Trident University International (“Trident” or “TUI”). AIUS is committed to January 1, 2015. Asproviding quality and accessible higher education opportunities for a resultdiverse student population, including adult and other non-traditional learners and the military community. AIUS places emphasis on the educational, professional and personal growth of a change in accounting guidance, campuses which have closed or have been sold subsequent to January 1, 2015 no longer meet the criteria for discontinued operations and remain reported within continuing operations on our consolidated financial statements. Our All Other Campuses segment includes former campuseseach student. AIUS offers academic programs in the following two categories:career-oriented disciplines of business studies, information technologies, education, health sciences and criminal justice. Students pursue their degrees through fully-online programs, local campuses and blended formats, which combine campus-based and online education. As of December 31, 2021, students enrolled at AIUS represented approximately 39% of our total enrollments. Approximately 97% of AIUS’ students are enrolled in programs offered fully online. Throughout 2021, courses at AIUS’ ground-based campuses were gradually offered in-person, with substantially all classes being offered in-person by December 31, 2021. Students are offered the opportunity to return to campus-based instruction or remain virtual through synchronous virtual instruction.

Our Le Cordon Bleu institutions in North America (“LCB”) which previously offered hands-on educational programs in the career-oriented disciplines of culinary arts and patisserie and baking. The Company completed the teach-out activities of all Le Cordon Bleu campuses during 2017.

Our non-LCB campuses which have completed their teach-out or those which have been closed or sold subsequent to January 1, 2015. These non-LCB campuses previously offered academic programs in career-oriented disciplines complemented by certain programs in business studies and information technology. During 2018, we completed the teach-out of all remaining non-LCB campuses.

Beginning in 2019, the Company will no longer report results for closed campuses separately as these campuses will no longer meet the definition of an operating segment under ASC Topic 280. Any remaining results of operations, which would primarily consist of occupancy expenses for any remaining properties, will be reported within Corporate and Other beginning January 1, 2019.

10392


We evaluate segment performance based on operating results. Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the caption “Corporate and Other,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity and eliminations.eliminations, as well as results related to our closed campuses.

Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

Operating Income (Loss)

 

 

Depreciation

and

Amortization

 

 

Capital Expenditures

 

 

Total Assets

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018 (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

$

375,770

 

 

$

111,623

 

 

$

5,310

 

 

$

168

 

 

$

76,713

 

AIU

 

 

204,920

 

 

 

8,176

 

 

 

3,582

 

 

 

201

 

 

 

59,133

 

Total University Group

 

 

580,690

 

 

 

119,799

 

 

 

8,892

 

 

 

369

 

 

 

135,846

 

Corporate and Other

 

 

-

 

 

 

(16,598

)

 

 

369

 

 

 

6,363

 

 

 

330,132

 

Subtotal

 

 

580,690

 

 

 

103,201

 

 

 

9,261

 

 

 

6,732

 

 

 

465,978

 

All Other Campuses (2)

 

 

606

 

 

 

(31,903

)

 

 

133

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

16,337

 

Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

178

 

Total

 

$

581,296

 

 

$

71,298

 

 

$

9,394

 

 

$

6,732

 

 

$

482,493

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017 (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

$

371,325

 

 

$

109,202

 

 

$

2,047

 

 

$

74

 

 

$

72,988

 

AIU

 

 

198,251

 

 

 

8,401

 

 

 

1,752

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

51,832

 

Total University Group

 

 

569,576

 

 

 

117,603

 

 

 

3,799

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

124,820

 

Corporate and Other

 

 

-

 

 

 

(22,067

)

 

 

6,527

 

 

 

6,179

 

 

 

291,211

 

Subtotal

 

 

569,576

 

 

 

95,536

 

 

 

10,326

 

 

 

6,332

 

 

 

416,031

 

All Other Campuses (3)

 

 

26,859

 

 

 

(61,400

)

 

 

3,664

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

29,098

 

Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,967

 

Total

 

$

596,435

 

 

$

34,136

 

 

$

13,990

 

 

$

6,332

 

 

$

447,096

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2016 (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

$

369,319

 

 

$

99,412

 

 

$

2,157

 

 

$

675

 

 

 

 

 

AIU (4)

 

 

193,032

 

 

 

(29,598

)

 

 

1,687

 

 

 

406

 

 

 

 

 

Total University Group

 

 

562,351

 

 

 

69,814

 

 

 

3,844

 

 

 

1,081

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate and Other

 

 

-

 

 

 

(25,097

)

 

 

7,320

 

 

 

2,512

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

562,351

 

 

 

44,717

 

 

 

11,164

 

 

 

3,593

 

 

 

 

 

All Other Campuses (5)

 

 

142,041

 

 

 

(77,061

)

 

 

11,583

 

 

 

536

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

704,392

 

 

$

(32,344

)

 

$

22,747

 

 

$

4,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

Operating Income (Loss)

 

 

Depreciation

and

Amortization

 

 

Capital Expenditures

 

 

Total Assets (1)

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU (2)

 

$

408,549

 

 

$

148,481

 

 

$

7,365

 

 

$

2,949

 

 

$

153,072

 

AIUS (3)

 

 

283,360

 

 

 

39,130

 

 

 

9,068

 

 

 

1,666

 

 

 

151,407

 

Corporate and Other (4)

 

 

1,125

 

 

 

(38,595

)

 

 

333

 

 

 

5,838

 

 

 

542,954

 

Total

 

$

693,034

 

 

$

149,016

 

 

$

16,766

 

 

$

10,453

 

 

$

847,433

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU

 

$

405,507

 

 

$

138,490

 

 

$

6,165

 

 

$

110

 

 

$

96,922

 

AIUS (3)

 

 

281,361

 

 

 

30,822

 

 

 

8,301

 

 

 

1,224

 

 

 

141,602

 

Corporate and Other (4)

 

 

446

 

 

 

(26,378

)

 

 

320

 

 

 

8,434

 

 

 

482,993

 

Total

 

$

687,314

 

 

$

142,934

 

 

$

14,786

 

 

$

9,768

 

 

$

721,517

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CTU (5)

 

$

392,263

 

 

$

108,602

 

 

$

5,397

 

 

$

580

 

 

 

 

 

AIUS (6)

 

 

235,374

 

 

 

16,413

 

 

 

3,388

 

 

 

411

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate and Other (4) (7)

 

 

67

 

 

 

(38,553

)

 

 

360

 

 

 

4,183

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

627,704

 

 

$

86,462

 

 

$

9,145

 

 

$

5,174

 

 

 

 

 

__________________

(1)

The statement of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) balances including revenue, operating income (loss), depreciation and amortization and capital expenditures are presented above on a continuing operations basis. Total assets are presented on a consolidated basis including continuing and discontinued operations.

For(1)     Total assets are presented on a consolidated basis and do not include intercompany receivable or payable activity between institutions and corporate and investments in subsidiaries.

(2)     CTU results of operations and total assets include the Hippo acquisition commencing on the September 10, 2021 date of acquisition and as of December 31, 2021.

(3)     AIUS results of operations and total assets include the DigitalCrafts acquisition commencing on the August 2, 2021 date of acquisition and as of December 31, 2021 and the Trident acquisition commencing on the March 2, 2020 date of acquisition and as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

(4)     Corporate and Other includes results of operations and total assets for closed campuses. Revenue recorded within Corporate and Other relates to miscellaneous non-student related revenue.

(5)     CTU results of operations include a $18.6 million charge related to the FTC settlement for the year ended December 31, 2018, segment2019.

(6)     AIUS results included:

(2)      All Other Campuses: $14.6of operations include a $11.4 million of chargescharge related to significant legal settlements and $9.4 million of charges related to remaining lease obligations of vacated space.

Forthe FTC settlement for the year ended December 31, 2017, segment results included:2019.

(3)(7)    

AllCorporate and Other Campuses: $6.5results of operations include a $7.1 million charge related to a significant legal settlement and $14.8 million of charges related to remaining lease obligations of vacated space.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, segment results included:

(4)

AIU: $32.0 million charge related to a significant legal settlement.

(5)

All Other Campuses: $31.0 million of charges related to remaining lease obligations of vacated space.the Oregon arbitration matter for closed campuses for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

10493


18. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

As of December 31, 2018, the results of operations for campuses that have ceased operations prior to 2015 are presented within discontinued operations. Prior to January 1, 2015, our teach-out campuses met the criteria for discontinued operations upon completion of their teach-out as defined under FASB ASC Topic 205 – Presentation of Financial Statements. Commencing January 1, 2015, in accordance with the new guidance under ASC Topic 360, only campuses that meet the criteria of a strategic shift upon disposal will be classified within discontinued operations, among other criteria. Since the January 2015 effective date of the updated guidance within ASC Topic 360, we did not have any campuses that met the criteria to be considered a discontinued operation.

Results of Discontinued Operations

Combined summary results of operations for our discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

1,089

 

 

$

2,310

 

 

$

6,586

 

Loss before income tax

 

$

(1,089

)

 

$

(2,268

)

 

$

(6,586

)

Benefit from income tax

 

 

(479

)

 

 

(1,246

)

 

 

(2,690

)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

$

(610

)

 

$

(1,022

)

 

$

(3,896

)

Assets and Liabilities of Discontinued Operations

Assets and liabilities of discontinued operations on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 include the following (dollars in thousands): 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables, net

 

$

-

 

 

$

382

 

Total current assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

382

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets, net

 

 

178

 

 

 

1,585

 

Total assets of discontinued operations

 

$

178

 

 

$

1,967

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

51

 

 

$

185

 

Remaining lease obligations

 

 

485

 

 

 

5,516

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

536

 

 

 

5,701

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining lease obligations

 

 

-

 

 

 

785

 

Total liabilities of discontinued operations

 

$

536

 

 

$

6,486

 

105


Remaining Lease Obligations of Discontinued Operations

A number of the campuses that ceased operations prior to January 1, 2015 have remaining lease obligations that expire over time with the latest expiration in 2019. A liability is recorded representing the fair value of the remaining lease obligation at the time the space is no longer being utilized. Changes in our future remaining lease obligations, which are reflected within current and non-current liabilities of discontinued operations on our consolidated balance sheets, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

Balance,

Beginning

of Period

 

 

Charges

Incurred (1)

 

 

Net Cash

Payments (2)

 

 

Balance,

End of

Period

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018

 

$

6,301

 

 

$

(141

)

 

$

(5,675

)

 

$

485

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017

 

$

14,474

 

 

$

818

 

 

$

(8,991

)

 

$

6,301

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

$

21,751

 

 

$

4,090

 

 

$

(11,367

)

 

$

14,474

 

___________________

(1)     Includes subsequent adjustments for accretion, revised estimates, and variances between estimated and actual charges, net of any reversals for terminated lease obligations.

(2)

See Note 8 “Leases” for the future minimum lease payments under operating leases for discontinued operations as of December 31, 2018.

 

 

19. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL SUMMARY (UNAUDITED)

Summary financial information by quarter is as follows (dollars in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Total

 

2018

 

First (2)

 

 

Second (3)

 

 

Third

 

 

Fourth (4)

 

 

Year

 

Revenue

 

$

148,065

 

 

$

142,036

 

 

$

145,690

 

 

$

145,505

 

 

$

581,296

 

Operating income

 

 

20,529

 

 

 

11,303

 

 

 

19,283

 

 

 

20,183

 

 

$

71,298

 

Net income

 

 

17,502

 

 

 

8,751

 

 

 

14,857

 

 

 

14,071

 

 

$

55,181

 

Net income per share (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.25

 

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.21

 

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.79

 

Diluted

 

$

0.25

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.21

 

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.77

 

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Total

 

2017

 

First

 

 

Second

 

 

Third

 

 

Fourth (5)

 

 

Year

 

Revenue

 

$

162,109

 

 

$

146,222

 

 

$

144,986

 

 

$

143,118

 

 

$

596,435

 

Operating income

 

 

9,781

 

 

 

9,104

 

 

 

4,539

 

 

 

10,712

 

 

$

34,136

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

5,177

 

 

 

4,286

 

 

 

3,022

 

 

 

(44,382

)

 

$

(31,897

)

Net income (loss) per share (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.08

 

 

$

0.06

 

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

(0.64

)

 

$

(0.46

)

Diluted

 

$

0.07

 

 

$

0.06

 

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

(0.64

)

 

$

(0.46

)

(1)

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated independently for each of the quarters presented. Accordingly, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts may not agree with the annual earnings per share amount for the corresponding year.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, quarterly results included:

(2)

First quarter of 2018 net income included a $3.5 million significant legal settlement.

(3)

Second quarter of 2018 net income included a $6.0 million significant legal settlement.

(4)

Fourth quarter of 2018 net income included a $5.0 million significant legal settlement.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, quarterly results included:

(5)

Fourth quarter of 2017 net loss included a $6.5 million significant legal settlement. Fourth quarter 2017 also includes $52.7 million of tax expense related to the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act which was enacted in the fourth quarter of 2017.  

106


CAREERPERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(dollars in thousands)

 

Description

 

Balance,

Beginning of

Period

 

 

Additions/Charges to Expense

 

 

Deductions/

Other

 

 

Balance,

End of

Period

 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018

 

$

50,519

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

(2,482

)

 

$

48,037

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017

 

$

49,748

 

 

$

2,146

 

 

$

(1,375

)

 

$

50,519

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

$

47,545

 

 

$

4,219

 

 

$

(2,016

)

 

$

49,748

 

Valuation allowance for accounts receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018

 

$

22,534

 

 

$

32,042

 

 

$

(29,740

)

 

$

24,836

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017

 

$

23,142

 

 

$

27,571

 

 

$

(28,179

)

 

$

22,534

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

$

20,229

 

 

$

32,049

 

 

$

(29,136

)

 

$

23,142

 

Description

 

Balance,

Beginning of

Period

 

 

Additions/Charges to Expense

 

 

Deductions/

Other

 

 

Balance,

End of

Period

 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021

 

$

29,027

 

 

$

3,151

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

32,178

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020

 

$

44,999

 

 

$

68

 

 

$

(16,040

)

 

$

29,027

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019

 

$

48,037

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

(3,038

)

 

$

44,999

 

Valuation allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021

 

$

42,147

 

 

$

44,349

 

 

$

(47,241

)

 

$

39,255

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020

 

$

31,964

 

 

$

47,561

 

 

$

(37,378

)

 

$

42,147

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019

 

$

24,836

 

 

$

43,470

 

 

$

(36,342

)

 

$

31,964

 

 

(1)

Amounts include both continuing and discontinued operations gross deferred tax balances.

 

 

10794